#bts horror fic
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
Standby-Teaser
Pairing: OT7 x f.reader
Genre: Zombie!ApocalypseAU, horror
âYou saved my life, the least I could do is save yours.â
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For years, conspiracists have done their best to predict the end of the world. However, no one could've guessed that this is how it would happen. There were no signs. No warnings at all. Not a single soul had time to prepare for the beginning of the end.
It seemed like by the snap of a finger, everything that you've ever known was suddenly gone and you weren't sure how much more you could take of it. Waiting it out just wasn't an option and you were right on the edge of giving up. You had given up. That is until you heard him. Another lost soul, just trying to find his way back home. You saved his life, and now he was hell-bent on saving yours.
It was kind of ironic. You'd given up on yourself and then a complete stranger refused to give up on you. But what happens when that one complete stranger turns into seven? What happens when you dedicate your life to making sure that they get their "happy ending"?
We've all hoped that when our time inevitably comes that we'd be able to spend it peacefully with our loved ones. However, that turned out to be a luxury that most could not afford. You thought that maybe you'd all find it within each other...that maybe despite the world burning in flames, you'd all be at peace when it turned to ash.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Next
#bts#kim namjoon#kim seokjin#min yoongi#jung hoseok#park jimin#kim taehyung#jeon jungkook#bts fic#bts x reader#bts horror au#bts horror fic#bts imagines#run bts#bts fanfic#bts army#namjoon x reader#seokjin x reader#yoongi x reader#jhope x reader#jimin x reader#taehyung x reader#jungkook x reader#bts ot7#bts au#bts au fanfic#bts au fic
63 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Let Me In
Member: Kim Taehyung x afab reader
Word count: 1.5k
T/W: Horror, obsession, haunting?, mentions of death, gore, cliffhanger, dead corpse x living reader, NONCON kiss, bodily harm, stalking, madness, lack of control over one's own body, begging, threats, the haunting hour, harassment, etc
A/N: this was supposed to be Day one of Spooktober...Im was so like excited for this and I hope you guys enjoy it I figured since I won't be writing anything new I wanted to post something already done before I got into my slump hope this made some of yalls day seeing an update sorry it's not SKZ OR SVT but I was gonna do all 3 groups for spooktober and Tae just so happened to be the first name on the wheel of names
*Ping*
Y/n jumped out of her skin at the sound. Her hand trembling as she reached for her phone that sat on the ground next to her. Her breathing is heavy as she flips the device over. The name she had been dreading sits there smiling menacingly back at her. Ignoring his text she quickly swipes the notification away without reading it. Her head falls forward as her hands cup over her ears. No...It's not possible...she told herself.
*Ping*
*Ping*
*Ping*
Her phone continued to come alive with his texts. Her legs lift so her knees sit against her chest, pressing her back into the corner of the room. Her studio apartment was sunken in utter darkness as the air grew heavier and heavier. More notifications continue to somehow ping on her muted phone. "S-Stop..." She pleaded as she squeezed her eyes shut tight.
How could this be happening? Her body began to rock as she felt tears stream down her cheeks. The flurry of text messages continues their assault on her phone. Every ping caused another crack in her sanity. "He's dead...." she begins to repeat to herself as she continues to hold onto her ears to avoid every impossible text coming through her phone. "Kim Taehyung is dead...."
*Ping*
"Leave me alone!" She wails as she picks up the device and sends it careening across her dainty studio apartment. The phone slams harshly against the adjacent wall before tumbling to the ground onto its screen. She sat in silence for what felt like hours, her shaky breath the only thing she could hear as she leaned back against the wall. Her head fell back as she felt a chuckle form in the back of her throat it grew to a full laugh. This isn't possible...Kim Taehyung died last year, and the police told her this fact themselves. It had to be her lack of sleep ruining all logic in her brain. It had been a month since she had last slept properly.....she couldn't tell what was real anymore.
The sound of an unfamiliar ringtone pulls her out of her thoughts, and her eyes widen as her head snaps up. Her eyes were wide as she felt her body growing lighter and lighter. Her heart sank as she felt herself get onto all fours and slowly crawl toward the device. Her body almost felt as if it wasn't her own as she found the device now in her hand. Her body trembled as she felt her tears cascading down her cheeks. Her screen stared back at her with a spiderweb crack along the top left corner of her phone extending down toward the center of her phone. It was utterly destroyed yet, that name continued to call. The screen looked perfectly fine....
The green answer button called out to her, as her curiosity was peaked. She felt herself grow more and more drawn toward the answer button, in a trance she answered the call. As she went to speak, she found nothing coming out of her mouth. Her body sat frozen her mouth hung open in fear. A deep menacing chuckle responds on the other end of the line. "I missed you, Y/N..." A voice that sounded like Taehyung teased on the other end of the call, but there was something...off about his voice, it was as if he was gurgling.
Y/N's blood ran cold as she urged her body to hang up the call but her hands wouldn't budge. No...Please...stop...She pleaded as she stared across the room at the digital clock, 3:18 am. Taehyung's voice began to laugh mischievously. "You've never begged me before...." He teases. "I want to know what it's like to hear you scream....you'll do that for me right, Y/N?"
Go away....She urged as she fought against herself. Go away... it's not real, wake up! Wake Up! Her heart raced as she struggled to continue to hold herself up. "Shhh, get out of your head....I'll be there soon, you'll feel better, I promise" He soothed. Y/N felt her breath get trapped in her throat as she felt a wave of nausea takes over. The smell of decaying meat begins to waft through the air. Closing her eyes Y/N begins to recite the lord's prayer to herself. Our Father, Hallowed be thy name. Thy kingdom come "Ha Ha Ha, That won't work..." Taehyung antagonizes, and Y/N feels her mouth salivating as the stench grows stronger and stronger. A loud bang on her window, makes her body jump.
Slowly turning her head to face the window on her right. A decaying hand sits on her window, and she feels the contents of her stomach rise to her mouth. As the body of the hand begins to come into view, she vomits violently. "No..." she whimpers, as she's met with something, that looks like Kim Taehyung. His eye holes were sunken in, almost like two darkened abysses and his skin looked paler than he normally did. Across his throat sat a large gash, that went through the center of his neck. Her blood ran cold as he smiled at her menacingly. This isn't real....She thinks to herself.
"Let me in....." He calls in that gurgled menacing voice.
Y/N stood frozen as she stared at him in horror, This can't be real... she shakes her head and the smile on his lips falls. "Open up...." He states in a threatening tone. As he leaned into the window with that sinister smile on his lips, his tongue drags across his bottom lip and his face seemed to gain more and more vitality. She struggled against herself as she felt the need to open the window growing stronger and stronger. "No..G-Go away..." Y/N stammers fearfully. Taehyung's smile falls and the decayed face returns as he pulls his head back slightly, placing both hands on the window before slamming his head into the window harshly. Only then did Y/N realize how large the gash in his throat truly was as muscle and bone became exposed the second time he pulled his head back.
Her head grows heavier and heavier as he continues to slam his head into the window. A chill settles in the room as she feels herself growing dizzy. Her legs struggle as she tries to make her way toward the door as she hears the sound of cracking glass. The smell of rotting meat filled her nostrils as if she were in a butcher's discard pile. She felt her legs give out beneath her as her vision grew blurry. No.. she willed as she tried to crawl toward the door. You have to get out of here...
The sound of breaking glass makes her stomach drop as she sees the door growing closer and closer, reaching for her handle she feels a rough yet squishy hand encase her ankle dragging her back. A screech is released from her throat as she hears a deep chuckle erupt from the pit of his stomach. Taehyung flips her over onto her back as he leans over her, the gash in his throat dripping a brown congealed clot onto her cheek. The rotten meat smell now penetrates her pores, and almost tasting the stench she holds her breath. Taehyung frowns at her actions as he straddles her waist, his decayed hand grips her chin as he leans into her face. His face changed once again and she was greeted by a more lively visage of him. "L-Let me go....p-please" She pleads weakly.
"You know I can't do that.....It's been so long," He states with that gurgled voice. "I finally have you...why would I give you back?" He chuckles as he lifts his hand and a drawer opens from her kitchen, a butcher's knife flies from the drawer and into his hand. Her eyes widen as tears stream down her cheeks. "N-No please, T-Taehyung please...." She pleads to deaf ears and Taehyung lifts the knife to her cheek running the blade along her face sensually "I missed you, Y/N. I won't let you go again...Did you miss me too? You did right?" He questions in a trance, his eyes are crazed as he stares down at her. "You probably felt lonely without me...were you mad I didn't know how to find you? I'm sorry my love...I left you alone because I couldn't find you...I know you wanted me to find you, to prove my love by finding you if you hid well enough..." He states madly as he brings the knife to her throat, Y/N struggles to catch her breath as she tries to shove him off of her. "Don't worry, it won't hurt too badly if I do it this way.." He places the tip of the knife to her throat. He leans in pressing his lips to hers, she feels bile rise into her mouth as a sour putrid taste fills her mouth. She coughs as he pulls away with a smirk.
"I won't let you be alone again. You'll like it where we're going"
#bts taehyung#taehyung angst#taehyung horror#bts horror fic#bts v angst#taehyung smut#taehyung fluff
18 notes
¡
View notes
Text
đŚ Halloween Fic Fest đŚ
A collection of horror fics brought to you by yours truly this October. Each will be released weekly till Halloween. I really hope you pretties enjoy! â¤ď¸
đđ˘đŻđ˘đ§đ đđđđ đđ˘đŤđĽ
Emo Human!Jungkook X Popular Vampire! (fem)Reader
Sorta Dead Dove!
Mid 2000s!/kinda inspired by Jenniferâs Body
Jungkookâs life is pretty mediocre and when heâs not holed up in his room playing horror video games or lying in bed dreaming of the popular girl of his uni, heâs working at the video store and hanging with his only best friend. Yet, one night things drastically change once he unwillingly discovers something about the pretty vixen and his life is about to get a whole lot more interesting now that you're in it.
đđđ§đ§đ đđĽđđ˛ đđŹđ˛đđĄđ¨ đđ˘đĽđĽďż˝ďż˝đŤ?
Psycho!/Stalker!(Ghostface) Jungkook X Phone Sex Operator! (fem)Reader
Dead Dove!
90s!
Thereâs this special customer you seem to have and cannot get rid of. With the sexiest voice youâve ever had the pleasure of hearing during your steamy sessions together and borderline concerning with some of the threatening filth he rasps to you from the other line. Tonightâs session in particular takes a twisted turn that forces you to take your job to the next level and try to survive in your own sweet home.
đđđŤđŤđ¨đŤ đđ§ đđĄđ đđ˘đ đĄđ
Werewolf!(Jock) Jungkook X Girlfriend!(fem)Reader
80s!
On a date with his girlfriend at a Drive-In movie theater watching a scary film. Jungkook was unaware of tonightâs full moon and this date is about to take a turn for the worse. People sure are in for the horror about to take place tonight.
đđđđŤ đđ¨đŽ đđŠđđŤđ
Childhood Friend!(psycho) Jungkook X (fem)Reader
Early 2000s!
Spending this summer at your familyâs old farmhouse with your friends partying it up and letting loose before the upcoming semester sounds fun. Especially when you reunite with your old childhood friend again and Jungkook canât believe you're back in town. Now that youâre here, heâs never letting you go again. EVER.
A/N: Iâm kinda nervous to get this out, but Iâm so excited too. I seriously cannot wait to release each one & see what you guys would think lol. I really hope you all enjoy them soon â¤ď¸
#angllicjk#halloween fanfic#horror fanfiction#jungkook fanfics#jungkook imagine#jeon jungkook x you#jungkook scenarios#jungkook x female reader#jungkook x y/n#jungkook x you#jungkook x oc#bts jungkook#jungkook smut#jungkook fic#jungkook x reader#bts#jungkook fiction#jungkook fic recs#vampire jungkook#thriller#jungkook fluff#bts x you#bts smut#bts x reader#jeon jungkook#jungkook friends to lovers#bf jungkook
444 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Movie Night
When horror movies don't scare you anymore, your boyfriend wants to figure out what you are afraid of.
â¤Â pairing: Jungkook x fem!reader (feat. the Daegu boys) â¤Â genre: horror, mystery, suspense, one-shot â¤Â rating: 18+ â¤Â word count: 6.1k â¤Â warnings: obsessive behavior, stalking, depictions of kidnapping, torture, and multiple murders, hidden camera, non-explicit sex, a bit of angst, open ending. this fic gets pretty dark, so please be cautious of the warnings! â¤Â note: happy halloween! this started as a little spooky shower thought i had a little over a month ago and became this lol. i love reading scary stories, but lmao, i feel like i'm not very good at writing them. thank you @angelicyoongie for assuring me that this isn't as terrible as i think it is. also please note that this is a work of fiction and i don't think IRL jungkook is like the character in this fic at all
âNo, please! Donât hurt me!â
The shadow of a muscular, male figure looms over the female protagonist. His breaths are heavy from chasing her around, barely visible against the chilly, October air. Finally, he has her cornered. He holds up a sharp knife in the air.
The woman trembles on the ground, sobbing and pleading for her life to be spared. Mascara runs down her cheeks, and a look of hopelessness and despair fills her eyes. She holds her hands in front of her in a feeble attempt to defend herself.
The camera pans away as the killer violently stabs the woman. Her terrifying screams of pain and anguish echoes from the TV screen as fake blood splatters on the wall.
Blue and white light bathes over you and your date in the dim living room. You try to suppress a long yawn with the back of your hand.
Youâre so bored, youâre practically in tears.
âYou didnât like it?â Jungkook asks you, chuckling at your reaction.
âIt didnât scare me,â you admit sheepishly, hoping he doesnât get the wrong idea.
You love horror movies. Itâs what inspired you to become a film student. You love being on the edge of your seat from the thrill and suspense that the main character acts out. You love being genuinely shocked from unexpected twists and jump-scares. You love a good ghost story that haunts you long after the credits roll, or the paranoia of a similar terrifying incident happening to you.
But perhaps, over time, theyâve lost a bit of their magic.
Although the production of movies has become phenomenal in recent years, movies these days seem to rely too heavily on shock value and nostalgia. Once popular franchises are milking out their legacies to a newer audience. There are so many retellings of the same, old stories that you can already accurately predict what will happen before you reach the ending. Even some of the most climactic scenes of the movie are so over-the-top, theyâre almost comical.
Honestly, it has nothing to do with your date or even the so-called horror movie itself. You just donât scare as easily anymore.
Jungkook peers are you curiously, a boyish grin on his face. âThen, what are you scared of?â
âI donât know. Probably nothing.â
âYeah? Thatâs a bold statement.â
âI wouldnât have said it if I didnât mean it.â
Jungkook laughs. âYou have to be scared of something.â
You throw the question back at him. âThen, what are you afraid of?â
He thinks about it, rubbing his chin in thought and pushing his tongue against the lip rings on his mouth. Then, he meets your gaze. Thereâs a sparkle in his eyes as he smiles at you. âHmm, I think Iâd be scared to lose you.â
You find yourself smiling back at him.
âYouâre so sweet, Kook,â you tell him, leaning over to kiss him.
Only recently, you and Jungkook started dating officially, and you really like him a lot. Heâs very cute, funny, handsome, and perfect in many ways. Butterflies flutter in your stomach when youâre around him, and thereâs still that exciting giddiness and eagerness of new love whenever he messages you or visits you in the evening.
In some ways, Jungkook is almost too good to be true.
Part of you wonders if thereâs a catch.
But with his lips on yours, itâs easy to push that thought aside.
Credits roll on the screen as the movie comes to an end. His fingers glide up your thigh as yours tangle into his hair. The cool piercing on his lips presses against your bottom lip as he slips his tongue in your mouth, and a soft moan escapes you.
Suddenly, Jungkook pulls away and faces the TV. He uses the remote to tap out of the movie credits and browse through the list of recommended shows on your streaming service. Casually, trying to hide a teasing smirk, he asks, âHow about we watch a different movie, then?â
You stare back at him, a bit stunned and flustered. But your own smile touches your lips.
âOr,â you suggest, grabbing his wrist to lower the remote. He turns away from the screen to look at you, eyes lingering on the sultry smile on your lips. âI know something else we can do instead.â
When you first saw Jungkook, you thought you were being catfished.
His selfie on the dating app included a slight head tilt, a pucker of his pierced lips, and a peace sign. Big, doe-shaped eyes stared back at you from your phone screen, and you noticed the tiny moles below his lip, on the tip of his nose, and on his cheek.
The second picture was of him and his brown doberman, affectionately named Bam. The picture was taken of them outside. One of his hands was holding a tennis ball and the other was gently touching the dogâs long ears. A small, fond smile tugged on your lips when you looked between them and realized that they kind of looked alike.
The third picture was him at the gym. It was a back-shot where he was using the equipment. Broad shoulders, buff arms and back, a tiny waist. You stared way too long at his strong muscles and the ink on his arm before you finally swiped right.
Turned out, much to your surprise, he liked your pictures too. The two of you were a match.
And it wasnât long until he sent his first message to you. In your inbox, a simple: âhey :)â
On your first date, the two of you agreed to meet at a very public, very crowded bistro. You stood nervously by the building, dressed nice for the occasion. And in case anything went wrong or if this Jungkook guy wasnât who you expected him to be, you shared your location and had a âsend help lolâ message on standby for your bestie, Min Yoongi.
As you waited, scrolling through and jumping around different apps on your phone, you found yourself to be surprised yet again.
Someone who looked like the guy youâve been chatting with called out your name. And soon, he was standing in front of you: big eyes, bigger muscles, tiny beauty marks on his face, colorful ink on his arm, a charming smile, and a simple, âHey, Iâm Jungkook.â
One date turned to a second date. Then, a third. And by the fourth date, as he laid in your bed that night and snuggled close to you, it finally started to sink in that Jungkook wasnât some figment of your imagination.
He was real, and sweet, and seemed to really like you as well.
Jungkook, like you, had an interest in filming. He especially liked editing videos for his dance challenges, short clips, and a series he called âGolden Closet Filmâ on his channel. While you imagined yourself to be a big director, working in movie sets, and making scripts come to life with your vision, Jungkook told you heâd like to film a project where youâre the star.
âI donât think Iâm on-screen material,â you replied, amused by the idea. Youâre not an actress. You donât think you have the kind of beauty filmmakers seek out for their lead roles. Hell, if anything, Jungkook would be a better fit for an acting gig.
âYou are,â he insisted, brushing his thumb against your knuckles. âTo me, youâre perfect.â
You smiled at him then, your heart fluttering by his words. âYou are to me, too.â
It was shortly after that conversation when you both decided to date each other exclusively. And it felt like the kind of romance youâd see in the movies. Picture perfect, a little corny at times, and a thrilling whirlwind of laughter, teasing remarks, and intimate touches.
âAm I who you thought Iâd be?â Jungkook asks you the next morning after the movie-night bust, propping himself up on the side and peering down on you. His arm flexes, colorful ink decorating it, as the thick comforter wraps around his bare body.
âNo,â you confessed, still a bit tired from last night. You keep your eyes closed as you quietly murmur, âYouâre even better.â
âYeah?â
You donât need to open your eyes to see the pleased look on his face. As you feel him press his lips against your cheek, you ask, âWhat about me? Am I who you thought Iâd be?â
Had you opened your eyes then, perhaps you wouldâve seen it. The blank look on his face as he pulls away from you, how the light in his eyes suddenly seems to vanish, as if he isnât really looking at you anymore.
Jungkook doesnât answer you right away. When you open your eyes, you see him shaking his head. The same, sweet boyish smile appears on his lips.
âYouâre exactly what Iâm looking for.â
The topic about exes inevitably came up early on in your relationship with Jungkook. Youâve dated casually before. Even thought youâd be getting somewhere with some of the guys you were talking to.
But none of them quite compared to Kim Taehyung.
You were a film student. He was a photography major. The two of you were bound to end up in some of the same classes together in the art division.
To you, it was love at first sight. You fell for him so hard and so fast.
What started as bumping into each other at the library and helping each other with assignments led to making out at each otherâs dorms with the text books left unopened. Coffee dates between classes became anniversary dinners at nice restaurants. He introduced you to his parents, and you proposed going on a romantic getaway together.
The day you didnât think youâd ever love anyone else was when he snapped a photo of you looking out at the scenery during that weekend trip. It was just you and him, and a natural setting that looked straight out of a movie.
He smiled to himself as he looked at the picture through his camera. That day, he called you his muse.
And in return, you told him that you loved him.
When you fell for Taehyung, you fell hard and fast. Eventually, it occurred to you that Taehyung didnât do the same.
Sure, he cared about you. Sure, he loved you. But while you heard wedding bells and dreamed about your future with him, Taehyung was just starting to put himself out there in the world. His art was being recognized, and he was getting booked to shoot at weddings, parties, and other big events every week.
Soon, the dates happened less frequently. The romantic gestures of bringing you flowers, surprising you on nice dates or small gifts, or even renting your favorite movies to watch together happened even less. He would promise that heâd make it to a party or an important event to you, just to let you down. And it felt like him giving you a bit of affection or attention was a chore.
Taehyung was the world to you, but the petty arguments and the distance that started growing between you two made it clear to you where his priorities were. And it wasnât with you.
Breaking up with him was the hardest thing you had to do. Both of you knew it was coming. It was just a matter of who broke up with who first.
Just as Taehyung came into your life, quickly and effortlessly, he was gone. Nothing but bittersweet memories of what once was and what could have been weighed heavily on you for months.
What made it worse was that Taehyung, a man you loved with all your heart, had moved on from you so fast and so easily.
You saw him and his new girlfriend at a mutual friendâs party. You were warned that heâd be there, that he was already seeing someone. But it still hurt like hell to see him happy and in love with another person.
But if Taehyung could move on, so could you.
It felt weird at first, but you started to put yourself out there again. You joined dating apps. You went out with the people that fancied your interest. You met Jungkook.
And from there, everything was history.
With Jungkook, you started to think about Taehyung a lot less. The plaguing âwhat ifsâ have quieted down, and the hurt from heartbreak began to heal. With Jungkook, you started to feel like yourself again: you started to smile more, laugh more loudly, enjoy watching movies again, became passionate about cinematic ideas youâd like to create one day.
With Jungkook, youâre also cautiously optimistic.
Because like Taehyung, you feel yourself falling hard and fast for Jungkook. Itâs almost scary how truly perfect he is.
âI think youâre just psyching yourself out,â Yoongi tells you, sliding into the chair opposite of you with two cups of coffee in his hands. He smells like freshly-baked cookies. A spot of flour stains his apron as he uses his fifteen-minute break to hang out with you.
âMaybe,â you sigh, gratefully taking the drink he hands you. âWhat do you think about him?â
âDoes my opinion even matter at this point? Youâre in love with him,â he drawls before taking a sip of his Iced Americano.
âOf course it does, best friend. Why else would I keep you around?â you remark, taking a sip of your own drink. âBesides the free coffee and cookies. Thank you, by the way.â
He rolls his eyes. The perks of being friends with the cookie boy at your local bakery is a free cup of coffee and getting dibs on leftover treats that didnât sell the day.
âHeâs fine. Kind of annoying. A little too energetic,â he answers as his eyes flit toward the TV screen that his boss keeps on. A woman dressed in bright, business clothing holds a microphone as she reports on the recent news. Thereâs a grim look on her face.
You have your back turned to it, but you can hear Yoongiâs boss turning up the volume.
Breaking news. Missing woman found dead near home. The victim has succumbed to multiple stab wounds. It is believed that she has been kidnapped and tortured prior to her violent death. The attacker is currently unknown and still at large. Local authorities advise staying indoors and to please report any suspicious activity.
Your heart sinks as you look over your shoulder, seeing police taping off the crime scene and answering what they can to the news outlets. The location is so close to where you are.
âThis is the second victim,â a customer mutters with a frown.
The person theyâre with nods their head and asks, âDo you think theyâre connected?â
âI donât know. I hope not. Weâll have a serial killer in our hands.â
âHey,â Yoongi calls your attention. When you look at him, thereâs concern on his face. âIf you need a ride anywhere, make sure you call me. Doesnât matter what time.â
âIâll be okay, Yoongi. Jungkook usually comes to my place anyway.â
âStill. Just let me know that youâre still alive when I check in, all right?â he says as he stares at the screen. You donât blame him for being worried. As you follow his gaze, you see a picture of the latest victim of the ongoing case that has the whole town on edge.
This woman, like the others, kind of looks like you.
âIf youâre with me, you have nothing to worry about,â Jungkook assures you, throwing a tennis ball as Bam hurriedly chases after it.Â
The two of you are at a park with his dobermann. Despite how scary itâs been lately with the news, itâs a nice day. Children are screaming and playing together on the playground as their parents watch them nearby. A group of teenage boys are playing basketball on the outdoor court. Middle-aged and elderly couples are paired up and are getting their daily steps in.
âMy hero,â you joke half-heartedly, but youâre still a bit concerned. Yoongi being worried about you makes you feel paranoid.
Jungkook turns to you. He holds out his hand as Bam retrieves the ball and drops it for another throw. âI thought you weren't afraid of anything.â
âMovie-wise, Iâm not. But this is different.â
Jungkook throws the slobbery ball again. Further this time as Bam barks happily and takes off. He takes a seat next to you on the park bench. âI can leave Bam with you when I have my evening shifts. He makes a good guard dog.â
He works as an editor and cameraman for a big content creator, which gives him lots of flexible hours to work on his projects when he isnât busy filming. Since the beginning of autumn, his boss has been giving him evening work to film ghost-hunting videos and other spooky content for Halloween.
âThatâll be nice,â you reply with a small smile. The two of them have been coming to your place so often, it might as well be their second home.
From a short distance, Bam lies on the grass with the tennis ball by his paws. His tongue is out, needing a short break from running around, as he faces you and Jungkook. Even with other dogs and kids around, heâs very well-behaved.
Just as Jungkook tells you that heâll get Bam, the sound of small, excited barks grab your attention. A familiar black and brown pomeranian approaches you like an old friend, wagging its tail and perking its ears up when it sees you.
Your heart nearly jumps when you recognize the dog.
âTan!â
You know that voice. How could you not?
That deep, smooth baritone has haunted you for months.
Taehyung, your ex-boyfriend, stops in his tracks when he realizes why his pomeranian took off. The two of you were still together when he adopted Yeontan, and you were there to help raise him when he was still a puppy.
âWhoâs this?â Jungkook asks, drawing your attention back to him. He reaches out to pet Yeontan, but the pomeranian growls at him. Almost like he wants to protect you from him.
âSorry, heâs mine,â Taehyung apologizes, stepping closer to you two and picking his dog up. He looks at you as he tries to soothe the agitated Yeontan in his arms. âItâs been a while. Howâve you been?â
âGood,â you reply politely. Old feelings start to pull on your heart strings that you fervently try to ignore. âIâm good.â
âYou look good,â Taehyung starts, but then he purses his lips in regret. Itâs obvious that heâs nervous to talk to you. Maybe he feels the same as you.
Softly, you reply, âYou do, too.â
âWhoâs this?â Jungkook repeats. This time, thereâs an annoyed look on his face as he stares at Taehyung.Â
It puts you off a bit. Jungkook is usually a friendly guy.
âOh, this is Taehyung. We used to date,â you tell him honestly. Though, the information seems to just annoy him more. âTaehyung, this isââ
âIâm Jungkook. Sheâs my girlfriend now.â
His arm snakes around you possessively. He holds a steady gaze, but itâs a look youâve never seen on him before. Dark, threatening, and angry. Itâs almost unnerving.
âI seeâŚâ Taehyung trails off as his gaze shifts toward him. Yeontan is still in his arms, growling and barking at Jungkook. You donât think youâve ever seen the pup so aggressive toward someone. Even Bam comes over, ditching his ball to guard over you and Jungkook.
âIt was nice to see you, Taehyung,â you tell him, sensing the tension in the air and deciding to cut things off. He seems reluctant to leave.
âYeahâŚâ he continues to trail off, finally pulling his gaze away to look at you. It looks like thereâs a million things he wants to say to you. In a lower tone, he tells you, âMy number is still the same. If you ever want to talk.â
You frown. After the breakup, youâve deleted his number and unfollowed him on social media. âOh, I donâtââ
âThen Iâll call you,â he promises, firm with his decision.
You donât get it. You and Taehyung have run into each other after the breakup before, and heâs never had an issue with you dating anyone after him. He clearly has moved on, and so have you.Â
Why now?
What is it about Jungkook that has him worried for you?
âI donât like that guy.â
Jungkook is still heated as he drives you home. His grip is tight around the steering wheel, and the tires screech when he makes a sharp turn. Bam stumbles a bit in the back before sticking his head out the window again.
âSlow down, Kook. You have nothing to be worried about.â
The radio blasts in the car, too much in a rush to connect his playlist to the stereo. Itâs playing the weekâs top music, and a catchy song from a popular artist fills the car.
Curious, you open your phone and check your followers. Youâve unfollowed Taehyung a long time ago on all your social platforms, finding it hard to look at any of his recent pictures â even just his scenic photography â without thinking about how he had once called you his muse.
But Taehyung never unfollowed you. He had always kept his inbox open for you.
âDid you see the way he was looking at me? Itâs like he was looking down on me,â he continues to rant, speeding over a yellow light. He glances over at you and sees that youâre distracted with your phone. âI donât like how you were looking at him either.â
âAre you serious?â you ask, turning your attention to him. âWe barely talked. What the hell are you trying to insinuate?â
On the radio, the program is interrupted. One of the hosts makes a grim announcement.
Ladies and gentlemen, we just received unfortunate news that a third body has been found pertaining to a series of brutal deaths.Â
âYou still love him! Youâll go back and leave me again!â he suddenly snaps, throwing you off guard.
Silence follows the tension.
Then, you inquire, âAgain?â
The third victim is a young female. Hair color and eye color match the previous victims as well, indicating that this might be a targeted attack by the killer.
Not once have you been unfaithful to Jungkook. Even when you were starting to message each other, you werenât talking to anyone else. The two of you havenât even been dating that long.
âForget I said anything,â he starts with a frustrated sigh. But he realizes heâs fucked up.
âNo, Iâm not just going to forget it. What do you mean by that, Jungkook?â
As of now, authorities have no leads on a suspect. All victims have been kidnapped, tied up, and tortured prior to their deaths. We are led to believe that this is the work of a potential serial killer.Â
He nearly slams to a stop. The seatbelt around you yanks you back from hitting the dashboard. Bam falls to the floor and you gasp as the back of your head hits your seat.
Jungkook doesnât answer you, but for the first time, it feels like the rose-tinted glasses you have on him have fallen off. Heâs always been perfect to you: sweet, athletic, talented, and kind. But the Jungkook before you is someone completely different.
This Jungkook scares you.
Stay inside. Lock your doors. Call the police if you see anything suspicious. Be safe out there, folks.
âI told you to forget about it, didnât I?â he asks through gritted teeth and a harsh look in his eye.
You nod your head, hands trembling a bit as you hold onto your vibrating phone. The screen shows an unknown number trying to contact you.
âIs there a reason why your boyfriend called me?â Yoongi asks you from the other line. He has you on face-time, awkwardly propping up the camera to show his elbow as he mixes a batch of cookies.
Itâs been about a week since you saw Jungkook.
After he dropped you off at home, he wanted to put it all behind him. He kissed you sweetly and murmured apologies for overreacting as his hands slipped under your shirt. But you sent him home before he could convince you to sleep with him. You were still upset about how hostile he was toward Taehyung, his accusations about you, and what his outburst meant.
That hasnât stopped him from trying to get back to your good graces, though.
The number of missed calls from him keeps increasing by the hour. Ones that you leave unanswered or send straight to your voicemail.Â
You donât want to talk to him.
At your door, you hear him rapping his knuckles against the wooden frame and insistently ringing at your doorbell. From the other side of the door, he begs for a chance to explain.Â
You donât want to see him.
Clearly, after reaching you directly hasnât worked, heâs starting to contact your friends.
âHeâs probably trying to find me,â you tell Yoongi, poking at a bowl of fresh strawberries. Youâre still dressed in your pajamas, sitting on a stool by the kitchen counter.
The sound of a small dog can be heard in the background of your line. It dawns on him that youâre not at your place or Jungkookâs.
Yoongi is silent for a moment. Then, he grabs the phone and asks, âWhat do you mean? Where are you?â
You donât feel safe in your own home. And that day, while you were in Jungkookâs car, Taehyung called to check up on you. He was always good at reading people, and he warned you that he had a bad vibe about Jungkook.
And youâre starting to see what he meant.
âI didnât know where else to go.â
When you turn your phone, you reveal Taehyung busy in the kitchen, cutting off the crusts from his sandwiches. He looks over his shoulder and gives a sheepish smile at the scandalized expression on your best friendâs face. âHey Yoongi.â
âCan you please explain whatâs going on? Why are you at your exâs?â
So, you do. You tell him that Jungkook wouldnât leave you alone, that you needed some space to cool off but he wouldnât let you breathe. It was becoming overbearing and overwhelming.
Against your better judgment, you call Taehyung. He invites you to stay over at his place until youâre ready to talk things out with Jungkook. Because even if youâre not together, he still cares about you. Because a part of him will always love you. And at the time, it seemed like a good idea.
âI didnât want to be alone, especially with a killer targeting women like me out there,â you explain quietly. It feels like the murders have increased in a shorter period of time. If the town wasnât on edge before, they certainly are now. âBut I was still mad at Jungkook, and he was starting to scare me.â
âSo the first person you go to is your ex-boyfriend?â
âThereâs nothing going on between us.â
That ship has sailed. You know it has when you walked in and saw his engagement pictures hanging on the wall.
âWhy didnât you call me?â
âIâm sure he wouldâve figured out that Iâd be with you,â you tell him with a frown.
âI just wanted to help her, hyung,â Taehyung adds as he stands behind you. âI worry about her too. That guy gives me and Tan a bad feeling.â
Yoongi sighs. âListen, I donât think this is a good idea either. You shouldnât stay with Taehyung. Itâll just make things look a lot worse.â
âI guess youâre right,â you reluctantly agree. Taehyung grimaces, but he can see Yoongiâs point too.
âIâll pick you up after my shift. You can stay with me until youâre ready to talk to Jungkook,â Yoongi tells you, looking rather serious. âDonât do anything stupid in the meantime, okay?â
Hey. Itâs Jungkook.
You stare at the message on your phone. Three dots that indicate that heâs typing something, but he keeps erasing and re-typing them again. As if heâs trying to properly convey his words.
Are we breaking up?
You stare at that message even longer. It feels childish to break up with him without trying to talk to him. For the first time in a week, you pick up your phone and type back.
You scared me, Kook.
His response is immediate.
I thought you werenât scared of anything.
You huff when you realize heâs teasing you, even now.
Movie-wise, Iâm not. But this. This is different, Kook. You were really scaring me.
Again, you see the dots appear and disappear before a handful of responses appear.
I know, babe. Iâm sorry. Can you please come over? I want to show you something Iâve been working on.
You think about it.
I miss you. Bam misses you too.
Yoongi said not to do anything stupid.
Please, baby. We can just watch a movie, if you want.
But, like in every horror movie, the protagonist finds themselves making a plethora of stupid decisions.
Okay, Kook. Iâll come tonight.
Movie nights with Jungkook was one of the things you always looked forward to throughout the week. Nothing appealed to you more than a night-in with your boyfriend, food delivered at your door, and checking out new shows and movies.
You have your list of favorites, but nothing quite holds a place in your heart than a good olâ horror movie. Tellings of urban legends, supernatural forces, paranormal activities, true crime, and slasher films.Â
As you step into Jungkookâs house, it almost feels like youâre in one of those movies.
His place is dark, almost pitched black. You could barely see whatâs in front of you.
âCome inside,â Jungkook says, grabbing your hand. He pulls you in and deadbolts the door behind you.
âItâs so dark,â you remark, gingerly stepping forward. You have a bad feeling about this. You almost pull back toward the door, thinking of waiting for Yoongi or going back to Taehyung instead.
But Jungkook has a firm grip on you. âI thought you werenât afraid of anything.â
âThis is different, Kook,â you try to reason. âYouâre really freaking me out.â
He pulls you further inside. In the living room, nothing but the TV is on. The screen is paused on a homemade film.
This must be the project that Jungkook is talking about.
Everything is set. The living room is clean, a bowl of popcorn and a couple bottles of alcohol sits on the coffee table, the lights are off, and the show is ready to play. He sits you down in the middle and keeps an arm around you.
âYou know, when we met, you were exactly what I was looking for,â he starts as he presses play.
The tape shows you. Bam lying on your lap as you affectionately pet his face and kiss the top of his head. You, holding Jungkookâs hand and leading him down a busy sidewalk. You, in the kitchen, trying to swat his hand away as he steals your ingredients. You and Jungkook, peering into the camera lens, and your bashful face as he kisses your cheek.Â
A smile tugs on your lips as you watch yourself on the screen. Jungkook leans over, copying his onscreen self and kisses your face.
One thing you liked about filming is seeing things from a different perspective. In this case, seeing yourself through Jungkookâs eyes. You look so happy, so incredibly in love with him.
Like with Taehyung, you fell for Jungkook hard and fast.
But Jungkook fell for you harder and faster.
Your smile fades as the next scene shows.
The camera points to the bed, and a couple walks in. Itâs you and Jungkook, stumbling in together after drinks at a bar. Youâre laughing and trying to wrap your arms around him as he leads you onto the bed. The kiss you share is messy, heated. You tug off his clothes to feel more of him.
You remember that night, butâŚ
âJungkook. When did you record this?â
You had no idea he was filming you then.
You donât realize it then, but he makes eye contact with the camera, as if to check that itâs on. He maneuvers you to get a good angle of your body as you busy yourself with your own clothes, wanting him to touch you more as well.
âJungkook, stop. I didnâtââÂ
You feel so sick to your stomach.
âDonât cry, baby. Here, Iâll fast-forward.â
But you donât want to watch anymore. You want to leave. You shouldnât have come here.
The screen shows you and Yoongi. The two of you are at the bakery he works at, and youâre wearing an old cardigan that you got rid of . You smile and eagerly reach for one of the coffees in his hands and take the bag of cookies heâs holding between his lips. He rolls his eyes at something you say before he takes his first sip of his Iced Americano. Itâs a typical hangout between you and him.
It looks like it was taken across the street. Your heart plummets even further when you realize that the old cardigan youâre wearing was a piece of clothing you got rid of before you met Jungkook.
The scene changes. Youâre sitting at the fountain at your university, looking over a script you wrote for an assignment. Taehyung comes to take a seat next to you. He greets you with a boxy smile and a kiss. The two of you were still dating at the time.
How long has Jungkook known about you?
How long has he been targeting you?
Itâs you and Taehyung again. This time, it was filmed from the other night. When Taehyung came to pick you up from your house. He helps you carry some of your things into his car and hugs you when he sees the distressed look on your face.Â
âJungkook, what the fuck?â
It dawns on you that you donât really know your boyfriend at all.
You try to stand up, but Jungkook has a firm hold on you. His grip tightens when you try to resist him, and his hand seizes your neck as he pushes you down. Your heart hammers against your ribs when you quickly realize you canât escape him. Jungkook is much stronger and faster than you are.
More images flash through the screen. Itâs Jungkook this time, taking a mirror-selfie of himself dressed in all black. He has his hood up and a Halloween mask covering his face.Â
It cuts to his feet walking across the sidewalk. Carefully, the camera tilts up, showing that thereâs a woman just ahead of him. Sheâs about your height, her hair the same as yours. She doesnât notice him as she listens to music playing in her earbuds.Â
The scene cuts again, and the same woman is bound and gagged on a chair. Fear shines through her eyes as a shadow of a knife reflects from her body. Behind the camera, Jungkook demands, âSay your line.â
He removes the gag from her mouth. Her voice pitches in a high shrill as she quickly says, âI-I love you. I wonât leave you.â
You recognize her as the latest victim of the latest killings.
And the realization hits you like a truck. Jungkook and his night shifts, the increasing deaths, his interest in filming, having you as the star.
âI practiced, you know. Iâll get it right this time,â he tells you, pulling out some rope he had hidden behind the cushion. Youâre trembling as he wraps them tightly around your wrist. âIâll make sure you donât leave me again.â
âYouâre so bad,â the Jungkook on the screen says, showing what looks like an abandoned warehouse. Itâs dimly lit, but you can hear someone running from him. But he doesnât seem worried, his heavy footsteps casually echo across the concrete. In his hand is a sharp and bloody knife. Mockingly, he asks, âWhere did you think youâd go?â
The victim has been let go, but she isnât free. Ahead, she finds herself cornered as Jungkook catches up to her. Terrified, she holds her hands out in front of her, as if that would stop him.
Itâs like seeing your own fate on the screen.
The woman begs and screams before her blood splatters across the floor. You find yourself quoting her, staring up at his darkened eyes. âNo, please. Donât hurt me.â
âWhatâs wrong?â Jungkook asks, staring right at you. His mouth twitches, fighting a smile. âI thought you liked horror movies.â
Thank you for reading ⥠Comments & reviews are greatly appreciated!
#movie night os#jungkook x reader#jungkook x you#yandere jungkook#bts horror#jungkook horror#halloween 2023#jungkook smut#jungkook fanfic#jungkook fic
1K notes
¡
View notes
Text
Fighter (Jungkook)
Warning: This is a dead dove fic â ď¸
You've always been a fan of MMA practising boxing and jujitsu in your spare time. It was a welcome distraction from your busy life.
Hitting the gym after a stressful day of being a corporate slave did ease the tension and helped you blow off some steam.
Learning jujitsu opened up a whole new world for you as you got more immersed into the sport you took a keen liking to watching it as well.
Soon enough you and your gym buddies would meet up over the weekend to watch fight broadcasts which eventually turned into you buying tickets to live matches.
It gave you a sort of adrenaline high.
It made you forget about your worries even if it were for a little while.
This weekend was no different than any other you and your friends were seated on the ring side.
Watching new fighters try to work their way up the ranks serving as an opening act for the main event.
They generally never really caught your attention much as most of them were just clumsy amateurs trying to make it big.
Concentrating more on your beer at hand.
The commentator was introducing a new rookie from Korea Jeon Jungkook.
Fighting on a 2 loss streak this was his last chance to prove himself otherwise as a rookie he wouldn't be able to get a fighting contract.
Out of curiosity you looked up only to find him looking directly at you nervously sliding from one leg to another which was understandble given the fact that this one fight decided if he would have a career or not. The end was near for him.
He didn't have much hope or faith in himself.
He had sacrificed his all for his dream and now he slowly saw it drifting away from his grasp.
His head was filled with a million thouts
Voices crowded his mind of self doubt and anxiety as he made his way into the ring.
The sound was deafening he felt as if his head would explode.
Until suddenly everything went silent he became painfully aware of every detail in complete silence as he locked eyes with you.
It was as if for the first time in a long while he felt at ease.
He felt grounded
His breath leveled back to normal
The tremor in his hand subsided as he stood there entranced by you.
Until he heard the bell ring.
The referee pulling him into the centre of the ring starting the fight.
The first round went better than expected he was able to land a couple of punches causing some damage to his opponent.
He dominated the first round demonstrating his skill and impressive striking.
The second round he was grounded by his opponent jungkook knew he excelled in striking but lacked in wrestling and ground work
Using his weakness against him sending a powerful blow to his face which resulted in a deep gash.
With blood rushing down his face clouding his sight.
The fight had brought the audience to the edge of their seat the last round would decide who would win.
Jungkook was exhausted and bloody and beaten maybe it was best to accept defeat at this point things weren't going his way either way.
If he didn't win this fight he wouldn't have anything to return to he gave up all his savings to recieve training.
He had been alone all his life his parents died when he was about 5 leaving him to his grandfather who ran a boxing gym.
This is where he grew up this was all he ever knew ever since he was a child.
It wasn't soon when his grandfather too passed away leaving him all alone yet again. He promised that he would become world champion one day it was either that or he wouldn't want to live.
Without this life wasn't worth living.
The voice of self doubt took over once again he felt defeated he didn't know how much longer he could go on.
But they were once again silenced .
Silenced by your cheers it was the first time in his life that someone cheered for him.
You a complete stranger believed in him at that more than anyone ever did in his entire life.
At that moment you were all he needed your cheers gave him the strength to fight the last round knocking his opponent to the ground earning him the first victory in his professional career.
After the event he tried to find you in the crowd but you were no where in sight his lucky charm.
He knew he had to find you.
The days that followed he started training with a new found energy it was like he was a whole new man.
He gained confidence and knew that he had to work on his technique especially his wrestling.
His coach recommended a local jujitsu gym where he should begin training.
With his gym bag hanging on his shoulder he stepped into the gym.
And began sparring on the mat for about an hour or so not really caring about the building up fatigue.
Nearly spent he was about to call it a day until he saw something flash over the corner of his eye
He watched as you and your sparring partner giggled while tossing each other around.
It was a strange experience each time he saw it was like he was reborn.
It felt as though he was given a second chance at life ever since he saw you.
He couldn't work up the courage to speak to you that day so he tried his best to impress with his fighting skills despite being exhausted he sparred until you left in hopes of seeing you for as long as he could.
Packing up for the day he was just about to head back home as his phone began to buzz in his back pocket. To his surprise it was his manager informing him that his latest win had landed him a fighting contract and that he was scheduled for an upcoming fight that would offer his a decent pay check.
He was extatic things were finally turning around for him. He credited this win again to you.
It couldn't possibly be a coincidence he saw you the first time he won and now he again met you the day he got a contract.
He was sure that you were his lucky charm.
His suspicion was proved right when in his next fight there you were in the front row
That day he won by knockout and he won his next fight as well similarly with you right by his side.
It could no longer be a coincidence in his mind you were cemented as his lucky charm and he felt that he wouldn't win without as you sit obliviously to his strange theories by the ring you begin to feel a little uncomfortable with the way he is starting at you as if you would disappear the second he looks away.
Bruhsing it off as him probably being disoriented after the fight you didn't think too much of it.
But soon the feeling was harder to shake off he started showing up to your gym more often training when you would train offering to be your sparring partner which you kindly declined.
Given that you preferred to stick to your friends he wouldn't let any man near you either
His possessiveness was starting to creep you out. He wasn't your boyfriend but would tell everyone that he was and when you confronted him about this he told you that it would help keep the creeps away from you.
But who was going to tell him that he was the one creeping you out.
It didn't stop at that he would often wait until you finished to walk you to your car in the guise of keeping you safe or the way he would constantly borrow your stuff saying that he had forgotten his at home.
Soon things like your clothes started to go missing from your gym bag as he snuck them out as souvenirs.
As he clutched a bouquet of roses he followed you to your car today was the day he would finally confess and make you his.
He patiently waited for you to finish your session as he walked you out as usually but before you got into your car.
He stopped you.
You saw his face change to a shade of pink as he looked like a giddy school boy.
He held out the bouquet of roses to you confessing his love and undying affection for you.
It was sweet and he looked so hopefull but you couldn't lie to him and tell him you felt the same.
You tried to be as gentle as you could trying to let him down.
But he was in denial he didn't understand how you couldn't see that you were meant to be you were soulmates it was destiny.
He wasn't relenting so you just ripped off the bandage.
"Listen I said I don't like you it don't understand why that's so hard to get into that thick skull of yours leave me the fuck alone"
He stood there stunned as you stormed off slaming your car door and promptly driving off.
You saw his reflecting in your rear view mirror his eyes were glossed over and he looked like a kicked puppy with his head held low the bouquet of roses that he had so carefully picked out now layed on the cold concrete floor.
He watched as you disappeared off into the night.
It was obvious that you were playing hard to get. That's okay he would just smother you with love until you didn't say yes. Otherwise he would just have to turn to move unpleasant measures at least unpleasant for you he would surely enjoy what he would do to you.
Everyday he would show up at opening time at the gym and leave at closing in hopes of catching you but as the days went by you didn't show up.
You thought it was best to lay low for a couple of days for the awkwardness to wear off.
When he couldn't find you at the gym he started to show up at your office just waiting outside the parking lot waiting for you.
You could only avoid him for so long, soon he began to show up wherever you went it was starting to scare you.
You reached your breaking point when one day you were sleeping you heard the door to your apartment rattle as if someone was trying to break in.
You could hear him on the other side yelling at you to open the door.
" Open the fucking door. Why do you have to make this so difficult.
We are meant to be why can't you just accept it?
I'll do anything for you just tell me what I need to do.
I'll do anything just open the door I just want to talk to you.
I'll treat you so well no one can love you the way I do those jerks that you flirt with at the gym can't love the way I do.
What we have is something special they wouldn't understand.
Open the fucking door or I'm going to break it down. "
You saw the hinged of the door begin to come off as he started to break it down.
You were sure he was going to murder you tonight if it wasn't for security showing up
It took five men to subdue with great difficulty.
Eventually the cops had to be called to restrain him.
He was let out of jail with nothing more than a slap on the wrist as the fighting leage didn't want their top new prospect to not show up for his fights.
The cops adviced you to leave town and lay low for a while because there was nothing they could do about him as he hadn't hurt you yet.
And the officials at the fight leage would simply bail him out each time as his fights were starting to bring in money.
You packed up your essentials in a hurry and headed to your parents home in the country side to get as far away from him as possible.
He was warned by his manager to not get into trouble for a while as he had a big fight coming up that would bring him close to fighting for the championship.
He trained hard every single day maybe if he became champion you would finally love him.
Even when he coughed up blood from overtrainig
He never stopped he had to win.
When fight day came his eyes anxiously scanned the crowd for your face.
You surely couldn't have abandoned him now.
You were his lucky charm
The calm in an ocean of noise
Without you hear he wouldn't win.
He has to have you
How could you betray him like this all you had to do was show up.
The fight commenced and he was on a 4 fight winning streak he couldn't risk losing it when he was climbing up the ranks.
He gave it his all and nearly lost the fight the only reason he won was because of a technicality and a penalty awarded to his opponent he was beat up and his ego was severely bruised.
He blamed his near loss on you how was he supposed to win without his lucky charm.
His delusion was only further proved by the outcome of the fight.
He began to become superstitious and was convinced that it would bring bad luck if he didn't have you.
His only dream in life was to be world champion and he wasn't about to let your refusal stand in his way.
He had to take matters into his own hands he had to make discussions for you because you clearly don't know what's good for you.
Without wasting even a second still covered in blood and sweat he pulled on a jacket and fired up his truck to your home.
He knew where you parents lived he would occasionally show up at night to watch you through the window when he couldn't sleep your presence calmed him down.
He knew he had to lure you out some way or another.
That's when a sinister idea popped into his mind.
He took out a burner phone a dialled your number.
When he heard your voice greet him.
" I'm not going to repeat myself.
Be a good girl and come out. We are going on a little trip just you and I.
If you want to be bad and stay inside I'll just simply come in and drag you out but if I have to do that I can't guarantee the safety of your parents.
They are old and weak you wouldn't want them to get hurt now would you.
I certainly wouldn't mind sending them to an early grave so now be a good Little girl and come with me "
You knew he wasn't joking he was more than capable of killing a grown man let alone your aging parents and living in the country side meant that you couldn't even call for help by the time you did he would have easily murdered your entire blood line.
You had no option but to comply as you snuck out through the back door trying not to wake your parents up maybe some day you'd be able to see them again if he didnt end your life this instant.
Sneaking out you were met with his face a sinister grin plastered across his face.
It was still bloody with most of the blood having dried down you assumed he left the ring directly to find you it was only a matter of time.
He opened the door for you shoving you in as you hesitated.
You were paralyzed with fear he was like a wild animal that was pushed into a corner and wounded he was unpredictable.
All you could do now was comply.
As he sped through the empty highways you knew that if you didn't escape now you wouldn't ever leave.
When his eyes were glued to the road ahead you hesitantly unlocked to lock to the passenger side door.
Just as you were about to open the door to the moving car and make your escape.
You felt his hand grabbing the back of your neck with a bone crushing grip slamming your head into the dashboard effectively knocking you out cold.
He pulled you back and rested your head back onto the seat.
Gently brushing a few strands of hair off your face as he occasionally admired as he drove off.
You looked so peaceful like this so calm and serine he could spend his entire life admiring you.
After an hours drive you finally reached your destination it was a quaint little house just outside the city he had bought it with his first major pay check for you.
He had invisioned his entire future with you by his side today was only the beginning of your life together.
He couldn't help but smile in content as he carried your unconscious body into the threshold of your new home.
He layed you down on a soft mattress in a room he had designed to your liking the sheets matching to the walls painted in your favourite colour.
Slowly coming back to consciousness.
The side of your head felt like someone had taken a hammer to it.
You were slightly disoriented as you tried to take in your surroundings the soft mattress underneath you did little to provide you with comfort.
What little sense of safety you felt vanished as you saw him at sitting beside you running his calloused hands across your naked skin.
"I hope you don't mind I had to get you out of those filthy clothes. It wouldn't have had to be this way if you understood my love for you I never would have had to go this far."
A chill randown your spine as he began to go on and on about how he bought this house for you and how much he was looking forward to spend the rest of your lives together.
"I've done so much for you. I keep you safe.
I bought you this house that matches your liking I all but worship the ground you walk on don't you think I deserve something in return for all I have done for you. "
He said as he straddled your hips.
He tried to fight him off all only to land one punch on him reopening a cut that he had sustained in the fight as blood gushed down his face onto yours
You watched in horror as he seemed completely unfazed by it.
Infact he almost seemed excited by the sight of it.
" Guess I'll just have to fuck the fight out of you"
He grabbed both of your wrists with one one hand pinning you down.
His other hand roaming your body groping you as he pleased.
Ripping off the final coverings from your body leaving you bare for his hungry eyes to shamelessly eye fuck you.
He leaned down to kiss you to which you turned away.
The second time he tried his patience began to wear off with your non compliance wearing his patience thin.
He wasn't having any of it.
Before you could try to push him off you felt a searing slap land on your face the force of which whipped your head to the side.
Before you could even react to it another one followed then another he slapped you around like a rag doll mercilessly raining pain on you he only stopped when you tasted metallic blood on your tounge seeping in from your cheeks.
The fear in your eyes turned him on the fact that he has so much power over you at any given moment he could take your life without even having to try.
You were completely at his mercy and he wasn't feeling very generous today.
You trembled under him knowing that it was best to just comply.
"If you behave this can be a pleasurable experience for the both of us , and if you don't well I don't really care. I'll get what I want either way."
Having you immobilised with fear just made it easier for him to take advantage of you.
He still loved you in his own sick and twisted way and wanted you to feel good too.
He slide down your body grabbing your hips sliding them down to eye level as he spread apart your legs.
His breath fanning over your cunt making you shiver.
You tried to close them but either hand on your thighs held them down like chains.
He teased you gently running his toung through the expanse on your sex.
Slowly building up his pace while lapping you up.
His fingers teased your entrance as you bucked your hips towards him to get some sort of contact our of desperation he loved how needy you had gotten as he ate you out.
Edging you until you were on the verge of tears begging him to let you realse.
He loved the pained look of desperation on your face it made him feel needed.
He would move his tounge skillful working you up to your high only to stop just before you came.
He did this for what seemed like hours.
Teasing you torturing you with pleasure.
The frustration building up in your body was clouding your vision you needed to release one way or another it had gotten to a point where it was almost painful.
He himself could feel his cock strain against the fabric of his underwear.
Big and angry just waiting to burry itself into your soft warm walls.
As much as he enjoyed watching you be a desperate slut.
He needed some action himself.
Moving up caging you between his arms.
You didn't have much energy left in you with the assault he earlier did and the hours of edging you were completely spent.
As he slowly tried to fit his massive girth inside of you.
It was a tight fit as you tried weekly pushing him away telling him it was too much to handle.
He reassured you that you would be fine and to be a good girl and take whatever he gives you.
Once fully inside it felt as if he was splitting you open.
He tried his best to go as slow as he could but the months of pent up frustration and rage all led up to this moment.
He couldn't hold it in anymore as he drilled you into the mattress.
Your finger nails drew crimson marks all along his back as he brought you from one orgasm to another barely giving you rest between them.
It was like he was in a daze finally getting his hands on what he so desperately crave
#dark#dark fic#kpop#yandere#yandere fic#yandere kpop#dead dove do not eat#dead dove fic#horror#jungkook#yandere jungkook#jungkook yandere#jeon jungkook#jungkook fanfic#smut#jungkook fic#dark smut#bts yandere#yandere bts#bts x reader#bts fic#bts jungkook#bts smut
182 notes
¡
View notes
Text
JIMIN fic recs Oneshots Part 2
Click here for Part 1......
Part 1
I made this list for myself and never planned to post it so..(there might be mistakes).. Hope it helps!! And please leave a comment/like/reblog or any reviews guys the writers should receive the appreciation they deserve (I'll be eventually adding more fics here) MINORS STRICTLY DNI
Fluff :-âď¸
Angst :-đĽ
Smut :-đĽ
Crack :-đ
Personal Favourite :- â¨
1. Blessing and a curse__âď¸đ⨠(college!au, magic!au, S2F2L) @btsmosphere
2. Home is where the heart is__âď¸đĽ(single mother, idol jm Ă idol reader) @bangtanfanfiction
3. Sky fell down in front of us__âď¸đĽđâ¨(S2F2L,pinning) @army-author
4. Fleeting forevers__âď¸ (neighbors!au & dystopian!au S2F2L). @threeletterslife
5. Into the spiritual realm__âď¸đĽâ¨ (spirited away au, mystery, happy ending). @threeletterslife
6. Reset__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨ (short-amnesia kinda jimin, college au, S2F2L). @dovechim
7. Lovely Demons__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(Fantasy , E2L, Princes of Hell! Jimin Ă Witch reader au) @kpopfanfictrash
8. Black Swan__âď¸đĽâ¨ (Yandere, Cursed prince JiminĂ princess reader, Obsession). @deepdarkdelights
9. Eternal sunlight__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(College AU, soulmate au, established relationship) @kidguk
10. First snow last kiss__âď¸đĽ (architect!reader, exes to lovers). @taeshobipop
11. Porcelain__â¨(Yandere, Obsession, Kidnapping, Murder, dark) @deepdarkdelights
12. Blooming days__âď¸đĽđĽđ⨠(Bf2L , college au) @bluekyun
13. Worshipers of the spring__âď¸đĽđĽ(GOD au) @jimlingss
14. Everything__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(supposed Arrange marriage AU, childhood friends/fiance's to lovers, coming of age au) @kpopfanfictrash
15. Nothing a Lil green can't fix__âď¸đĽđ⨠(Best friends au, satisfying ending, coming of age, slice of life au, bittersweet) @threeletterslife
16. Taboo attachment__âď¸đ⨠(Demon AU, contract marriage to lovers kinda). @kpopisthereasonihavenolife
17. Equinox__âď¸â¨(King of spring!Jimin x Queen of Winter!reader, pinning) @crystaljins
18. The tears of a rose__ âď¸đĽđĽđ⨠( archaeology major!jimin x business major! female! , adventure, college au, treasure hunt) @ebonyinktea
19. Reducto your ass__âď¸đ⨠(Hogwarts au). @bangtanfanfiction
20. Cry me a galaxy__âď¸đĽâ¨(guardian angel jimin x reader) @army-author
21. I want to be with you __âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(strangers (fan) to friends to lovers, idol jimin) @oddinary4bts
22. Running through the night__âď¸đĽđĽđ⨠(ballet instructor!jimin x art teacher!, fake dating AU, F2L). @sketchguk
23. Autumn leaves__âď¸đâ¨(witch!jimin, witch!reader, arranged marriage au) @alilbihh
24. The duality of a man__âď¸đ(college au, project partner). @taesthetes
25. When the ice melts__âď¸đĽđâ¨(ex skater jimin Ăskater reader, figure skating au). @crystaljins
26. Sugar spice and everything nice__âď¸đđĽâ¨(weak sperm jimin x witch! reader, crack smut mostly) @dovechim
27. Florezco__âď¸đĽâ¨(Soft smut and softie jm, kinda learner jm Ă guide reader) @honeymoonjin
28. Cookies Charades__âď¸đâ¨(Roommate to best friends to Lover, college au). @btsmakesmehappy
29. Bakery 1995__âď¸đĽđ⨠(baker!jimin, bakery cafe au, childhood friends-to-lovers ) @artaefact
30. Ephemera__âď¸đĽâ¨(stranger/penpals to lovers kinda, tragedy). @akinnie75
31. Shadows in the graveyard__âď¸đđĽâ¨ (supernatural, horror, established relationship, humour, halloween au). @minisugakoobies
32. The mansion__â¨(Yandare jiminĂ married reader, horror, obsessive, supernatural , kidnapping). @darkestcorners
33. Touched by a fallen star__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(Prince jimin, fantasy, supernatural, slight smut, soulmate au?) @cutaepatootie
34. Fall like moondrops__âď¸đĽđâ¨(Post college au, F2L, whipped jimin, pinning) @madbutgloriouspond
35. Hard to say__âď¸đđĽâ¨( bestfriend to lovers, highschool au). @floralseokjin
36. Metanoia__âď¸đâ¨(kinda Bad boy jimin , Hogwarts au). @taesthetes
37. Firelight__âď¸đĽ(Established relationship, camping au). @kpopfanfictrash
38. Prey for me__đĽđĽâ¨(Yandere, Vampire Jimin Ă human reader , Stalking, Obsession) @deepdarkdelights
39. Potions__âď¸đĽđâ¨(Prince Jimin Ă Healer reader, royal au, pinning) @taleasnewastime
40. Finding home__âď¸â¨ (tea witch!reader, nonwitch! jimin , finding home) @snackhobi
41. Peach blossom__âď¸đĽđ⨠( F2L, magic au + school au) @jinjikook
42. Lonely hearts club__âď¸â¨đ( Hogwarts au, frenemies to lovers kinda, Slytherin jimin) @jaeminlore
43. Lonely__âď¸đâ¨(Hogwarts au, gryffindor jimin Ă Slytherin reader). @btsinned
44. To love you__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(wanted outlaw jimin Ă Princess reader, fantasy) @alessiamalfoyzabini
45. Fake it till it works__âď¸đâ¨(fake dating au, Best friends to lovers) @glassbangtan
46. The pitfalls of silk__âď¸đĽđĽâ¨(spider hybrid jimin Ă human reader, hybrid au, soft yandere, soulmate au). @ctrlhope
#jimin#jimin fic#bts x reader#jimin smut#jimin comfort#bts fic#yandere!jimin#jimin horror#bts fic rec#jimin fic recs#jimin fluff#jimin angst#jimin Ă reader#bts#bts imagines#jimin imagine#jimin oneshot#hogwarts au#hybridjimin
283 notes
¡
View notes
Text
POPPINâ CHERRY.
fandom ę bts
pairing ę jungkook x f!reader
applicable aus & genre ę roommate au, smut
synopsis ę those were the last words he ever expected to come out of your mouth. but heck, jungkook would be lying if he said that he didnât fucking love it.
word count ę 2,322
warnings & tags ę language, inexperienced reader, dom/sub dynamics, biting, pet names (fem! â baby, angel etc.), nipple play, dacryphilia, corruption kink (implied), dirty talk, cunnilingus, pussy drunk!jk, fingering â RATED E for explicit content.
notes ę hello! iâm a newbie lskjdikdj and this is my tumblr debut đŤŁ! iâm so, very nervous and scared, but i hope you enjoy <3!
âYou want me to⌠what?!â Jungkook looks at you wide-eyed, clearly flabbergasted by your proposition. You swallow nervously, hoping with all your might that your little plan works out.Â
âMake me orgasm⌠can you not?â You whisper with bated breath. Itâs uncertain where your boldness is coming from, but youâve come a bit too far to back out now.Â
He shakes his head a few times, getting up from his bed to approach you. âItâs not about if I can or not, ____. Do you not understand how fucking abrupt this is? Iâm sort of weirded out, where is this coming from, huh?âÂ
You lean against the door frame to his room, heaving out a sigh. Of course, you know how out of the blue this is, to him. It almost makes you sad that heâs never picked up on any of the hints youâve dropped before. That you like him.Â
âI⌠um, heard you.â You murmur. It wonât hurt to tell a bit of truth.
â... Heard what exactly?â Jungkook quirks an eyebrow at you, skeptical.Â
âYou⌠and the girls you bring back sometimes.â That sentence stings to even utter, but you manage somehow.Â
A sigh escapes his pretty lips. âFuck⌠I thought youâd be sleeping. And the walls seem pretty darn thick so I assumed not a lot of noise will travel.âÂ
âI was sleeping, I just⌠woke up again to the sounds of, yâknowâŚâÂ
A heavy silence falls between you two. You wait for him to say something, anything, but he doesnât. Jungkook just regards you silently, those magnetic pools of honey trailing over your figure with no prominent emotions visible.Â
âHey⌠you can decline, by the way. If it wasnât clear. Iâll go back and we can just, um, pretend that nothing happened and go back to being normal roommates.â Tears burn in the back of your eyes, but you still try to appear brave and strong in front him.Â
âI know I can decline. But Iâm not sure if I want to.â Jungkook takes a few more steps forward, reaching for you. As his warm, big hand finds your jaw, you lean into the comforting touch instinctively. âYouâre so sweet and adorable, I never thought Iâd hear those words out of your mouth.âÂ
âCan you justââÂ
âBut I liked it. Say it again.â He disrupts your complaint even before you could start. It takes you a few moments to properly register what he said. But once you do, your whole body thrums from excitement, heartbeat going crazy.
âMmâmake me come, Jungkook.â Your voice is barely audible, but just enough for his blood to rush south. His strong arms wrap around your smaller frame to hoist you up, carrying you to his bed.Â
âI might just not survive this, fuck.â Jungkook hisses under his breath, gently dropping you on his mattress. Heâs over aware of every little thing about you now, from the outline of your pebbled nipples on your pajama, to your glossy eyes that are locked on him.Â
âCan I call you âbabyâ? And other nicknames?â He enquires hopefully, his hands eagerly exploring your curves. You tremble under his touch, vigorously shaking your head in an assertive manner. Jungkook chuckles.
âAww, youâre so cute and eager, baby.â He hovers over you, his eyes searching for yours. âYou want me to make you come, hm?âÂ
Even though your heart feels like itâll burst out of your chest, you lock your eyes with him. âYea⌠Iâ Iâve never orgasmed in my life.â Your voice is small, heat rising to your cheeks as you confess, embarrassed. Jungkook leans down to nuzzle your face, dropping a butterfly kiss right beneath your eye.
âIs that so? Not even by yourself?â One of his hands slips beneath your pajama, gently stroking your tummy. He smiles when you nod, his other hand cupping your face. âItâs okay, we can try it out today and see what happens.âÂ
Jungkook is so close, studying you and everything you do â almost enamored by your nuances. âMay I kiss you?â He rests his forehead against yours, waiting for your confirmation.Â
âYes please.â He doesnât waste a second, soft lips finding yours in a sweet kiss. The simple touch alone gets you exhilarated, hands gripping onto his t-shirt. He lets his tongue run over your lower lip, making you twitch under him.Â
That snaps something in Jungkook, his hand firmly grasping your jaw while he coaxes your mouth open to him. You gasp when he teases your tongue with his, taking control of the kiss from the get go. The way he moves his tongue against yours makes you dizzy, strange sensations flooding your body. It feels like heâs unraveling you.Â
Your little moans and whimpers egg him on, his teeth nibbling at your lower lip. Jungkook is feeling partially intoxicated by you, his mind hazy from lust. Although, he pulls away from the mind-numbing kiss a while later to give you some space to breathe. âFuck,â he curses, enticed by your teary eyes and swollen lips.Â
It takes you a while to gather yourself, but you soon realize how much effect that single kiss had on you. Your underwear has soaked through with your arousal, uncomfortably sticking to your skin. Your nipples are also rock hard, aching to be touched.Â
âJungkook,â you whine weakly, thrashing a bit to show your distress. His mouth returns to yours, right hand swifty unbuttoning your pajama. Jungkook trails down wet kisses down your neck, suckling on the soft skin in places. A moan escapes you when he tweaks your clothed nipple between his fingers.Â
âI havenât started anything yet, princess.â His whisper is hot against your cleavage, right hand slipping beneath your back to unhook your bra. âSo pretty,â he coos, throwing it away somewhere in the room. A sudden wave of embarrassment hits you as you realize that this is the most bare youâve ever been to anyone. So, you try to cover yourself, but heâs faster to stop you, narrowing his eyes. âDonât. Did I not mention how fucking pretty you are?â
Face flushed, you avoid eye contact. âSorry⌠itâs justâ um, the first time someone saw me like this.âÂ
Jungkook lets go of your wrists, the weight of your words sinking in. âGood fucking lord, ____.â His eyes darken, breathing uneven. âLet me take care of you, angel.â He captures your lips in a searing kiss, strong, calloused hand massaging your breast. His other hand is at the small of your back, supporting both of you.Â
Eventually, he trails downward, pressing open-mouthed kisses until he reaches your unoccupied breast. With his eyes locked on you, Jungkook licks at your stiffened bud, earning a whimper from you. âLook at me, princess.â He encourages, almost losing it when your droopy eyes fixate on his face.Â
With his cock throbbing inside his boxer-briefs, he wraps his lips around your nipple, earning him a lewd whine. You place your arm over your mouth quickly, head falling back as he runs his teeth and tongue over the sensitive bundle of nerves. It feels unbelievably good, you had no idea having your nipples sucked would be like this.
âOh my god,â you cry out, overwhelmed by the sensation when Jungkook also starts tweaking and teasing your other nipple with his finger. More arousal has leaked from your sopping hole, a tight feeling inside your lower belly coiling. The pleasure is almost blinding, making you twitch and tremble under him.
Soon, he impatiently moves to ravish the unattended breast, adding more to your devastation. Youâre just barely hanging in there, extremely unsure of whatâs happening with your body, feeling like you might explode any minute. Jungkook, on the other hand, bites and suckles on your tits like his life depends on it, frenzied by your sweet taste and reactions.Â
But he stops short when he notices your hips bucking up, eyes teary, ready to spill the diamond drops. âMy baby,â he murmurs, letting his right hand slip inside your pajama bottoms. You moan out of relief when he presses down on your clit, inner walls clenching around nothing. Jungkook is almost surprised when he finally feels the damp cloth of your cotton panties. âFuck, canât believe you.âÂ
He quickly gets rid of your bottoms, eyes falling upon the massive wet patch on your panties. âNoâ itâs embarrassingââ You try to cross your legs shut. Quite genuinely, you had no idea that itâs possible to produce that much liquid down there. Unfortunately, heâs way too strong, spreading your legs apart with bare-minimum effort.Â
âShh, nothing is embarrassing, angel. Youâre a fucking goddess, out of the world, even.â Jungkook sounds so sincere that your heart skips a beat. âIâll make you feel so good, baby.â He pulls at the waistband of your panties, slowly taking the offending material off. An expletive rumbles in his throat when he sees the strings of your arousal attaching you to your underwear.Â
âYouâre gonna drive me crazy.â He hisses, struggling to keep his urges on check. Blindly throwing away the panties somewhere, Jungkook eagerly settles down between your legs, already feeling his cock twitch at the sight of your drenched pussy. âGoddamnâŚâ He gingerly parts your nether lips, exposing your dripping hole to his hungry gaze.Â
âDonât stare at it like that,â your voice is small, heart doing backflips in your chest. It makes you feel so shy, the way his eyes are trained on your lady bits. His short laugh makes you wanna rub your thighs together.Â
âAwe, is my princess feeling embarrassed? Donât be, you have the prettiest pussy, all swollen and wet for me~â Jungkook rubs his middle finger along your slit, letting it coat into your nectar. New to the feeling of his thick, calloused finger, you whimper out of sensitivity. Oh, the way heâs absolutely adored by you.Â
He tilts his head as if heâs contemplating something. Then all of a sudden, he starts lowering himself until he is face to face with your core. âWanâ a taste of your cute, little pussy.â Goosebumps spread over your skin as you clench at the thought. Jungkook lazily thumbs your swollen clit, enamored by your responses. âYouâre so fucking responsive, makes me wanna play with you forever.âÂ
âNnghâ Jungkook!â you squeal as he licks a fat stroke along your pussy, covering the whole area with his saliva. Itâs weird â the way it feels, but youâd be lying if you said you didnât like it. He moans at the initial taste, putting your legs on his shoulder to really get in there.Â
Jungkook laps at your cunt hungrily, his thumb diligently rubbing your clit. His tongue teasingly rims around your entrance, before plunging into the depths of your core. You jolt, crying out of despair, hypersensitive to his ministrations. The flexible muscle strokes at your gummy walls, increasing the weird feeling inside your stomach. Now, you feel certain that you will burst at any moment, clenching on his tongue helplessly.Â
But he doesnât stop, his little groans going straight through your core. Jungkook is in a frenzy, his whole mouth buried in your pussy as he greedily devours every single drop of your nectar. With his movements getting quicker and rougher, the knots in your lower stomach start to feel like theyâll snap. âOh my god,â you cry out loud, âJungkook, itâ ugh, feels so weirdâ waitâ Aah!âÂ
Your body goes rigid as soon as he pinches your clit between his fingers, a flooding sensation spreading throughout you. White spots appear in your vision while your body breaks out in exhilarating shivers, a string of incoherent words leaving you. Jungkook, on the other hand, slurps at your juices, his heart swelling in his chest. This is the first time you experienced a release. And heâs the first person to taste your sweet cherry pop.Â
Your body loosens up soon after, leaving you all mushy. He holds you close, slowly retracting his tongue from your pussy, making you whine weakly. It makes an embarrassingly loud popping sound when he finally pulls away, his whole mouth covered with your slick, glistening under the dim lighting of his bedroom.Â
âBaby,â Jungkook coos at you, noticing the tear streaks on your temples. He never thought heâd be seeing you like this, but heâs loving every second of it. You look messed up in the best way possible, all for him. âDid I make you feel good, hm? You came all over my face, look at me, câmon~âÂ
His voice is cocky, eyes twinkling with mischief. When you finally meet his eyes, Jungkook reaches for your with his left hand, wiping away the stray tears. Youâre unsure what to say, still processing everything that just happened. But still, you clear your throat, starting, âUm⌠Thank youâŚâÂ
âOh? For what?â He canât help his chuckle. Youâre just so freaking cute.
âFor⌠for making me come, like I asked, Jungkook.â you whisper, nuzzling his hand affectionately.Â
âTrust me, it was my pleasure. But youâre welcome! Care to receive my other services regarding this?âÂ
You flush at his words, immediately realizing what he means exactly.
âWellâŚ?â Jungkook raises an eyebrow, quite impatient.
âMmm⌠Iâd love to.â He doesnât waste a single second upon your confirmation, his tattooed right hand cupping your pussy in a rough manner.Â
âGodââ you moan as he pushes his middle finger inside, overwhelmed by how thick and long it is compared to your own, familiar one. Jungkook leans down to press a sweet kiss on your lips.
âIâm really sorry, but I donât think youâll be getting any sleep tonight.â His big, brown eyes look into yours, full of lust and something softer that you canât really place.Â
âI donât mind.â Your smile turns into a broken moan when he hits a specific spot deep inside you, your gummy walls squeezing his finger appreciatively.Â
Being stupidly bold isnât so bad all the time, maybe.Â
ËËË â
extended notes ËËË
thanks so much for reading đĽş! i hope this was okay >.< (pls ignore typos or other mistakes, english is not my 1st language) ; iâd love to hear your thoughts about this! please reblog, comment, or even send me asks, feedback is very much appreciated!
#taffy writes â fics.#taffy writes â bts.#taffy writes â jungkook.#bts smut#jungkook smut#kpop smut#bts x reader#jungkook x reader#bts imagines#jungkook imagine#bts scenarios#jungkook scenarios#bts fanfic#kpop imagines#kpop scenarios#jungkook fanfic#i am shaking :')) ; oh the horror of being perceived...#here goes nothing
394 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Carnival of Terror đŞ 4: I make them dance
The carnival is in town, and it is unlike anything you have ever experienced. Will you make it out alive?
đŞÂ Jungkook x Female Reader, Jungkook x Yoongi
đŞÂ word count: 11.7k
đŞÂ choose your own adventure, friends & strangers to lovers, carnival and circus au, dead dove, horror, possible minor & major character injury & death, supernatural elements & magic realism, nsfw, 21+
đŞ warnings: use of recreational drugs (mdma - time it takes to kick in is sped up for the narrative; feeling unsettled and paranoid; overwhelm); some of you might find Jungkook's behavior to be akin to infidelity, but in the context of their relationship, it's not; explicit smut (vaginal fingering & sex against a wall; multiple orgasms; not quite a blow job; cum swallowing) teasing & use of the word "whore"; being fed water from someone else's mouth; marionette horror; mirror horror; bloody slice across a face.
đŞ note: at best, everyone is a little toxic. at worst, they're a monster in human flesh with dark secrets, that can only exist in this magical realist world. likely, they are something in between. also, if you're in my time zone and see me posting at 2 in the morning, no you don't lmao.
đ§ food note: idk if everyone grew up eating "snow cones" but they're literally just balls of ice and flavored syrup. bingsu and shaved ice are kind of similar, but the ingredients and presentation can differ.
đŞ if you need a little refresher on what happened in the last chapter, i made a handy dandy recap post.
đŞ beta read by @neoneunnajimin!
đŞ posted june. 2024 | read on ao3
PREVIOUSÂ |Â INDEXÂ | NEXT
WELCOME BACK TO THE GREATEST SHOW IN THE WORLD!
We left off making questionable choices with Jeongguk. Just how many of our intrepid characters can get lost at once?
POLLS THAT SWAYED EVENTS IN THIS CHAPTER:
ducky & rabbit 1Â |Â ducky & rabbit 2
The little pale crystals taste bitter on your tongue, and you wince in disgust as you reach for the open water bottle that Jeongguk holds in his fingertips, arm outstretched. He eyes you curiously, more openly than you have grown accustomed to, and it excites you.Â
"Have you rolled before?" he asks, leaning close as you swallow down two large gulps of ice-cold water.Â
"No," you admit with a shiver.Â
Not that you know of, anyway. After what you have seen and felt in Seokjin's hypnotic trances, you are beginning to wonder whether perhaps your memories are not the extent of your experiences. Of course, there is a possibility that Seokjin has somehow planted those memories of you in bed with him and Namjoon, but that is a matter for later. For now, you have other matters to attend to.
"You'll like it," Jeongguk insists, stepping close.Â
The two of you stand under the shade of the Hall of Mirrors building. With your back inches from the wall, you are unable to hold any space between your bodies.
Your breath feels heavy as you ask, "How do you know?'
Jeongguk smirks. "You like it when your mind is a little fucky, don't you? I meanâŚyou let Yoongi hyung dig his claws into you for long enough."
"What's your excuse?" you ask, equal parts curious and defensive.Â
"I love the game," Jeongguk shrugs, easy enough. "Sure, sometimes he breaks my heart, but he always comes crawling back. And in the meantime, I have plenty of distractions."
"Distractions?" you ask.
Jeongguk is far too close, and his lightly floral musk is cloyingly sweet. You find yourself swaying toward and away, toward and away.
"Drugs," Jeongguk says with another shrug. His gaze is pointed as he adds, "And sex."Â
It feels like whiplash the way Jeongguk so easily shifts into a completely different person. If you didn't know any better, you would think he and Yoongi were in on something together, and that Yoongi is just off in the periphery somewhere, enjoying the show.Â
"How long does it take to kick in?" you ask, ignoring Jeongguk's dark, smoldering eyes and attempting to gaze out at the carnival grounds past him.Â
The sun should be going down by now, but it continues to hang high and bright. All around you, music blares, and voices shout. It no longer overwhelms the senses; rather, it feels commonplace.
"Could take an hour. Could take fifteen minutes. With this cut, it's hard to tell."
That is not reassuring.Â
"Why is it so inconsistent?"
Jeongguk shrugs. "This cut is strange."
You sigh and accept your fate; what more could you do at this point? Jeongguk seems amused, chuckling a light, twinkling sound â pitchy and melodic. He almost looks childlike with the striped scarf hanging around his neck, tied neatly in the front.Â
"Want to walk around and wait to come up, or go inside and get lost?"
Get lost feels like the wrong way to describe precisely what you want, but perhaps it is somewhat accurate.
You take Jeongguk by the hand and go to the left, toward the back door to the Hall of Mirrors â the door that is closest. From the outside, there is no handle, but you instinctively reach for the edge of the door and run your fingers along where there is a small groove in the black-painted wood, allowing you to hook a finger in and open the door.Â
"Whoa," Jeongguk mutters, and you think the same, surprising even yourself.Â
The room that the door opens up to is dark, and it takes a moment for your eyes to adjust. You pull Jeongguk to the right, whereas the hallway leading into the attraction is on the left, and you find a thick black curtain that you pull out of the way, then discover a small black door. You knock lightly, wait for several seconds, and then yank it open, gaining entrance into an empty space that is clearly not meant for the general public.Â
"How do you know about this place?" Jeongguk asks.
"I don't know," you admit. Your body is simply running on autopilot.
The room the two of you find yourself in is rather small and dimly lit, with black walls and nothing to sit upon. There is a small metal hook that locks the door, and you slide it into place. Music plays overhead â the same dizzying organ tunes you have grown accustomed to hearing in this place â and the air feels unusually heavy.Â
"I'm surprised you agreed to this," Jeongguk purrs as he crowds your space.Â
Instinctively, you step back, knocking your foot against a wooden wall. You stare at Jeongguk as he towers close, keeping your hands to your sides as you try your best to steady your breath.Â
"I am too," you admit.Â
"Yoongi hyung not enough for you?" Jeongguk teases as he leans close enough to press his body into yours. Warmth radiates, and you melt a little into the wall, allowing yourself to relax.Â
Holding firm, steady eye contact, you reach up to rub your palms over Jeongguk's chest, dancing your fingertips over taut muscle concealed under the light, soft, greenish-blue fabric of his shirt. With your left hand, you finger the scarf, giving it gentle tugs.
"Yoongi is more than enough for me," you say, tilting your head playfully. "But he's not here, is he?"
Jeongguk grabs your waist and spins you around. You barely have time to steady your hands against the wall to prevent your cheek from smashing into wood. He presses into you, yanking your hips back until his crotch rubs against your ass, and you sigh a shattered breath as your eyes flutter closed.
"More than enough, hmm?" Jeongguk groans in your ear, voice just above a feral growl. "If that were true, then why are you so eager to let me have you?"
You shrug and whine, "I'm bored."
"Bored," Jeongguk snarls, reaching around to undo your slacks.Â
His fingers are quick, and he shoves the material down, then reaches a greedy hand between your legs to rub over your clothed pussy. The material is cold to the touch and still slightly wet, and he tsks in your ear.
"This all for me, or this from earlier?"
"From earlier," you admit.
"When?" Jeongguk asks in a sharp, angry tone.
You grin. "Tunnel of Love."
Jeongguk chuckles, but the sound is deep and swimming with fury. If you didn't know any better, you might think he is planning on ripping you apart.
"I knew it," he all but growls.
Your body simmers with excitement and something else â something that might feel like panic if not for Jeongguk's long fingers roughly stroking over your soiled undergarment. You sigh and press your ass back, feeling the way his erection tents in his pants, tempted to offer to get on your knees and beg for it.Â
"He told me all about you, you know," Jeongguk says sweetly, voice far more tame and welcoming. "I know everything."
You hum a curious sound and ask, "Like what?"
"Like how tight you are," Jeongguk says as he pulls your panties aside and lets one finger explore your folds before it dips deep inside. "Fuck," he sighs, breath hot against your neck. "So fucking wet."
"That's all for you," you whine as Jeongguk pulls his finger out and slowly presses it in deep.Â
"Yeah?" he asks. "You sure about that? Or is it just me talking about Yoongi hyung that turns you on?"
With a sigh and a light giggle, you say, "Maybe it's a little of both."
"Yeah?" Jeongguk asks, pulling his finger out in a broad stroke that rubs across your clit, making you tremble with pleasure. "You like being hyung's little whore?"
You wonder if Jeongguk is attempting to hurt your feelings despite circling his finger over your bud in firm strokes. All you feel is amusement.Â
You attempt to look over your shoulder as you ask, "Are you?"
Jeongguk dips his hand down and slides two fingers in, this time making you hiss. The stretch is not enough to really fill you the way you like, but it feels good. It feels promising.Â
From behind, you can hear Jeongguk's other hand at work on his button and zipper. Fabric rustles, his hand pulls away, leaving you empty, and then you feel his cock pressed against your ass.Â
"I saw you first," he groans, knuckles brushing over your skin as he strokes himself. "I was the one who pointed you out to hyung. I wanted you first."
He takes you by the hips in both hands and pulls back, forcing your back to arch. You feel trapped in your slacks, unable to spread your legs, but Jeongguk does not seem to mind. He bends and slides his cock against your semi-clothed cunt, causing the two of you to whine in tandem.Â
"But Yoongi hyung always gets what he wants," Jeongguk says as he lines his cock up with your hole and thrusts, rubbing his length over your folds and clit.Â
A shiver runs along your spine, and you sigh, enjoying the slide even without penetration. Then Jeongguk lines up again and presses slower, steadier, spearing you open.Â
Arousal floods quickly, making you moan as pleasure quakes through you. You know that you should be quiet, but it is hard to hold back, and you bite your bottom lip in an attempt to clamp your mouth shut and muffle your sounds.Â
Jeongguk is thick, and he moves maddeningly slow, making you feel every little vein and curve he has to offer. Everything is heightened with how sore you are from earlier.
"What was it about me?" you whimper, attempting to keep your voice low and steady.
Jeongguk pulls back and thrusts forward, coating himself in you, making the slide much smoother. Then he buries his nose in your neck as he straightens you from the half-bent position you had found yourself in.Â
Your back stays somewhat arched, but you attempt to stand tall and allow Jeongguk's hands to grip your hip and chest, holding you in place. You anchor your palms against the rough wood wall, feeling its tiny grooves filled with paint.
"Everything," he groans as he pulls back and thrusts quickly forward, making you moan in dizzying pleasure.Â
The hand on your chest slides up and firmly plants over your mouth. You sigh into the feeling, breathing in the faintly sweet scent of his skin as he sets a steady pace and fucks you.Â
"Your smile," Jeongguk grunts, hips slapping against your ass in a punctuated rhythm. "Your laugh. You were soâ" Jeongguk's hand slides from your hip, reaches forward, and pinches your clit, "âintoxicating," he growls as you moan desperately into his palm, feeling pleasure burst inside you.Â
Jeongguk fucks you hard and fast, groaning against your neck while your hot breath creates a pocket of condensation coating his calluses, his life lines, and his heart lines. Surely, you could be heard by anyone who may approach the little black door hidden behind the velvet curtain, but you cannot bring yourself to care.
You feel euphoric. You feel lost.
"Cum for me, baby," Jeongguk commands, fingers pinching and rubbing your clit in rough but pleasant motions.Â
Ignoring the way your chest flutters at the sound of Jeongguk calling you baby, you nod and close your eyes, relaxing as best as you can, eager for release. Fireworks of light and pleasure seem to explode within you, and as you climb higher and higher toward bliss, you feel awash with warm, overbearing ecstasy.Â
Desperately, you moan into Jeongguk's palm. You attempt to beg him to make you cum, muttering a muffled prayer of, "Please, please, please."Â
Jeongguk angles his hips, pressing himself impossibly deeper, causing your eyes to roll back. Orgasm explodes and you squeal and shake, worried the pleasure might knock you down to the floor.Â
But Jeongguk holds you firmly and keeps you steady. Your blunt fingernails dig into the wooden wall, and you quake as wave after wave of pleasure washes over you, threatening to drown you in its undertow.Â
"So fucking good," Jeongguk groans against your neck. "You feel so fucking good cuming on my cock."
You are unsure whether it is the drugs or simply Jeongguk, but as soon as you feel as if you are able to relax and come down from your high, another explodes inside you, causing your legs to go weak as you tremble and squeal.Â
"Holy fuck," Jeongguk growls. "That's it, baby. Keep squeezing me."
You attempt to moan Jeongguk's name, but your voice is too muffled. The sound of your release squelching with each thrust fills you with shame and excitement, and you wonder whether you have ever cum so hard before. You want to tell Jeongguk as much â want to praise him for how incredibly he fucks you â but all you can do is moan and sob against his damp palm, and take what he has to give you.
"Gonna cum," Jeongguk warns. Then he slides his hand away and asks, "Will you swallow it?"
Without thinking twice, you nod, voice broken and weak as you moan through the last of Jeongguk's firm, deep strokes.Â
He pulls out, and you turn, dropping to your knees haphazardly, which are stuck together in your bunched slacks. Your knees sting as they kiss wood, but all you can focus on is Jeongguk's pretty, uncut cock glistening above your face as his fist slowly strokes up the shaft.Â
"Open," he commands, leaning with one hand against the wall and towering over you.Â
You open wide and do your best to sit high, but a steady tremble works through your entire body, causing you to feel dizzy and disoriented. Jeongguk takes your chin in his hand and slides his cock along your outstretched tongue, and as soon as you close your lips around the tip and suck, tasting your own heady flavor, he pulsates against your lips and cums.Â
Jeongguk moans, fingers digging into your jaw, and you do your best to breathe through the gentle thrust of him along your tongue, spurting into your throat. When he sighs heavily and pulls back, you look up, heavy-blinking and holding your mouth open wide.Â
The sight above you is heavenly. Jeongguk pants and stares, covered in a sheen of sweat that sticks his shirt to his firm, muscular chest and arms. His face is rosy-blushed, and his dark eyes are wide.Â
"Fuck," he mutters, leaving his cock to hang heavy and deflate while he moves his hand to your mouth and presses the pads of two fingers against the mess on your tongue.Â
Something is clearly on his mind, and you stare up in waiting. Then he pulls his fingers out, and nods, cracking a smile.Â
"Hyung mentioned you were a fucking dirty girl. I bet I could spit in your mouth and you wouldn't mind."
You roll your eyes and retract your tongue, smiling at Jeongguk's audacity. You absolutely would not mind, but he doesn't need to know that. Not when he seems to feel so superior over you.Â
Jeongguk tucks himself back into his slacks and then helps you stand. Your legs feel like overcooked noodles, and you stumble back against the wall as you reach to pull your pants up with trembling hands.
Around you, the sound of the music swells and sways, and you would attribute the disorienting nature to the drugs, but this is how it sounded when Namjoon held your hand and pulled you through these halls earlier. You wonder if, perhaps, Namjoon is nearby.
"Feel the effects?" Jeongguk asks, grabbing the bottle of water from where it seems to have been tossed to the floor.Â
You stretch your arms over your head, feeling how simultaneously heavy and light they are. "I think so," you mutter.Â
Jeongguk takes a drink of water, then steps forward crowding your space. You open your mouth to ask what he is doing as your head bumps against the wall, but Jeongguk simply opens his mouth and dribbles ice-cold water from his lips to yours.Â
Most of the water makes it to your mouth, but some drools out to the side, and as the two of you swallow, Jeongguk kisses you, licking deep and causing you to melt into the wall once more.Â
You lift your hands to rub against his chest, palms grazing over clothed pierced nipples, making Jeongguk hiss. He licks firmly over your tongue, then pulls a moan from your throat as he sucks on its tip.Â
"You taste good," Jeongguk mutters against your lips, urging you on.Â
You slide one hand up to scarf around Jeongguk's neck and pull him close, licking fervently into his mouth, tasting and teasing; taking as you please. Jeongguk presses his hips against you, and you chuckle, breaking the kiss.Â
"We should get some fresh air," you mutter, feeling warm and increasingly claustrophobic.Â
"Alright," Jeongguk mutters, sucking your lower lip between his teeth. You whine until he releases, and sigh as he says, "Let's go."
Jeongguk takes your hand in his, and you can feel residual cold on his palm from when it held onto the water bottle moments ago. It feels nice and grounding as you attempt to get your feet to cooperate and assist you with leaving this place.Â
Only, when you exit this small room and walk toward the door that should lead back outside, all you find in its place is a wall. Jeongguk presses and rubs against the black wood, and he sighs when he finds nothing. High on the wall is a blinking red Dead End sign, and you wonder whether there is a proper back exit, or if this attraction is only meant to have one way in and one way out.
"I want to freak out about this, but I feel too high to care," he grumbles, making you laugh.
You would also like to freak out about this and all the other oddities that you have experienced. But you know that it will do nobody any good, and so you sigh and yank Jeongguk toward the hallway that leads into the attraction.Â
"Only way out is through, I guess," you sigh.Â
Jeongguk falls into step beside you, and as you enter the first hall full of glass and reflected light, dizziness overtakes you. The two of you stumble and giggle, stopping to gawk at your warped reflections, warping them further as you bend and twist.Â
You are a little surprised that Jeongguk continues to hold your hand, firmly keeping you close, leading at times, and following at others. It feels nice. Warm and steady. Secure. You nearly forget all about Yoongi.
But then a flash of blue and black moves in the distance ahead, and although you do not clearly see it, you feel it. It has to be Yoongi.Â
Jeongguk is giggling as his reflection when you grip tightly to his fingers and pull, causing him to stumble to your side, muttering something under his breath.Â
"This way," you insist, staring ahead for any sign of the blur that you could swear is Yoongi.Â
You turn your gaze every which way, looking into rooms and staring as far as you can along paths, but all you find are strangers. Amused couples, bored third-wheels, and giggling shapes pressed closely in dark corners.Â
"What is it?" Jeongguk asks, slowing and creating resistance.Â
"I need fresh air," you sigh as your chest tightens and the air feels constricted. "I justâŚI need to get out of here."
Time seems even more warped as the drug shimmers through your system, and you search and search, though for what, you slowly forget. All you know is that there is a deep, pounding need in your chest, but as you turn corners and examine rooms, you question whether that need could ever truly be filled.
Far ahead, down the long hallway and past several doorways, you spot a bright shining light appearing and disappearing. Sunlight.Â
You yank on Jeongguk, who follows along obediently, holding onto your palm as it increasingly begins to sweat, slickening your hold. He allows you to pass through doorways first and slides easily behind you to allow others to pass.Â
When you reach the exit, he steps ahead first and presses the heavy wooden door open, holding it for you. All at once, the air is hot and dry, and as you take in a deep inhale, you are unsure whether you feel better or worse, squinting against the bright sun.Â
Jeongguk hands you the bottle of water, and you finally release his hand, lamenting the familiar warmth as your trembling fingers struggle to twist the tiny plastic cap free. You stumble into some shade beside the entrance of the building, and Jeongguk follows.Â
He crowds your space and takes the plastic bottle cap, sliding it into his pocket for safekeeping. As you lift the bottle to your lips, you quake and sigh, shivering despite overheating.Â
"The come up is sometimes just as rough as the comedown," Jeongguk mutters sweetly. "You probably didn't feel it as badly inside because you were distracted. It'll pass soon."
"Why are you being so nice to me?" you ask, voice weak and pathetic against the small round rim of the bottle. You take a large cold gulp and refrain from finishing off the water despite feeling thirsty enough to want to drown.
"What are you talking about?" Jeongguk asks, laughing.Â
As you sigh through the cold gulp, you hand over the bottle, watching as Jeongguk drinks from it with steady hands, much better equipped to handle the drug than you.Â
"You called me a whore," you pout, suddenly feeling upset despite not caring before.Â
Jeongguk finishes the water and crushes the bottle in his hand, crinkling the plastic as he steps forward to crowd your space. A crazed grin tugs at his lips, and with a lift of his brow, he mutters, "I was only joking," sending a chill down your spine.
"Are you sure?" you ask, doing your best to appear unaffected but feeling jittery.
Jeongguk's look fades and he begins laughing. "You're too much," he mutters, shaking his head.Â
Affronted, you attempt to swat him on the chest, but Jeongguk grabs your hand and holds it close.Â
"Why are you so annoying?" you grumble, attempting uselessly to yank your hand away.Â
"You like it," he responds, grinning as he lets go, causing you to stumble back into the wall from your semi-frantic movement.
The world feels off. Glimmering and electric. Overbearing yet underwhelming.Â
"What time is it?" you ask, making no move to reach for the phone in your pocket.Â
Jeongguk sighs. "I suppose we should find the others. How long were we fucking?"
His candor makes you shy, and you feel the way heat burns up your neck, to your cheeks. You would attempt to smack him again, but you know it is pointless.Â
You look around, wondering whether your friends are still at the game booths where they said they would be. "Where did you tell them we were going?"Â
"I told them the truth," Jeongguk shrugs.Â
Anxiety rises. "The truth, as inâŚ"
Jeongguk smirks. "They already know about what hyung and I do. No need to act like such a prude about it."
Petulance rises, and you actually lift your hand with the urge to smack, but Jeongguk watches the movement and lifts his eyebrows. He is far too quick, and for your own sanity, you need to minimize the amount of time he spends touching you from this point forward.Â
"I'm not a prude!" you grit through your teeth, eager to get your point across without being too loud.Â
Jeongguk rolls his eyes. "Look, Tae hyungie originally pointed you out to me. Nobody is going to be shocked by this development."
"WaitâŚ" you grumble, mulling it over. "What?"
Jeongguk shrugs. "He said you would be my type, which of course made Yoongi hyung pounce first. I doubt that he or Jimin hyung would be alarmed or upset if they knew we ended up together, as intended."
You frown, running Jeongguk's words through your mind. The night you met Yoongi, you were with a friend at a house party. That friend introduced you to Yoongi, who later introduced you to Jeongguk. It would be another week before you were introduced to Taehyung and Jimin. What does he mean Taehyung pointed you out?
"Taehyung?" you ask, cocking your head to the side.Â
Jeongguk shrugs again. "I don't know," he concedes, seemingly disinterested in dwelling on the details. "He said you were my type, but I'm sure he just meant visually. It's not like you two knew each other."
You softly ask, "What is your type?" and then berate yourself silently, wishing you could just let what transpired in the Hall of Mirrors stay there.Â
Regret sinks its claws in as Jeongguk licks over his lips and says, "Pretty. Bratty. Tight."
You roll your eyes and shake your head, scoffing in disbelief. Despite knowing you should bite your tongue, you tilt your chin up as a challenge and ask, "Well? Did I live up to the expectations?"
Jeongguk cracks a smile and says, "Yeah. You're bratty as fuck."
You shove at Jeongguk with both hands, causing him to stumble back into the hot sun and nearly crash into a couple walking by. He laughs, doubling over with his hands on his knees, and stays there for what feels like a very long time, causing you to laugh as well. And then he straightens out and motions for you to follow him while he begins to walk in the direction of a food cart.Â
The biggest downside to the drug seems to be how thirsty you become. You also seem to struggle with regulating your temperature, shivering in the shade and feeling stiflingly hot in the sun.Â
Jeongguk stands tall on his toes and leans his arms against the high metal shelf of the food cart while he orders a bottle of water and a couple of lollipops. You allow yourself to study his body, noting the way his tiny waist cinches above the band of his slacks, and how his torso curves up into broad, muscular shoulders.Â
Tattoos peek out from under his sleeve, littering his hand, and you remember the feeling of metal under his shirt when your palms felt his chest. There seems to be a lot about shy, sweet Jeongguk that you do not know. Perhaps it is no wonder why he and Yoongi get along so well.Â
Yoongi. Thinking about him makes you frown. You wish you knew what happened to him when Jeongguk told him to get lost. Everything has felt like a fever dream since you walked into the carnival grounds, and you continuously wonder when you will finally wake up.Â
Jeongguk holds out two lollipops, pulling you from your thoughts, and you examine their colorful wrappers, given the choice between grape and cherry. You pick grape, considering how good cherry might taste if you have the chance to suck it off of Jeongguk's tongue later.Â
"Thanks," you mutter sweetly, moving away from the food cart to a more secluded area as you pick at the little plastic wrapper with your fingertips.Â
With a sigh, Jeongguk sidles up close to you, blocking the sun. You stand near the backs of various trailers, some hitched together, and it feels nice to be away from the crowd.
"Do you feel guilty?" you ask.Â
Jeongguk takes his time to fuss with his wrapper, then asks, "About what?"
You turn your head to glance at Jeongguk, but find you would rather keep your eyes on your wrapper, finally peeling it open as you say, "About what we did."
"Why would I feel guilty?" he asks.
You twist the wrapper between your fingertips, feeling the slick plastic that bunches roughly. Your body is warm, and you become increasingly aware of your fixation, bunching up the wrapper and shoving it into your pocket.Â
"I think I'm high," you mutter.
Jeongguk snickers. "We already established that."
Your entire body shivers, whether you are cold or not. Right now, you are unsure what you are. Each time a breeze hits you, goosebumps break over your skin, and you reflexively lift your shoulders to your ears. But otherwise, the heat almost feels palpable, like you could cut into it with a knife.
The fact that it still feels like noon with the sun blaring high overhead starts to rattle around in your head, and you glance up at the sky, searching the clouds for movement. Even the sun does not seem to hurt your eyes as you stare directly into it.
How is it possible that time seems to stand still within the carnival grounds? Or have you completely lost your mind? The illusions show begins at 5, and there is no way it is close to that time.Â
As you lift the sucker to your lips, sugary grape flavor bursts on your taste buds more intensely than you could have possibly expected. You suck on it, coating your tongue and lips, then pull it out with a wet pop and mutter, "Wow."
"Good, huh?" Jeongguk asks.
You glance up and notice how the cherry lollipop has already stained Jeongguk's lips red. You want to stand high on your toes and trace your tongue over the color in search of just a hint of flavor. Â
"There you two are!" Jimin's voice pulls you from your thoughts, causing you to jolt.Â
He and Taehyung eye the two of you suspiciously, and you suddenly worry about your appearance. Despite spending so much time in the Hall of Mirrors staring at your warped reflections, you have no idea how you look.Â
"Having fun?" Taehyung asks, voice low and curious, eyes mostly on Jeongguk, who shrugs.
"We did some molly," he says plainly, yawning. "She's struggling to adjust, but we should even out soon."
You return the too-sweet sucker to your mouth. Taehyung hums and Jimin gives a worried glance at you before looking around.Â
"We don't have to go to the next show if you think it will be too intense," Jimin offers, bringing his concerned eyes back to you.
You shake your head, muttering around the candy, "I wanna go."
Jeongguk gives Taehyung a glance and the two of them seem to communicate telepathically. You lament briefly over not having close enough friendships to be able to read one another in such a way, but you do your best to shove away the thought.Â
Taehyung very softly asks, "We still have some time before the show, want to see this weird tent Jimin and I found?"
Something about the thought of a weird tent makes you uncomfortable. You ask, "Weird, how?"
Jimin nibbles on his bottom lip, eyes wide and staring at the ground, and Taehyung says, "You just have to see it. It's hard to explain."
"Where is it?" you ask, feeling as if your entire body is weighed down with lead and unwilling to move as the others turn to walk in its direction.Â
"Come on," Jeongguk insists, grabbing for your elbow and yanking you along.Â
You expect your newfound weight to hold you in place and keep you anchored in the shade, where it is safe, away from the weird tent, and you are disappointed to discover that you are still merely human, and easy for Jeongguk to drag along wherever he pleases.Â
The warmth radiating through your sleeve from Jeongguk's palm to your skin should feel comforting, but you find that it is too warm and somewhat oppressive. You remember rough calluses pressed against your lips.
You do your best to yank your arm away, keeping with his pace, and you are relieved when he lets go. You follow Jimin and Taehyung past the game booths, and you are startled when you see it along the edge of the space: a small tent with stripes that are red and what you assume used to be white, but now look more like a rusted off-tan.Â
A shiver runs along your spine, and you instantly feel a sense of ick and dread work its way through you, but your friends are undeterred. In fact, they seem to have a pep in their steps as you get closer.Â
"Should we be over here?" you ask.Â
Jimin turns, frowning as if you have just said something completely ridiculous, then rolls his eyes and giggles. "There's an opening on the side, and there is no explicit warning to stay out, so I don't see why not."
"You already checked this place out?" Jeongguk asks with a bit of a dreamy slowness to his speech.Â
"We started to," Taehyung responds, voice almost too soft to make out over the cacophony of carnival sounds. "But then we decided to come get you two."
Jimin rounds the tent along the right, and the rest of you follow him. Sure enough, the flap is open, and there is no indication that carnival guests are not allowed to enter. Strange, you think, since the tent is sitting somewhat secluded from the rest of the carnival attractions, a peculiar sight that you would think would cause people to want to investigate.Â
The tent is not too large, especially compared to those the Kim brothers use, but it is certainly not tiny. The opening is just shorter than your height, but the ceiling is raised several feet higher, and as you duck down and peer inside, just past Jimin's crouching body, it is large enough to contain what looks like a tiny living quarters.Â
"Are you sure we should be over here?" you ask again, eyes trailing from the small mattress at the far end of the space, past a kerosene lantern and several closed wooden trunks. There are books strewn about and a pair of boots on the floor. Something about the setup seems personal. Intimate.Â
"I assume it is meant to be one of those prop tents," Taehyung says from behind you, peeking to get a look. "To showcase how carnies liveâŚor something to that effect."
"You know how, like, when we visit the historical park that has the buildings still styled the way they were in the Joseon dynasty?" Jimin says. You nod faintly. "Like that."
It is true that this tent may be just another prop, but something about it is strange. Perhaps it is just the molly making you feel so creeped out. Either way, you stand up straight and wiggle away from the entrance of the tent, allowing Taehyung and Jeongguk to step closer.Â
It is Jeongguk who walks all the way into the tent, and something about it makes your skin crawl. You shout, "Wait," and reach for him, but before you can react further, Jeongguk jolts backward and trips over himself, nearly falling to his butt on the grass.Â
You think you hear him mutter, "What the fuck?" causing goosebumps to break out on your arms and neck.Â
"What is it?" Jimin asks at the same time Taehyung says, "Whoa," and Jeongguk shakes his head and takes two steps backward.Â
"That wasâŚ" Jeongguk trails off, staring at the tent and then shaking his head and chuckling. Only, the sound is less mirthful and more unsure. "Damn. I need to lay off the drugs."
"What happened?" you ask, walking close to Jeongguk and turning your head to glance into the tent.Â
Everything looks normal, but you are unwilling to step any closer to inspect it. The unsettling feeling has only managed to grow.Â
"I thought I saw something," Jeongguk says, chuckling with unease some more. "Or, ratherâŚsomeone? I don't really know."
This makes Jimin sigh loudly and stand up, turning to face you and Jeongguk. "Oh, give me a break," he groans. "You're just trying to scare us."
Jeongguk's face brightens as if he has been caught in the act by Jimin, but there is something in his eyes that seems scared and distant. Still, you remind yourself that the two of you are high, and you are definitely feeling heightened paranoia.Â
"Okay, well this has been fascinating," you say, walking slowly backward and away from the entrance. "But I still feel like I might be peaking, and I don't think I can handle any more of these creepy ass tent vibes."Â
To your delight, Jeongguk nods and follows you. Jimin seems intrigued by the tent, however, and it appears as though Taehyung is pointing into it, whispering something to Jimin.Â
"Should we just ditch them?" you ask, only half joking.Â
Jeongguk pulls out his phone and glances at it, then says, "We still have a little time before the illusions show. Wanna get in line for a snow cone? I saw a cart on the way over here."
A snow cone sounds amazing and you nod, feeling relief and excitement replace all the earlier dread. Out of stress, or possibly impatience, but likely the thought of enjoying something new, you chomp down on the grape sucker, crunching it between your teeth. Unsure what to do with the sticky grape-stained stick, you twirl it between your finger and thumb.
When you turn to see whether the other two are following, you are disappointed to find they are still bent at the hips and staring into the tent.Â
"We're gonna get snow cones," you try, but Jimin does not react, seemingly stuck in a trance.Â
It is Taehyung who glances past Jimin toward you and says, "We'll catch up to you."
Jeongguk shrugs and begins to lead the way, so you follow. With each step you take, the ground feels further and further away, and you are beginning to sweat quite a bit. Jeongguk sways his arms as he walks, and you wonder whether it would feel nice to do the same, but as you approach the paths where more people are, you feel too self-conscious to try it.Â
"What did you really see in the tent?" you ask, eyes on your feet as they step from grass to gravel.
"Yoongi hyung," Jeongguk says, causing you to nearly trip over yourself.
You halt and turn to Jeongguk, whose brows are knit and eyes are downcast. His toe kicks at a small rock.Â
"Be serious," you mutter.Â
Jeongguk looks up at you, frowning. "I am serious."
You roll your eyes, reach for his hand, and begin to yank in the direction of a medium-sized rectangular freezer box covered in ice cream and snow cone stickers that is shaded by a tall red and white umbrella. The person working the stand wears a light blue jacket and slacks that match the color of the freezer box.Â
The two of you get in line, and you realize you are still holding hands. Sweat drips from where your palms connect, and you attempt to pull away, but Jeongguk holds on tight. You feel gross as your wet skin slides against his, and you yank a little harder until he lets go.
Your mind wanders to Yoongi. Specifically, to Jeongguk and Yoongi. You wonder whether they hold hands as much as Jeongguk seems to want to hold yours. You like the idea of the two of them being so affectionate toward one another.Â
There are two other people in line ahead of you, and you watch as a person in a sunflower sundress reaches for a tall paper cone with a ball of bright red ice on top, grabbing it with two eager hands. The person beside them pays and receives their own snow cone â that one orange â and then you take a step forward as the person ahead of you leans forward to place an order.
"You don't believe me," you hear Jeongguk pout, but it takes a moment for you to acknowledge his voice and realize that he is talking about seeing Yoongi inside the tent.
You snicker. "Of course I don't believe you. Nobody else saw anyone in that tent, much less someone who looked like Yoongi."
The person ahead of you in line steps away, and you and Jeongguk step forward. He orders a small cup of vanilla soft-serve ice cream and you order a lime-flavored snow cone, suddenly feeling drawn to how green it is on the display images.Â
The attendant mutters about the total, which you can barely hear over the carnival songs that play nonstop and the shouting of people both near and far. You think you hear that it is 4,000 won, and you reach for your wallet, jabbing yourself in the hip with the sucker stick that you continue to hold onto, but Jeongguk swats your hand away before paying with his card.Â
The two of you stand in silence, and you wait for the paper cone filled with ice and syrup to be placed into your hands. You lament briefly over not considering the flavors more closely, wondering if you should have picked a berry flavor over a citrus one.Â
But when you take a frozen bite from the top, you are delighted by how bittersweet the lime flavor is â how different it is from the grape that lingers in sticky shards against your molars. It is perfectly refreshing for a hot summer day.Â
As you walk away from the ice cream booth, you notice that Jeongguk seems to be moseying in the direction of the larger carnival tents rather than where you left the others back at the small weird tent. You have the urge to look over your shoulder to see whether they are still there, but something causes you to continue forward. Unease, you think, of what you may see if you look back there again.
The thought sends a shiver down your spine, and the little hairs on the back of your neck stand tall. Although the snow cone seems to be evening out your high despite the flavor being incredibly intense, your mind continues to race in strange directions.Â
A lot has happened since you arrived here, and as much as you want to dwell on all the oddities and attempt to sort out what could be going on, something seems to be stopping you. It is as if each new event is being shoved into one of the various trunks you have seen inside each tent, and it is being locked away for safekeeping.Â
You are aware of what is being placed inside the trunks, but without the key to allow you access to each one, your mind is not fully allowed to perceive anything. The notion that your mind palace has become a circus tent filled with trunks makes you snicker.Â
You turn to Jeongguk, who has more or less inhaled his soft serve, using his tiny pink plastic spoon to scrape melted dredges from the bottom of the cup. He tips the edge of the paper cup back into his mouth and slurps the final drops, then lowers his arms to his sides and crumples it in his palm.
Suddenly, you feel self-conscious about the state of your own treat, and you wrap your lips around the small orange straw that sticks out from one of the sides and suck down melted ice and syrup. Cloying lime flavor bursts over your tongue, and you stop sucking in order to bite off some of the top ice that is more diluted in order to wash some of the taste away.Â
Jeongguk stops in his tracks, and you look up from your lime-flavored ice as you do the same, turning your gaze to him. His eyes are wide, and he stares ahead.
You glance to where you imagine he is staring, but only see a crowd of people separating you from the tents, which are now just across from you, on the other side of a wide pathway.Â
Looking to Jeongguk again, you ask, "What is it?"
"I told you I saw him," Jeongguk responds. He looks at you, lifts an eyebrow, then tilts his chin back to where he had been staring. "Look."
This time, when you follow his line of vision, you clearly see what â or, rather, who â Jeongguk was staring at. Standing beside the nearest red and white striped tent, wearing the same blue shirt and black slacks you last saw him in, is Yoongi.Â
He seems to be staring back at you, and you blink heavily several times, unsure whether it really is him.Â
Without another word, Jeongguk takes off walking briskly, twisting his body this way and that while narrowly avoiding strangers whose paths he cuts across. Your feet hesitate, then you begin to walk as well, more slowly and excusing yourself before stepping into someone's path, doing your best to keep your eyes on the back of Jeongguk's head and refrain from dropping your snow cone.Â
Once you are out into the clearing, on the grass beside the large tent and no longer dodging passersby, you take several quick steps until you are standing beside Jeongguk, whose arms are outstretched and shaking. You feel overwhelmed, the sun is bright, and you squeeze your eyes closed before opening them and taking in the scene before you.
Yoongi stands still staring at Jeongguk, arms to his sides. His shoulders are in Jeongguk's hands, and although Jeongguk shakes Yoongi, shouting something you cannot make out, Yoongi just looks at him blankly, unmoving aside from the jostling he cannot control.
"Say something," Jeongguk demands. He shakes harder, and Yoongi moves along like a ragdoll. "Yoongi! Hyung, say something!"
Everything about this feels wrong. You absentmindedly drop what is left of your snow cone and reach up with two heavy hands to place them on the arm closest to you, yanking it away from Yoongi's shoulder.Â
"Stop," you mutter weakly, eyes glued to Jeongguk's arm. "Jeongguk, stop."
Jeongguk drops his arms and then forcefully shakes your hands away from him. The harsh movement surprises you, and you take a step back, dizzy and concerned.
"This has nothing to do with you," Jeongguk says in a tone that feels hurt and angry and a myriad of other things.
You cannot bring yourself to look up, and instead, you stare at Jeongguk's black boots. "That's notâ I just don't think you should be jerking him around like this," you say, almost to yourself as tears prickle your eyes.
Jeongguk scoffs. "Our relationship has nothing to do with you." His voice is calmer and quieter, but there is still an edge to it. "You're just a pretty little plaything we both enjoyed. Nothing more."
You shake your head. Jeongguk is understandably emotional, but you will not allow yourself to be pushed away so easily. "No. I care. You can't justâ"
Jimin and Taehyung have appeared and are shouting while wrapping Yoongi in a hug. And then, in a blink, the sky is dim. It appears to be evening time, but the air holds the same oppressive heat.Â
You feel disoriented from the sudden change and consider sitting down on the lime-sticky ground, but a familiar man clad in white appears before you, and you lift your head to find his head cocked, eyes watching you intently.Â
"It is time," Jack says, lifting a hand and pivoting to point somewhat to the right, ahead of you.
You turn your gaze to find one of the Kim brothers rolling back the end of a large red and white tent flap and securing it so that it rests open. A black top hat on his head prevents you from telling which one he is until he lifts his head and his eyes meet yours.Â
Namjoon stands clad in red and black. His gaze is soft and attentive and familiar in a way that makes your heart ache.
"Are you ready?" Jack asks.Â
Trepidation fills you. "I don't know," you mutter.
Jack laughs. "Come, then," he says, placing his hand on your arm while his other hand continues to point toward the tent opening, which you can see from the periphery; your eyes are still on Namjoon. "No sense in wasting time."
You glance around and realize that Jeongguk and Yoongi are no longer standing nearby. The back of Jeongguk's head is with Jimin and Taehyung just ahead of you, in line to enter the tent, but you do not see Yoongi's tuft of dark hair with them. You attempt to look around, but the group of eager audience members has closed in on your right side, and you are unable to see past anyone.
You decide to keep up with your friends, and as you approach the entrance, Namjoon reaches a hand and takes one of yours. His warmth feels like home, and you stare at your hand in his.Â
"After the show, I would like to speak with you," he says. "Come to the tent. Jack or Hoseok will show you the way."
You nod, eyes on Namjoon's hand, which gives yours a squeeze, and then lets go. As you look up, ready to ask why Namjoon wants to see you, he turns in a flash of red velvet and enters the tent ahead of you, walking briskly into the darkness on the left. You are ushered inside and to the right.Â
Your group follows the familiar path by rote, along the back of tall wooden bleachers, then to the left and down a path leading to the front row, in an area where nobody else is seated. Seokjin is standing in front of the seats but on the stage floor, speaking with Hoseok, the twin in black. Jack stands on the outside of the row of seats, palm held upward, signaling where to go.
As Jimin settles, then Taehyung, and then Jeongguk, you realize there is definitely no Yoongi. The seat to your left is empty, and it is the last one in the row. You glance around, wondering whether he is off somewhere just in the distance. Perhaps, you think, he will join you once the show starts.
You turn to Jeongguk, who stares down at his open hands. His eyebrows are pinched, and he appears lost.Â
"Jeongguk?" you ask, voice low and hushed.
"He justâŚdisappeared," Jeongguk mutters.
You look around, watching as people fill the seats of the tent, then return your gaze to Jeongguk, who is unmoved. "What do you mean?"
Jeongguk blinks several times, then shakes his head in shallow movements. "I was shaking him. Telling him to say something. Anything." His voice is monotone. He almost sounds programmed to speak; emotionless. "Hoseok hyung said something to me, and I turned to look at him for only a moment, and when I turned again, Yoongi was gone. It was like he vanished into thin air."
The notion is so ridiculous, you feel your lips crack into a smile. You want to shove at Jeongguk and tell him to quit the act. "What do you mean, vanished? Your hands were on him. Didn't you feel him go?"
Jeongguk turns his gaze to you. His eyes are filled with tears, and he appears devastated. Your heart sinks at the sight of him â at the gravity of his gaze â and you tear your eyes away, to Seokjin standing about ten feet away on the stage floor watching you.Â
Seokjin pulls his black top hat from his head and lowers his gaze as he bows. He wears a dark green jacket that matches Namjoon's red one, and as he stands up straight and places his hat back onto his head, he stares at you, grinning.Â
The lights in the tent go out, but you continue to watch Seokjin's grin. A spotlight shines onto the center of the stage, behind Seokjin, and you want to lift your gaze and look â to confirm whether it is Namjoon standing in the spotlight â but your eyes remain glued to the devious smile before you.Â
âCome one, come all!â Namjoon's voice calls, booming over the cheers and clapping of the audience. Seokjin lip-syncs along, matching Namjoon's timing perfectly. âWelcome to Carnival Bizarre! The greatest show in the world!â
A symbol crashes, piano keys pound in a cacophonic crescendo of sound, and you look up to find Namjoon standing in the spotlight, arms outstretched, with fireworks bursting and crackling up from his outstretched fingertips.Â
When you look back to where Seokjin had just stood, nobody is there. You glance to the left, to the darkness of the bleachers across the path, then behind you as far as you can see, twisting this way and that, but no familiar faces greet you aside from Jeongguk, who watches ahead with tears in his eyes.Â
Delicate piano music plays, and Namjoon holds his left arm out in front of him, palm downward. You see something shimmering below his hand, glinting in the spotlight, but you are unable to make out what it is.
A golden glow of light fills the area, not enough to brighten the tent, but enough to allow you to see faint shadows cast all over. They remind you of wooden drawing mannequins with rounded shapes for hands and feet, and ball joints between each limb.Â
"Strings," Namjoon says, voice soft but booming in the surrounding speakers. You blink, returning your gaze to him, and you think that you can make out thick, dark strings hanging from Namjoon's fingertips that glimmer in the spotlight. Namjoon dances his fingers up and down, causing the strings to jump and sway, and you stare intently. "I control them with my movements. Small and deliberate. I make them dance."
All around, the silhouettes dance. Their legs spread strangely, and their arms jerk around, showing that they are all being controlled by strings. Your eyes move from left to right, watching the figures move, until you notice something.
To the right of Namjoon is a large dark mass. It is mostly in shadow, hard to make out, and you stare and stare until finally, you realize that it is a large piano. The music that plays throughout the space is predominantly that of a piano, and you squint and strain your eyes, trying to see whether someone is sitting before this one, but you see nobody.
"Will my lovely volunteer please join me?" Namjoon asks, and you tear your gaze back to him, then glance eagerly around the dark tent.Â
A new spotlight shines behind Namjoon, just to the right, past the piano. There, a figure stands near an entrance across the way that you imagine could lead to the backstage area. The figure has short, dark hair, but his head is tilted downward. He makes you think of Yoongi.
He wears a dark blue fitted jacket with rows of gold down the front that you imagine may be frog knots â hussar style. But from this distance, feeling as high as you are, it is hard to be certain.Â
"Yoongi?" Jeongguk mutters, adjusting in his seat and making you glance to your right.Â
Jeongguk frowns, and you open your mouth to speak, but your attention returns to the center of the tent as piano music picks up to a medium tempo and you notice Namjoon moving his hands.Â
It appears as if Namjoon is only lifting certain fingers, causing certain strings to respond. And, it appears as if with each movement, one of the legs of the volunteer moves, causing him to walk forward into the space.Â
In fact, you think you can see something shimmering in long strings from the tops of the man's black shoes, from the backs of his hands, and from the crown of his head. But as your vision moves upward, the strings seem to disappear. It is some illusion, indeed.Â
"Small movements are easy to control with just my fingers," Namjoon says.
He raises his right hand and seems to touch two of the strings hanging from his left. You notice the arms of the volunteer sway. The man truly appears as if he is a puppet being manned by Namjoon, and there is a sinking feeling in the pit of your stomach that this may not be an illusion.Â
Heavy-blinking and shaking your head, you attempt to clear away the errant thoughts and focus solely on the show. Of course, the man is not really a volunteer. Clearly, this is a practiced routine between two actors.Â
As the man approaches the piano at the center of the floor, it is hard not to notice all the ways in which he reminds you of Yoongi. The hair seems a little shorter â a little straighter than he had been wearing it. But his broad shoulders and large handsâŚhis lithe waist and long legsâŚthe resemblance is there.Â
And then you remember it: the card Seokjin handed you while inside Namjoon's tent. There was a figure with dark brown hair wearing a blue jacket, and he was playing a piano. The bottom of the card read, The Fool.  Â
"Large movements, howeverâŚ" Namjoon trails off.
The man stops just before the instrument â which you now realize is an organ. Namjoon raises his right hand at the same time his left hand makes a sudden movement, and all at once, the man lifts his head and a round curtain falls around him and the organ, causing you to gasp.Â
Namjoon continues, "Large movements, I must control with my mind."
You sit up straight, holding your breath, certain that it has to be Yoongi behind that curtain.Â
"This volunteer of mine is a regular man," Namjoon insists, using his right hand to lift the hat from his head and tip it as he makes a small curtsey motion, showing that he is a man of his word. A gentleman. "He has no formal training, and he has never visited this circus before. He isâ"
Namjoon stands up straight and looks forward. You think, directly at you.Â
"âa stranger."
There is a harshness to Namjoon's tone that is matched by a solemn note echoing throughout the tent, though you do not think it is from the organ behind the curtain. The music is soft and fleeting, arriving and dissipating for dramatic effect, likely from a soundboard backstage.Â
And then, the music is gone entirely. Silence hangs, save for your heaving, anxious breaths.
"Volunteer," Namjoon says magnanimously. You and Jeongguk shift in your seats. "Play Passacaglia in D minor by Dieterich Buxtehude."
The round curtain lifts with the movement of Namjoon's hand, and sitting before you in a blue hussar jacket adorned with golden embroidery, is Yoongi. He begins his song the moment he is commanded to do so, and with the organ angled just so, you can see his hands moving over the keys. Namjoon's right hand sways in small conductor movements, up to the center and down to the side, as if keeping Yoongi's tempo.
Shimmering strings appear to jut out from Yoongi's hands and the crown of his head. You swallow thickly, watching Yoongi play, never making a single mistake, as if he has practiced this song over and over again. All around, in the periphery, you can see that the silhouetted mannequins are dancing.
Your heart is a caged animal thrumming behind your ribs. The song Yoongi plays is somewhat slow-paced, with both bright sounds and sad ones, tugging you between highs and lows, making you feel extremely unsettled. There is a sort of discordant nature to the song that strikes a deep, hollow longing inside you, as well as a sense of hopefulness.Â
You wonder whether Jeongguk is as enraptured as you, feeling the same way you may, but you do not turn your gaze. You do not dare so much as blink for fear of Yoongi disappearing again.
"Faster, now," Namjoon commands, moving his hand much more quickly. Yoongi's tempo increases, matching Namjoon's movements. Although you do not take your eyes off Yoongi, it is clear that the shadows are moving faster, too.Â
Lights swirl, and there is something like glitter sparkling in the air, threatening to distract you, but you do not fall prey to the petty tricks of the illusionist. You sit on the edge of your seat, elbows digging hard into your upper thighs, mouth dry and hung open, and you watch intently.
"That's it," Namjoon says, speeding his movements again. "Faster, now! Faster!"Â
Although you can still hear the song that was playing earlier â can still make out the familiar modular rhythm and predict each sound that comes next â it is harsh and cacophonic. Dizzying. At last, you blink and lick your lips. Your shoulders are tense and raised, and you breathe slowly, nearly holding your breath.
Around you, the shadows are tangled and chaotic, and it is impossible not to avert your gaze whenever a head rolls or a limb snaps. You think you hear wood splintering and cracking, and although Yoongi is made of flesh and bone, you worry for him.
Namjoon shouts, "Enough!" and uses the fingers of his right hand shaped like scissors to cut beneath his left hand, where strings would be hanging from his fingertips.Â
Yoongi falls limp and the song ends in an abrupt crash as his hands and forehead meet the keys. You gasp. Beside you, Jeongguk stands up from his seat.
The round curtain falls over Yoongi and the organ, and the spotlight cuts out, leaving just the one on Namjoon glowing. There are no silhouettes on the walls.
All around you, shimmering silver strings fall like snow from the ceiling, landing on your hair and in your lap, draping over your limbs and creating a sort of mist that obfuscates the stage just long enough for everything but Namjoon to disappear.Â
Jeongguk looks as if he is about to jump over the shin-high wooden railing and down onto the floor in search of his boyfriend. He grumbles and fights with Taehyung, who appears to be holding him in place and muttering something low and angry.Â
On the stage, Namjoon lifts both arms, which are covered in silver strings, and he bows. The audience stands, claps, and cheers. You feel glued to your seat.Â
Upbeat organ music plays and the lights come up, but it is only when Hoseok appears clad in black before you, that you move. You heavy-blink, eyes struggling to take in the brightness of the overhead lighting while silver glitters all around you. The air feels heavy and oppressive, and you are suddenly eager to leave.
"Kim Namjoon would love to see the two of you," Hoseok says, eyes trailing between Jeongguk and you. Then he glances further past Jeongguk, to Taehyung and Jimin, adding, "If you don't mind."
You neither hear nor see their responses. Hoseok steps over the wooden railing and walks past you along the path, leading the way. Jeongguk walks without waiting for you, slamming into your right and causing you to trip as you twist to follow. Then he wraps his arms around you, pinning your arms to your sides and steadying you, causing you to flush hot from head to toe.Â
Hoseok does not wait, and you hurry ahead, yanking from Jeongguk's arms to make your way along the path. Rather than turning right, to the entrance, he turns left. You follow Hoseok into the darkness, around the inner perimeter of the tent, toward an opening from which a red light glows.Â
Your stomach churns, and you swallow the trepidation that builds and builds. Behind you, Jeongguk mutters, "Where are we going?" but you do not have the answer, so you pay him no mind and continue forward.Â
Before you can worry further, Namjoon appears in the doorway. His gaze is soft and inviting, causing your worry to dissipate. As if being pulled on a leash, you hurry to him, stopping only when the toes of your shoes meet the tips of his.Â
Namjoon looks at you with reverence, smiling softly. Then he looks past you, expression painted over with something more neutral and polite. He nods to Jeongguk, then pivots to walk into the red light.Â
"This way," he says, leading you through a hallway to the wall of the tent, which he reaches for and pulls away, revealing the outside world, which is still somewhat dim and feels like the evening. There is another tent opening just across from this one, which Namjoon steps inside of, pausing in its entryway to wait for you and Jeongguk.
You turn in time to see Namjoon pull the tent flap down. You watch as it seemingly disappears and becomes the tent wall; no seams or hems giving its edge away.
"I have something that the two of you must see," Namjoon says, walking toward his desk on the right side. You realize that in the past, you have entered on the opposite end of the tent, and you gaze around at the newfound view, taking in the trunks and clothing to the left, the piles of books to the right, the bed just ahead.
"Where is Yoongi?" Jeongguk insists, walking past you to Namjoon. Jeongguk stands up straight, squaring his shoulders, and you notice a tremor in his balled fists.Â
Namjoon appears unfazed and simply blinks at Jeongguk before belatedly offering him a friendly smile.Â
"Yoongi is safe. Once he is finished backstage, you will see him again."
"Finished with what?" Jeongguk demands, chest heaving. "What is he doing back there?"
Namjoon turns to face you and lifts a hand, beckoning you forward. You had not realized you stopped walking about halfway, and you slowly make your way toward the two of them, each step feeling heavy.Â
You approach and round the desk somewhat, putting the bed behind you, keeping it from view. The bed brings back flashes of Seokjin's hypnosis show and cause your cheeks to burn hot, so you do your best to tamp the images down. Jeongguk stands to your right, anger pouring from him as he waits for a response.
"Take this, ducky," Namjoon says. "Peer into this mirror and tell me what you see."
Sound becomes fuzzy, and you lean forward as Namjoon lifts a mirror from his desk and holds it out to you, cradling it carefully in both hands. It is an oval hand mirror with an ornate brass frame and handle.Â
You take the mirror in both hands, gripping it tightly around the handle while the fingertips of your left hand cradle the back. At first, you only see your face. But then, you see something in the reflection behind you, hanging from the ceiling.
Pale limbs are wrapped in bright red rope. The patterns and knots appear artistically done.
"Rope," you mutter, squinting and tilting the mirror past your own face. For a split second, you glance over your shoulder, expecting to see the suspended visitor, but all you see is an empty space beside Namjoon's bed.
Looking at the mirror again, you hold it so close that your breath fogs the glass. You think that you can see dark hair hanging on one side, and pale feet on the other. Once again, the figure you see reminds you of Yoongi.Â
"Is thatâŚa body?"
"Yours?" Namjoon asks.
You shake your head. "Not mine."
"Interesting," he says. "Good. This is good."
You look up, over the edge of the mirror, to Namjoon. Silver strings hang from your hair and glimmer over your eyes, and you think about pale limbs wrapped in red rope â about the snowfall of silver strings inside the tent.Â
His gaze is on you, and there is an easy smile on his lips. You tilt your head, asking, "What is it?"
Namjoon watches you, eyes slowly darting back and forth as if taking you in and deciding what to say. His soft, familiar gaze returns and your body yearns for him. Curiosity and arousal simmer through you, and you cannot help but stare directly into his dark brown eyes â sharp as a dragon's but deep as the sea.
"Try as I may to weave the strands together in any order I wish," Namjoon responds, lips down turning to a gentle frown, "you are the one who chooses the order of the strands. I am merely a conduit."
Namjoon's words roll over you in a tall, slow wave. They crash, covering you and breaking around your feet, only to dissipate into nothing. He is speaking in sentences you should be able to parse easily â uses phrases that some part of you understands.Â
But you know that there must be a deeper meaning, and that part of you who you are certain knows what that meaning is, feels buried, somehow, and all you can do is blink owlishly and mutter, "Huh?"
Namjoon laughs a soft quiet sound that dies in his mouth but twists his lips into a beautiful, genuine smile. You stare, confused as ever, waiting for some sort of explanation.Â
"Jeongguk," Namjoon says instead, reaching for the mirror and taking it from your grasp.Â
You feel caught in a daze as you allow the mirror to be taken, putting up no resistance. Your arms fall limply to your sides.
Jeongguk does not handle the mirror with care. Rather, he grips it on both sides, thumbs digging into the glass as he peers into it. At first, he appears angry and impatient. But then his eyes widen with fear, and his hands begin to shake.Â
"Jeongguk?" you ask, stepping forward.Â
Jeongguk shakes harder, his grip on the mirror turning his fingers white. You reach for it, but stop your movement when you hear the sharp sound of the glass cracking.
Namjoon lets out a sigh and says, "Oh, dear."
You glance from Namjoon to Jeongguk and notice a jagged red line opening across Jeongguk's forehead, over the bridge of his nose, and down to his cheek. Jeongguk gasps, lets out a crazed shout, and opens his hands.Â
"This is no good," Namjoon says as the mirror crashes to the floor.Â
* * *
My blossoms are falling What a strange feeling When it's so early in the year As soon as they are flowers They go and leave forever Sweet blossom Where is your tree? * Their happiness will shine Their happiness will grow And I hope you don't mind if I let them go
đľÂ visit the playlist!
HELLOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! đđđ i am no longer going to promise to be back sooner bc it is always a lie. đ i had the writer's block/getting straight As/grief trifecta all year, but i am............well, i shouldn't even say it bc i don't wanna jinx it but i hope i am back??? god, this chapter was so much fun to write and it genuinely invigorated something so đ¤đ¤đ¤ fingers fricken crossed.
POLLS WILL GO UP SOON!!! i only have one so far that is planned, but i am going to outline a bit and see what other fates i can place in your hands. polls will run for 7 days and i will do my best to reblog!!!
thanks for your patience. i love you. i have missed you.
COMMENTS AND REBLOGS MEAN THE WORLD, AND LIKES ARE APPRECIATED, TOO!!! STAY HYDRATED. đ¤
tags will be in a separate reblog! đŞÂ visit the master post to read the disclaimer & request to be tagged! tag list includes the polls!!!
PREVIOUSÂ |Â INDEXÂ | NEXT
Carnival of Terror is a Goosebumps-inspired fic, copyright theharrowing 2023 - 2024. no translations or reposting allowed!
#jungkook x reader#jungkook smut#jungkook angst#namjoon x reader#seokjin x reader#yoongi x reader#bts horror#bts angst#bts circus#choose your own adventure#fic: carnival of terror#bts poly
95 notes
¡
View notes
Text
tomorrow | p.jm
title. tomorrow
pairing. park jimin x fem oc (named y/n)
rating. T
genre. supernatural themes, mystery, horror, angst (?)
warnings. coarse language, reader discretion highly recommended. contains death but no gore, mild horror, english is Not my first language â˘
word count. 2.6k +
The library wasnât Jiminâs usual haunt.
In fact, he couldnât remember the last time heâd willingly stepped inside one. He never liked the library ; it was so downright boring. He knew there were better things to enjoy in his campus which were much better than this â but with the cold wind biting at his neck and the campus quad too noisy for his liking, he had wandered in.
It was more like a distraction than a destination.
The heavy silence pressed against his ears as he slumped into a seat by the window, his chin resting on his palm. His table was empty â no books, no notes, nothing that might suggest he had any serious intentions of studying or anything closer to that.
He tapped his pen against the wooden surface in a lazy rhythm, watching the snowfall outside.
And thatâs when his eyes landed on you.
You were seated at a table in the corner, your posture straight but not stiff, your eyes scanning the pages of a worn paperback intensely. A stray lock of hair fell across your cheek, but you didnât brush it away. Instead, you stayed perfectly still, immersed in whatever story was hidden between the pages.
Unlike most of the students who filtered in and out of the library, you didnât seem rushed or distracted. There were no frantic flips of the page or exasperated sighs of someone cramming for an exam. Your movements were deliberate, calm â too calm, even.
Jimin frowned, leaning back in his chair. You were familiar, though he couldnât quite place why. Maybe it was because of your bag carelessly slung over the back of your chair. A model student, maybe? Or just someone who liked their own company?
He tilted his head, studying you like a puzzle he couldnât quite piece together. He knew your name â although he feigned ignorance for the most part. There was a quietness about you that felt out of place â not just in the library, but in life itself.
Like you were a shadow passing through the world rather than living in it.
It bothered him, though he wasnât sure why. Maybe it was the way you didnât fidget, didnât glance at the clock or check your phone like everyone else did. Bothered him in such a way which had him narrowing his eyes at you, a faint smirk tugging at the corner of his lips. Or maybe it was the faint crease in your brow, the kind that made him wonder if the story you were reading was actually that interesting.
Boredom forgotten, Jimin leaned forward, resting his elbows on the table. He licked his lips, his teeth gently nibbling on the plump flesh. You fasicnated him enough to not feel himself being bored to death, so, he decided that he should try and do something which would entertain him further.
So he decides to sit just beside you.
âArenât you just always reading?â he grins, his voice just loud enough to carry across the quiet space.
Your eyes flicked up to meet his for the briefest moment, and something about the way they held his gaze made his breath catch. Then, without a word, you returned to your book, as if he hadnât spoken at all.
Now that was something Jimin couldnât ignore.
âNot even going to say hi?â he asked, leaning closer.
âHi,â you said softly, not looking up this time.
To say Jimin was offended was an understatement. How can someone ignore Park Jimin?
That was it. He reached over and plucked the book from your hands, your lack of resistance or reaction slightly surprising him again. âWhatâs so special about this old thing?â The cover of the book is faded, the texture a bit rough with its corners frayed, but he doesnât care about that.
What he cares about is riling you up.
But you just sit there, watching him with an expression so blank itâs almost mocking. âYou can keep it if you want,â you say softly. âTear it, throw it, do whatever. I donât care.â
His eye twitched at the nonchalance of your tone. Were you doing this on purpose to piss him off?
âAnd why is that?â
âItâs not mine.â
Jimin blinks.
What?
âI saw you pull it out of your bag.â
Your gaze drops to your clasped hands. For a moment, you seem almost⌠thoughtful, as if the gears in your head are working overtime to formulate the reply.
âI took it from an accident site,â you reply.
What? except that it wasnât just inside his head. If anyone would see him, his thoughts were visible on his face, just like how subtitles are, on the bottom of the screen.
âWhat?â His voice pitched and he felt his brows knit together.
You leaned back, tilting your head as if recounting a casual memory. âThe person was already dead. Hit-and-run, I think. They were grasping it, so I took it.â
You say it in such a manner almost as if you are talking about the eveningâs weather.
âWhat?â His grip tightened on the book. âYou just. . . took it? Did you call anyone? Cops? Medics?â
âThere were people already there,â you said with a shrug. âWhat was I supposed to do?â
What were you supposed to do!? Jimin stared at you, his pulse racing. âYou couldâve. . . I donât know!â Damn it. He definitely shouldâve just attended the class which he felt like was important all of a sudden. There was a reason why he doesnât ever visit libraries . âDone something instead of stealing a book from a dead person!â
You stood, brushing invisible dust off your coat. âI was planning to return it to their grave after I finished reading,â you said, your voice calm as ever. âBut now itâs yours. So I guess thatâs your responsibility.â
He gaped at you, his brown pupils shaking slightly. âNo. No fucking way.â He held the book out as if it was some radioactive substance. Call him a lunatic, but he was already feeling it burn his hand. (Was he exaggerating? Maybe. But was he ready to accept the book for real? Fuck no.)
âIâm not keeping this!â
You smiled faintly, stepping away. âItâs already yours, Jimin.â
And then you leave, your footsteps barely audible.
Jimin found himself back in the library.
Not because he was bored. Not because he wanted to study â but because everything else was driving him nuts.
The book, Wuthering Heights, sat on Jiminâs desk back in his home like an accusation. He couldnât bring himself to open it, no matter how hard heâd tried last night. Each time he felt his fingers itch to finally touch the book, his brain immediately imagined the lifeless hand that had clutched it last.
By nightfall, he couldnât take it anymore. He drove to the cemetery, the book tucked under his arm, the cold slapping his skin like a belt.
Rows of graves had stretched before him, their names lost to time and shadow. He wandered between them, each step making him more impatient as he carried on. He felt like a halfwit. Who the fuck visits a cemetery to return a book? And why was he doing this?
He wasnât scared of cemeteries by any means, but surely you donât have balls of steel to be standing like a dumbfuck in the middle of a graveyeard at midnight without feeling anything. He didnât even know what he was looking for â how could he?
He didnât even know if the accident victim was buried here.
Fuck, he didnât even know who was the victim in the first place.
He doesnât exactly feel the most cheerful at the thought of so many lives being reduced to stones and dates.
Frustrated and uneasy, heâd left the cemetery, just wishing heâd never visited the library.
So the next day, he finds himself back in the library. He doesnât know why â he could have just simply abandoned the book. Or just kept it under fateâs custody, because he surely 1) wasnât a book nerd, 2) after knowing the source of the book, he definitely wasnât interested in that book anymore.
Maybe he hopes to see you again, to demand some kind of explanation or even simply just return you the book. Only because heâs a decent human being and felt bad for leaving the book alone.
But youâre nowhere to be found.
âShit,â Jimin muttered under his breath, running a hand through his hair. He slammed the book down on the nearest table, earning a sharp glare from the librarian. He waved her off with a sheepish smile but didnât bother lowering his voice. That damn thing on the table felt like it was judging him with each step he took.
âWhat the hell am I even doing here?â he grumbled, flopping into a chair, truly exhausted.
âJimin?â
He turned, or well, craned his neck up to see Namjoon standing a few feet away, an eyebrow raised in that familiar mix of confusion and mild disappointment, but he doesnât look surprised.
Namjoon was exactly the type of a guy you would very much expect to see in a library. If he wasnât wrong, he was a literature student with an endless supply of opinions, known for yapping on about bullshit Jimin really doesnât care about, he was the last guy Jimin would want to run into.
Atleast, not now.
Namjoon adjusted his glasses as he glanced at Jimin.
âDid the sun rise from the west today?â
âWhat?â
âWhat is Park Jimin doing in a library?â
âHa-ha, how funny.â Jimin shot back, rolling his eyes. âI was just, well, . . . . never mind.â
Namjoon pulled out a chair and sat across from him, his gaze flicking to the book on the table. âNo seriously, whatâs going on? You look, uh, kinda constipated.â
Jimin let out a frustrated sigh, leaning back in his chair. âYou wouldnât believe me if I told you.â
âTry me.â
Jimin exhaled sharply, running a hand through his hair as he launched into the story. âOkay, so yesterday, I was in here, right? There was this girl. Very concentrated. She was just sitting there, reading this book.â He motioned to the paperback sitting between them on the table.
âAnd I thought, you know what, a conversation wonât harm anyone. But she seemed to not give a single fuck about me!â Okay, Jimin feels his cheeks slightly heating at the way he just said it.
Anyway..
âShe didnât even flinch. Just looked at me all calm and said I could keep it, tear it up, do whatever the fuck I want to.â
âMhm,â Namjoon leaned back in his chair, his arms crossed.
âAnd then,â Jimin said, leaning forward as his voice dropped, making sure no one could hear them. âshe tells me itâs not even hers. She said she found it, at a fucking accident scene. Like, a hit-and-run. She just took it. . . out of the dead personâs hands!â
Namjoonâs face paled, but Jimin didnât notice. He was too busy rambling.
âAnd you just. . . took it?â
âI didnât even want the damn thing!â Jimin snapped, jabbing a finger toward the table. âI donât want my own course books. How the hell would I want a book which looks like something which was probably printed like what, centuries ago?â
âBut she just dropped it on me. I thought, fine, Iâll go to the cemetery â because, apparently, thatâs the only thing I could think of. But guess what? I donât even know who it belongs to.â Jimin grits his teeth, taking in a cool breath. He cannot be losing his shit over a book.
âWhat was I supposed to do? Wander around like an idiot, asking no one in general if someone is missing a book?â
Uhh...
⌠. .
Okay.. was that too much?
Namjoon hasnât replied. For someone who has a say in everything and anything, it feels strangely quiet to see the taller guy being absolutely quiet, and even a bit. . . pale.
âJoon?â Jimin frowned. âYou look like you just got your balls kicked.â
Namjoonâs hand trembled as he reached for the book, but he didnât pick it up. His voice was barely above a whisper, his pupils shaking woldly.
âJimin... This book. Are you sure she gave it to you?â
Jimin throws a nasty glare his way, frustrated. âIâm fucking sure. She was right there.â He pointed to the seat by the window, almost as if pointing that way would have you sitting there once again. âOversized sweater, baggy jeans, muddy boots. What the fuck do you mean?â
Namjoon swallowed hard, his eyes darting between Jimin and the book. Finally, he stood up, grabbing Jimin by the shoulders. His voice dropped low, steady but trembling at the edges.
âJimin, listen to me. Do you remember when our lectures got canceled last month?â
âWhat?â Jimin blinked, caught off guard by the sudden shift in topic. âI donât even remember what I had for dinner last night. How the fuck wouldd I remember about lectures?â Jimin scowled. âWhat does that even have to do with the current topic?â
âThey were canceled because of her,â Namjoon said, his grip tightening.
âY/N. She died in a hit-and-run.â
?
âWhat?â
âA car hit her right outside campus and left her to die.â
Jimin shook his head, stepping back, an unamused laugh escaping his throat. âThatâs not, ha, hah â she was here yesterday, Namjoon. And I talked to her.â
Namjoonâs voice cracked, but he pushed forward, firmly gripping Jiminâs shoulders. âI saw her, Jimin. I was there. She was lying in the street, and â and she was holding that exact book.â
âI remember it because we checked it out from the library together. But when the paramedics came, the book was gone.â
Jimin froze, his gaze blurring. No fucking way in hell. His heart pounded as his mind scrambled to process what Namjoon was saying.
âNo.â His voice was barely a whisper. âThat just doesnât make sense. Stop fucking with me.â
Namjoonâs expression was grim, his voice low and firm. âYou didnât talk to her, Jimin. Sheâs gone. Sheâs been gone.â
âOkay, what the actual fuck are you saying?â Jimin snapped, his heart racing now. âShe was literally sitting here yesterday. Like, I swear on everything, she was here. I talked to her.â
Namjoonâs face morphs into a look of pure defeat, his grip loosening on his shoulders.
âAnd I saw her die.â
Jimin felt the bile rise up to his stomach. âBro,â he whispered, his voice shaky. The room felt like it was spinning, and he was being forced down to stand with his wobbly limbs.
âWhat the fuck is going on?â
Just open it. Itâs just a book.
The lampâs light flickered as Jimin sat at his desk, hyper aware of everything around him â even the faint ticking of his table clock. He flexed his fingers, trying to shake off the nerves, but his palms were clammy, and the tremor in his hands wouldnât stop.
He exhaled sharply, trying to steady himself. âItâs just a book,â he muttered, but it was something he himself couldnât believe.
The room felt unnaturally quiet as his fingers brushed the cover.
The rough texture sent a chill skittering up his spine. Never ever even in his wildest dreams had he even thought that opening a book would make him shit his pants, but here he was. Slowly, he peeled it open, the spine creaking softly in the stillness.
The words were there, faint but deliberate, etched on the first page in a beautiful cursive drawl.
Return it to me.
He blinked, his mind scrambling for logic, for reason, but then his gaze dropped lower. There, written in neat, bold letters, was a date.
It wasnât yesterdayâs. It wasnât todayâs either.
It was tomorrow.
a/n : poor mimi đ if you enjoyed reading this, let me know what you think đŹ hereâs the anon feedback box for you :-)
mlist | taglist
#jimin#jimin fanfiction#bts x you#jimin imagine#bts fanfiction#bts x reader#jimin x you#jimin x reader#bts au#bts fics#jimin au#jimin fics#bts angst#bts fanfic#jimin angst#jimin fanfic#horror#bts horror#bts smut#jimin smut#bts#thebtswritersclub#illuminated ocean.net
45 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Connotations Of Sin - JHS (m)
Summary: At your lowest, youâve been living on the streets for the past couple of months. When you decide to leave your only safe haven and find yourself lost in a mysterious fog, an angel stretches out a hand of mercy. Little do you know, black taints his once alabaster wings.
Genre: Fallen Angel Au | Angst, fluff, smut (mdni), horror (V lowkey, I swear)
Word Count: 30k
Masterlist
Please read these warnings carefully!!
Warnings: Homelessness, Kidnapping (? is it though??), Suicidal ideation, referenced and described abuse and murder of a child. Hoseok is his own warning. Mc gets drugged and then she gets sick... A bit of religious babble, mc has nightmares (one of which is actually kinda bad...), she almost dies at one point. Hoseok likes playing mind games, but they aren't serious (Honestly debatable...). Implied gang activity and violence. Hoseok contradicts himself a lot, he's really confusing. Smut: oral ( m and f receiving) soft dom Hoseok, i think Hoseok has an oral fixation (or is it ME, the author?????) unprotected sex.
Notes: Phew, welcome!! SO, it's finally here!!! I'm so excited to share this project with you alll! It was such a big project for me, and so much time and effort went into it. Believe it or not, this started out as a smut piece and it had nothing going for it at all. If you've been following me for a while, you'd remember that back in 2021 i posted a teaser for something similar. Tbh back then probably wasn't the right time to post such a thing lmao, i for certain wasn't ready to write it and it wouldn't have been written in the way it was meant to with my writing style back then. It's been a long journey of understanding the characters portrayed here, and a lot of work to get them right. Very big shoutout to @hwaslayer who's - as always - been there with me from the very beginning and has been the biggest help and motivator, please look out for her Ateez's Seonghwa fic that shares this universe!! I won't keep you any longer, but please be sure to leave feedback, a lot of effort went into this project and i'd love to hear what you think and answer any questions! Happy reading!!!
âYou sure you donât wanna stay here with me dearie? I know it ainât much, but itâs better than being out in the elements.â Abigail takes your hands in hers, hands that â much like yours â are dirt stained and ruddy, but bring you comfort that you wouldnât find elsewhere. Abigail â or Toothy as everyone else calls her â is a frail woman with wispy auburn hair and a gap tooth smile. Her hair had gone white in some places, the crowsâ feet at her eyes can barely help you guess her age. Her eyes are blue and dull but still regard you warmly like she did when sheâd found you wandering along the fourth avenue weeks or so ago.
The space where she stays isnât much; a nook in an alleyway between two rundown buildings that people donât bother to go into. Sheâd tried her best to make it into a space thatâs comfortable enough, the roof made of termite bitten sheets of ply thatâs at least a square and a half wide. An old, mildew ridden tarp thrown over it and held down by a couple pieces of rubble from the building across makes up the walls that offer shelter from cold wind and rain and as much privacy you could get out here. The floor made of giant trash bags Abigail had swindled from some place or another, covered with old sheets thatâs definitely seen better days. Even though the sheets had long lost their softness and leave you itching, they kept your butt off the cold concrete.
Youâre going to miss the stories sheâd tell. Youâd lay on the floor, the longest part of the tarp folded over the top, and stare up at the strip of night sky between the buildings, twinkling with the bit of stars you can see and listen.
Sheâd tell you of her life before she fell to rock bottom, how grand everything was. How, many years ago, sheâd won the lottery by a stroke of luck, only to have it turn sour when her fiancĂŠ gambled it all away and she lost everything. She never did tell you what happened to him.
Youâd miss walking the couple of miles to the river, armed with pieces of run-down bar soaps and plastic bags with the little clothes you owned in them bundled in your arms. Or the nights when itâs cold, youâd go down to the square with her and look around for things to burn and dump them into the steel barrel to keep warm.
There are days when thereâs nothing, and Abigail would distract you from your stomach trying to eat at itself with another one of her stories and old cans filled with steaming boiled rain water. There are days when youâd sit with a full tummy, thereâs usually one kind soul out there that takes pity on you both to offer as much as they could.
Youâll be forever grateful for Abigail, with her motherly affection and her warm hands. She never once asked how you ended up here too, she simply offered a hand when you needed it most.
You felt as though you lingered too long... this is the longest youâve stayed in a place. The company was good, but you feel like thereâs just so much youâre robbing Abigail of by staying with her. You know she would strongly disagree; sheâd probably whack you with her busted up sneaker and send you to sit in a corner until youâve apologized. Itâs simply how you feel, if youâre not here, Abigail wouldnât have to share the little of what she gets, you feel terrible enough that she gives you more than she keeps for herself.
âDonât worry Abigail.â You smile, pulling one hand away to pat hers. Her fingers are bony and long, and lacking the warmth they did earlier in the day. âI donât stay one place for too long.â
Itâs a lie, obviously. Youâd rather chew your leg off than go out there alone. Away from the safety this little nook had been for the past month, away from Abigail, whoâs cared more about you than anyone has in a while. But you care about her too, enough that youâd leave to make sure that she eats well enough to survive and not give it all to you. Sheâd be better off.
Abigail narrows her eyes at you, the wrinkles of her face deepening as she frowns. She looks sad, you note, the blue of her eyes dark and stormy, but she says nothing, just squeezes your hands for a while before letting go.
You smile softly, and continue stuffing your clothes into an old backpack Abigail had given you a while back. You fold the dirty ones tight, setting them at the bottom, and the few clean ones you had that still smelled like your last bar soap at the top. You donât have much, and youâve gotten used to it â as hard as it was.
When you shouldered your bag and stepped out from under the tarp, Abigail follows, worry on her brow, saying that sheâd walk you to the mouth of the alleyway.
âOh!â She says, turning back to duck under the tarp. You hear the rummaging of her old pot wares, the clanking of the metal before she comes back and holds out a can to you. The label looks worn, peeling off in some places, but you make out the bright red âcanned peachâ on the side. âI was savinâ this for when we go down to the river, but youâd better have it.â
âAbigail...â You sigh, guilt gnawing at your edges, âI canât take this.â
Abigail purses her lips, smacking the can into your hand, âYes, you can. Itâll hold you out for a little while.â
âThen what would you eat?â You outstretch your hand, offering the peaches back to her and she narrows her eyes at you.
âI can manage.â She says testily, and then sighs, softening, âAre you sure youâll be okay out there?â She takes the can and tucks it into the outside pocket of your bag, âItâll be rough ya know.â
âIâll be fine,â You say, and then, you hug her. Truly, youâll miss her. She pats your back gently, âThank you for everything.â
âDonât mention it, we gotta look out for each other out here.â Abigail smiles, pulling away. She stuffs her hands into the pockets of her baggy jeans, something sheâd picked up at a donation shelter a couple of days ago. Itâs got a few holes and itâs frayed at the ankles but sheâd never complain. âIf you fall into luck, donât forget me.â
âNever.â
You both say your goodbyes and you try your best to not cry at the sadness that clings to Abigailâs form as she hobbles back to her little nook. You take a breath and pick a direction to walk in.
You think about going to the river first, to get a little cleaned up before you go looking for somewhere to sleep for the night. Youâre already regretting leaving the comfort that Abigail provided. You know she wouldnât blame you if you turned right around and dragged yourself back. Youâve already made your mind up, though â itâs better this way.
You donât have a gauge on the time, but the sunâs getting quite low. It streaks the sky in orange and pink, hiding behind a fluffy white cloud as it makes its slow decent. You might be able to make it to the river and back before night falls completely if you hurry. So you walk, and walk, and itâs a long way past the street Abigail first found you, where the city meets a forest edge.
You once asked Abigail why she didnât live closer to the river, you worry about her most days, taking her frail self through the streets for such a long walk just to get here. Sheâd told you that even though some of your street dwelling comrades are friendly, most arenât, and would do the worst to get what they need. Itâs too risky to be close to the river where all manner of folk pass to get to it.
You tuck your bag to your front and keep an ear out for anyone that may be in the area. You grimace as the twigs and stones of the forest floor poke at your feet. Your shoes were on their last, they kept your feet warm most days, but theyâre biting holes into your last good pair of socks. The trees get sparse the further in you go, and over the tweeting and chittering of the forest critters, thereâs the sound of rushing water.
You break out of the trees and stand on the little edge where the forest pauses and the soft wet dirt begins. The river is a bit wild today, rushing through the rocks as it makes its way from wherever it starts. You know there must be a spring somewhere deeper if you follow the river back, but you donât have the time to as the setting sun makes the forest look darker already. You wouldnât like to be out here at night.
You slip out of your shoes and socks, wanting to keep them dry and walk down to the bank. Abigail has a little spot between three large boulders where she hides things. The spot is covered with leaves and sticks, and you dig through it to find the old blue bucket. Itâs missing itâs handle and turned over to keep things under it.
Thereâs a new pack of soap powder thatâs already been opened, a little square plastic bowl thatâs probably seen better days on a dish rack and half of a soap bar. You pull the bucket out of its hiding place, taking just a handful of the soap powder and tossing it into the bucket. You tuck the powder into a corner of the rock with the soap bar on top of it and carry the bucket over to the river.
You rummage through your bag to find the clothes that needed cleaning, and put them in the bucket with the soap. It takes a moment of scooping water from the river and pouring it into the bucket. All the while youâre wondering where Abigail scored the soap powder from. A lot of things are hard to come by, but some people make trades with the little theyâve got. You feel a little guilty as you watch the water and soap soak into your clothes, though you know she wouldnât mind if its you â youâre the only two that know where she keeps her stuff hidden â but still.
The soap smells sweet, and fresh in a way you havenât smelt in a while. With the sun long gone behind the trees but still lighting the sky a bit, you wash your clothes as quickly as you can. You throw the soapy water on the bank and not back in the river, and rinse your clothes out just as quick.
Thereâs no time to wait for them to dry, with the sun being as low as it is and the wind baring its teeth. So you wring them out and pull out the plastic handle bag you keep folded in one of your backpack pockets to stuff them into.
Itâs completely dark out once youâve put the bucket back and covered Abigailâs things again and made your way back out of the forest. You wouldâve liked to take a quick wash, but itâs too dark and the waterâs too cold now. Youâll come back tomorrow when the sunâs high and hot.
You walk in a different direction than the way you came, looking for the little park that Abigail mentioned once. Its completely dark by the time you get there, your feet aching from the long walk and your mind muddled with thoughts.
You would often remind yourself not to think too hard, as your thoughts would often lead you to a dark place you find difficult to crawl out of. You would often regret not having people close enough to call good friends, maybe then you wouldnât be out here.
You didnât have a difficult life; you grew up in a loving home with both parents making sure that you were happy and not too spoilt by the fruits of their labour. You know the value of things and you know well to act like your parents raised you with some sense. Your mother passed when you were ten, and your father remarried when you were sixteen. You couldnât understand why, your father loved your mother so much and you thought it would just be you and him against the world. You understood that your mother wouldnât want him to live the rest of his life overshadowed by her passing and forget to continue living. So when he introduced you to the woman he met on a business trip, looking happier than he had in six years, you didnât have the heart to tell him that something was off.
Your mother had always taught you to see the good in people, to give them the benefit of a doubt. There was no mistaking the thinly veiled disgust in your step motherâs eyes when she would look at you. She was quite young, compared to your father, anyway, and as the years went by, he spoilt her. He gave her whatever she wanted when she wanted it as long as it made her happy and you could only watch from the sidelines.
Your father fell ill, and everything went downhill from there.
When he passed, your world shattered and crumbled, leaving you standing in the rubble grasping at the wisps of it slipping through your fingers. Things were okay, for a while, grieving the loss of your father and trying to move on and step without him. Then the news of his will came not long after he was buried.
Your father left everything for his wife, the house, his money, and as youâd found on the first night you were out here, the savings account your mother had set up for you.
You had nothing.
Youâd always kept to yourself growing up, and never let anyone closer than you would allow. You were home-schooled â all the way up to your tertiary education â and had no friends to speak of. Your parents never spoke of their family, all you knew and had were your mother and father.
Itâs been a while since then. A good long while. It was hard to adjust to having everything at the tip of your fingers to having it ripped away all at once.
The first week was hard. Youâd worked odd jobs here and there to keep your head above the water. Sleeping in a motel every night wasnât ideal, especially since you had to buy food and every thing else. The little money you had ran out quickly, even when you pawned the possessions you did own it wasnât enough.
Youâve had time to adjust since then. You met Abigail and things were as okay as they couldâve been considering. You remember, she had been pestering you about why you were pacing around on that bridge when she found you.
The deep rushing water below it had looked inviting â an easy way out. No one wouldâve missed you, anyway.
You take a breath in sharply, and it burns. Cold air fills your lungs with little pinpricks as night fully settles. You try not to think about anything more as you walk through the park.
It looks empty, large trees and neat grass fields and cobbled walkways. There are dark metal benches scattered about, a trickle of water you canât pinpoint coming from somewhere.
Youâd just stay here for tonight, and find somewhere you wouldnât be in trouble to stay at in the morning. Youâre pretty sure youâre breaking some law being who you are as you sit down on the bench. Itâs uncomfortable, the metal cold and biting, but youâd just have to deal for the night.
You dig through your backpack, pulling out the plastic bag with your damp clothes, a jacket thatâs still in good condition and the canned peach Abigail sent you off with.
You spread your clothes out on the back of the bench, and youâre hoping they dry properly even if the air feels a little damp.
With a soft sigh, you lift the circular pin on the lid of the can and pull. The peaches are cut into slices and swimming in a sweet juice, and with some guilt you pick a piece out. Itâs sweeter than anything youâve had in a while, and for a moment you feel like crying.
You feel tears burn your eyes and nose as you chew the fruit, washing it down with a sip of the juice that tastes slightly like the can. It wasnât long before it was all gone, your fingers sticky with the juice and you stare into the empty can with a frown. You wonder about Abigail and if sheâs okay right now.
Setting the can down near the foot of the bench thatâs bolted into the cobblestone path, you lay back. The sky is fairly clear, with a little smattering of wispy clouds floating by and stars that twinkle in the distance.
Drifting off slowly, you try to find a comfortable position to sleep in â though there isnât one with this metal bench. Your jacket thrown over you as a makeshift blanket.
Youâre not certain how long you sleep for, but when you wake, its to a tapping on your shoulder. The air is thick with something as you breathe in, and a lot damper than it was when youâd settled.
âMaâam.â A voice calls, prodding your shoulder again, âHello, miss?â
You open your eyes and your blood runs cold at the sight of the man in uniform standing above you. You sit up, excuses dancing at the tip of your tongue before you realised you could barely see past your nose.
The officer is holding a flashlight, the beam directed somewhere off to your right. A thick fog had settled while you slept, swirling way past the officerâs head.
âIâm sorry, but you canât sleep here. This is a private park.â His words arenât unkind, they come out gentle and a little pitying, as though he regrets having to do his job of keeping the riffraff out. He lets you gather your things, stuffing your still damp clothes back into your bag.
He takes a step back when you stand, âIf you need somewhere to stay, thereâs a shelter not far from here. Couple blocks that way.â He waves his flashlight behind you, towards the parkâs exit, âCanât miss it.â
You could barely see the guy, much less which way exactly heâs directing you to. You turn, squinting at the way you think he pointed. âThank you... Iâm really sorry about ââ
âDonât worry about it...just keep walking straight and youâll find it.â
He motions with his flashlight again and you take two steps away before stopping and turning back, âSorry but...the fog...which way...â
The man is gone, no sign of him having been there in the first place. Itâs quiet, not even insects are chirping, you donât hear any retreating footsteps. You stare at the spot he was just in, but didnât want to linger lest he comes back and heâs decidedly less kind.
You hike your bag up on your shoulder, squinting to see through the fog as you walk towards the exit. The roads are empty, thereâs the soft clicking of the traffic lights and the glow of shop lights and street lamps that make it a little bit easier to see. You still look both ways before walking quickly across the street, keeping straight like the officer told you.
Itâs quiet, and honestly, it freaks you out a bit. You donât think itâs that late, and even so, there should be people out and about. You donât even think you slept for that long, it couldnât have been more than an hour. Thereâs no reason for no one to be around, then again, you donât know this area very well.
You walk for some time, the sound of your footsteps and your steady breaths your only company. Youâre keeping your eyes peeled for any sign of the shelter, staring up at the glowing signs and squinting to see through the fog. You passed a convenience store, a pharmacy and a pet shop, all closed and dark inside. Youâve crossed two roads so far; it shouldnât be much more walking...unless a couple of blocks have two different meanings between you and the officer.
You stop for a moment, taking a breath that settles heavy and damp in your chest. You look back the way you came, look at the signs of the buildings across the street and the one youâre outside of. You canât see much more than that unless you keep walking straight.
Youâre beginning to wonder if heâd only said so to get you out of the park. You take a couple of steps forward and then stop, looking over your shoulder. Your brows furrow and the hairs on the back of your neck stands on end.
Itâs said that the mind always knows when youâre being watched, a sixth sense to be aware when someone is staring at you.
You feel watched.
And it isnât an ordinary feeling.
It feels off, like some primal switch just flicked up in your brain. Briefly, you think that this is how a bunny feels being cornered by a fox. Your heart suddenly kicks against your ribs and something in the back of your mind screams for you to move.
You press forward, the feeling lingers, and intensifies. You walk as quickly as you can, your once steady breaths loud and harsh in the quietness of the night. You try not to look behind you as your ears pick up on the sound of another pair of footsteps. They match yours, and youâre not too certain if itâs just really your own bouncing off the walls of the buildings. When you stop, they stop, and start back up again when you start.
Thereâs another sound below it. Something snarls like a dog somewhere in the distance behind you, but, like everything else about this moment in this fog, it sounds wrong. Like itâs coming from a creature thatâs trying to mimic the sound of an animal.
You stop dead in your tracks, goosebumps rippling along your skin like a wave from the top of your head and downwards. You take a breath, and with one foot in front of the other â you sprint.
Your footfalls are loud in the quiet, and even through your panic you notice the change of the footsteps that mimicked yours. Thereâs two more with it that falls in rhythm, like a large beast running on all fours.
Itâs running faster than you are, the pounding of its feet against the pavement is double the speed of your own. You feel like your lungs are about to burst, your legs burning, and the damp air becomes fire in your throat when you breathe.
Whatever it is snarls again, and it sounds way closer than it was before. You could almost feel the sound rumble through you, and something hot fans at the back of your neck. You nearly trip, stumbling over your own feet in an attempt to run faster. You round a corner blindly, hoping to throw whatever it is off your trail and smack right into someone.
With your momentum, youâd think that you would send yourself and the person sprawling to the hard concrete. The terrified scream you let out rings in your own ears, high pitched and shrill, as you bounce back, falling in a heap. Thereâs a sharp twinge in your wrist as you brace, and a stinging in your palm when you just barely managed to catch yourself.
âShit!â the person exclaims â a man, if the deep timbre of his voice was anything to go by. âAre you okay?!â
The man crouches down and you scramble back, then remember that you crashed into him because you were running from something and the panic comes back.
âIâthereâs ... Somethingâs following me! It chased me all the way here...Itâsââ
âHey, hey...itâs okay...youâre fine.â The man seems to look behind you. You could barely see his face, even with him being as close as he was; the fog just seems to get thicker. âItâs just us out here...â
His voice suddenly seems hesitant, and you wouldnât blame him if he thought you were crazy.
You breathing is still erratic, heart still trying to pound its way out of your chest.
The manâs hands hover at your shoulders, and thereâs worry in his tone when he speaks again. âItâs okay. Youâre alright, nothingâs out here but us.â
He takes your hand â the one thatâs not holding your weight â and presses it to his chest. You almost jump out of your skin at the contact, but his own heart is steady, beating a slow rhythm against his sternum. âBreathe with me.â
He takes a deep breath in, and you feel his chest expand as his lungs fill, you try your best. Your throat is burning, and every breath feels like fine glass is swirling at the back of your mouth. It takes a moment, but eventually, your breaths match his and the adrenaline seeps out with your every exhale.
Your brain finally registers the throbbing of your wrist and palm, and the ache in your sides.
âThere you go.â You can faintly make out the smile that spreads across the manâs face, heart shaped and pretty white teeth. âGood now?â
You nod, just barely, and he releases your hand. Thereâs a shuffling and the sound of a zipper and then heâs holding a bottle of water out to you. You eye it with some suspicion, and he picks up on it.
âItâs just water, promise.â He says, wiggling the bottle a little. âThe seal isnât cracked or anything.â
You take your weight off your palm, wincing at the hot flash of pain from the movement. You right yourself a little, taking the water from him with your uninjured hand and a soft thanks.
âOh...here...â he keeps the bottle steady in your hand with a palm under the bottom of it, and the other cracking the seal with a twist. He lifts the bottle to your lips and you take a sip, and then a gulp, âEasy, not too fast.â
The water is cool, and a blessing, you didnât realise how thirsty you were. When youâve drank at least half of the bottle, the man puts the cap back on and leaves it in your hold.
âWere you looking for something?â he asks gently, and you nod.
âThe homeless shelter...I think Iâm lost now, though.â
The man tilts his head, âThere arenât any shelters in this area...youâre on the wrong side of the city if thatâs what you were looking for.â
You stare at him for a moment, â...Oh.â The officer really did just say it, then. Youâre not sure what to say to the man and you glance around at the street thatâs still teeming with the thick fog.
Youâre not sure what to say to him, and instead, look around the street for any sign of the shelter even though heâd said there isnât one.
âI think the fogâs lifting...â The man mumbles. The fog is clearing; itâs easier to see further down the street and the man in front of you. He presses his palms against his knees and stands, looking around for a moment before looking down at you. âThere arenât any shelters around...but...I can help you. If you want, I live a bit that way, and Iâve got an extra room...â
This is a bad idea.
Heâs quite tall, on the lean side with long limbs. Heâs wearing a long black coat, and his black, suede shoes look just as expensive as the watch that peeks from the end of his sleeve at his wrist. The white tee shirt he wears looks a little billowy, like it would swallow his frame once he takes the coat off. He turns a little and you get to admire the sharp cut of his jaw and the elegant slope of his nose.
âI wonât hurt you or anything. I just want to help.â He says, turning back to you. His eyes are dark, but kind as he offers a hand to help you off the concrete. âIâm Hoseok.â
You take his hand, and thereâs nothing in the back of your mind telling you to get away. Nothing in his body language that shows ill intent, and you have to remind yourself that some people are simply kind.
He helps you to your feet and you thank him softly, giving him your name. His smile is soft as he nods, lips turned up slightly at the corners, eyes squinted just a bit.
âIf you donât want to, thatâs okay. Itâs a bit late, though, and youâd have to walk a long way to find the shelter...â Hoseok says softly.
Youâre still holding his hand, and the warmth of it grounds you. You honestly shouldnât, really, youâre smart enough to know you shouldnât follow random men promising kindness. He really looks like a good person, quietly waiting for your answer as he gives you chance to change your mind should you wish.
He doesnât rush you, and briefly you wonder if he doesnât have anything else to do. He was clearly going about his business before you tackled him, though that word should be used lightly considering youâre the one who ended up on the ground.
âOkay...thank you.â When you finally speak his smile broadens, showing pretty teeth and still holding your hand, he leads you in the direction he was coming from before. You feel a bit bad, turning his night on its head and probably inconveniencing him.
The fog is lighter now, the air not as thick with it as you follow along. Hoseok didnât talk much, not once mentioning your pitiful state of dress, or asking any questions. Youâre grateful, not many people would go out of their way to open their homes to someone without one.
The place he leads you to looks expensive and you feel out of place. The road winds and twists into a residential area with houses and three storey apartments. There are cars parked in driveways, neatly trimmed grass and hedges, a fence around every tree. Lampposts dot the sidewalk every thirty or so steps, casting their orange glows across every surface.
Across from there, the road veers off into a more commercial area, with fancier housing and shops and a tall, looming hotel. The streets are quiet, shops already closed for the night and you wonder what time it is. There doesnât seem to be anyone around, save for you and Hoseok making your way towards the hotel.
The doors slide open with a little mechanical whir, and you balk at the sheer size of the lobby alone. Light fixtures hang from the ceiling, bouncing their glows off of shiny surfaces. There are red and black lounge seats along a far wall, coffee tables of black tempered glass between them and the single seated chairs across. On the other side of the lobby is a little open cafe area, closed of course, with comfortable looking chairs tucked under tables.
There are two elevators, one of which you assume to be for staff. The reception area is a counter space of smooth looking white marble, though no one sits behind it.
Hoseok leads you to the elevator, pressing the button to call it down. Youâve let go of his hand now, as you take in the sight of the place. You wonder what anyone would think seeing someone like you in here. With your shabby clothes thatâs seen better days, your dirty sneakers and backpack that looks like itâs moments away from just splitting apart.
Thereâs no one to see you, as the elevator comes down and opens with a ding. You catch sight of your reflection in the elevator walls, and grimace, regretting not bracing the cold river earlier. You definitely look homeless, your last bath was exactly two days ago, you look grubby standing just a little bit behind Hoseok. Anyone who would see you now would definitely turn their nose up at you and outright ask what youâre doing in their pristine hotel. Though, there isnât much you can do to prevent that.
When the doors slide close you focus on the button panel, and next to it is a key card scanner and a button under it. The word penthouse is neatly labelled on the button in little black letters, and Hoseok fishes around his coat to pull out a key card. You blink, of course he lives in the penthouse.
The scanner beeps softly and Hoseok presses the button that glows a soft blue before the elevator lurches slight and ascends.
You fiddle nervously with your fingers in front of you, keeping your eyes on your shoes. Thereâs a shuffle and Hoseok turns to look at you, heâs smiling kindly again, something like pity woven into it and you feel a coil of shame twist in your chest.
âIâm sorry...â You say without much reason, glancing at him and then back down, âFor the trouble.â
âNo trouble.â Hoseok says softly, concern on his brow, his hand reaching out but stopping short, as though heâs not sure if he could touch you. Youâre surprised he even want to. Heck, youâre surprised heâs doing any of this at all. âReally.â
âDo you usually take in random homeless people?â You ask, and his chuckle is light and teasing.
âOnly the cute ones.â He says and then looks a little mortified, âSorry. Iâm kidding. Itâs just...you looked like you really needed help...so Iâm helping.â
âYouâre very kind.â You murmur and offer a smile.
He smiles back, not as brightly as his other ones, it curls his mouth less, doesnât quite reach his eyes. He nods, âI try to be.â
The elevator slows to a stop, doors sliding open to a little well-lit hallway. On the other end of the hall is a wide pane of glass that overlooks the city lights, twinkling in a dance of their own making, and an emergency exit sign jutting out of the wall. You follow Hoseok out of the elevator towards the door which he unlocks with a password â the beeps loud in the quiet â the door opens with a soft thunk and a beep and he lets you walk in first.
The lights are on, as though heâd only planned to be out for a moment. Youâre not too sure what to do with yourself now that youâre here, staring at Hoseokâs back unsurely as he takes his shoes off and tucks them neatly on a shoe rack.
He turns to face you, âI donât mean anything by this, so please donât misunderstand...â
You nod, waiting for him to continue.
He seems to weigh his words carefully, âDo you want to take a bath?â
You flush, yeah, you surely look grubby enough for him to ask that. Itâs warranted, so, youâre not upset that he asked. Youâd actually love to, when was the last time you took a bath that wasnât in the freezing river?
Still though, itâs embarrassing. So you nod silently, âThank you.â
âDonât worry about it.â He says, looking genuinely relieved. âYou can leave your stuff here and Iâll take care of everything.â
âOkay...â You step out of your shoes, nudging them in a corner before you take your bag off and set it down. The clothes you have are still damp, stuffed in a plastic bag somewhere in the depths of your tattered backpack and Hoseok doesnât give you a moment before heâs leading you through his home.
The chill of the grey tiled floor runs up your legs through your thin, threadbare socks. You donât have much time to look around, but youâre aware youâve passed an open space kitchen and living room, splashes of white, reds and black in the corner of your vision.
He lets you into the bathroom, âUse whatever you need. The towels and things are in the cabinet.â
You turn to face him, âI really canât thank you enough.â You say earnestly, and he waves you off, turning to leave and shutting the door behind him with a soft click.
âIâll bring you some clothes that you could use.â He says through the door, his voice muffled. You thank him again and his footsteps trail away.
You turn and glance around the bathroom, floor to ceiling glass panes makes up the furthest wall. Before it is a porcelain bathtub that could easily fit three people, on a raised platform of white stained marble, and that platform on another, creating a single step up in order to get into the tub. The colour of the platforms compliments the dark reflective marble floor. The undersides of the platforms are lined with what you assume must be LED lights, glowing a pale white along the bottom.
The same LEDs line the back of the large wall mounted mirror, giving it an ominous glow. Below the mirror is a dark granite sink with a faucet youâre not even sure how to turn on. The cabinet below the sink house only cleaning supplies, and you look around for the towel space.
The shower takes up nearly the whole wall itâs connected to, frosted glass and jets embedded into the wall. Â
You walk over to the shower and realise that was wall beside it sorts of curve and you let out a surprised sound when you walk the short way towards the back of it. The âcabinetâ is more of a little walk-in closet, thereâs a few fluffy looking bathrobes sorted by length and colour, and towels and washcloths stacked on shelves that match.
Under those are neat little space savers filled with bath oils and shower gels, sweet scented candles tucked into corners. Bar soaps and toilet paper on their own shelves at the bottom, unopened toothbrushes and what have you.
Thereâs enough room to turn full circle without bumping into anything if you step into it. But you look at your hands and decide to not touch anything until they're clean.
So you walk back out to the sink, frowning at the faucet with no visible way to turn it on; itâs just a sleek piece of metal that curves back into the basin. You look at it to and fro and wave your hand under it, startling slightly when water sprays from the faucet. You hold your hand away and it turns off after a moment. Now, your parents had money but it wasnât anything like this.
You canât imagine the cost of this place.
You find hand soap after peeking into the cabinet below the sink again, taking your time to thoroughly wash your hands clean. Itâs hard to see the dirt go down the drain against the dark granite, but youâre grateful. You inspect your hands once your done, and finally allow yourself to touch Hoseokâs things. You take a towel down from the shelf, the one thatâs at the top of the pile. Itâs a nice pale yellow, and near the bottom right corner is a little blue butterfly embroidered into the fabric. After a little debate with yourself, you pull the washcloth that matches from its pile.
You set the towel on the closed lid of the toilet, and strip out of your clothes. You fold them neatly and set them on the floor along with your socks, stuffing your underwear into the pocket of your jacket. You step into the shower and pull the door shut behind you.
You turn the knobs and adjust the water so thatâs it not too hot, and for a moment, you simply stand there. The water flows over your skin in rivulets, washing away the sweat and grime of the past two days. You try not to take too long, but made sure that youâre thoroughly scrubbed clean. You try not to use too much of Hoseokâs things, even though heâd told you to use whatever you needed.
Youâre not sure how long you were in there, how long you stood letting the water wash away your tears as well.
When you step out, steam billowing put behind you, you wiggle your toes into the fluffy cotton mat under you, wrapping the towel around your form. It feels nice to be clean, skin feeling a little raw from the hot water. You tiptoe to the door and ease it open, and it pushes lightly against a bundle of folded clothes on the ground. Next to it, a pair of warm looking house slippers that you shuffle into immediately after drying your feet.
The clothes: a dark grey long sleeve crew neck tee that hangs just a little off one shoulder, a pair of boxer shorts still in itâs wrapping, and long fleece lined sweatpants that you have to fold at your ankles.
Near the door is a towel rack where you hang the towel you used to dry, and after taking a breath, you step out of the bathroom.
You walk back the way Hoseok led you, and the air is prickled with the scent of freshly made food and it makes you wonder just how long you took in the bathroom.
The kitchen is a wide space, between the area that makes up the entrance hallway is a kitchen island, and much like everything else youâve seen, is a long, polished slab of dark marble. Thereâs a sink in the middle, sleek and silver and soft white light comes from the fixings above it. Across from that is a large refrigerator, an electric stove and more counter space. There are a few scattered appliances, a coffee maker and a small espresso machine tucked under a cupboard over them, and a blender with something or the other in it.
Hoseok stands with his back to you, he turns slightly, looking over his shoulder and startles.
âOh â shit.â He laughs softly, âHey, was your bath okay?â
âSorry...â You apologize for scaring him and he waves you off, turning to face you fully. He scans your form but thereâs nothing odd in the action, and he nods to himself at whatever he was looking for. âOh, yeah. My bath was okay, thank you.â
âDinnerâs ready if you...oh...â he glances to the side, back to you and then to whatever heâs got going on the stovetop. â...This might be too heavy for you right now...â He murmurs to himself, a hand scratching at the back of his neck. He looks sheepish, a little guilty about something he didnât consider.
âNo, itâs okay. Iâll eat whatever it is.â Youâre not about to make him waste his food, or be impolite.
âOkay, well.â He presses a button on the stove panel, turning to the island. Thereâs the sound of a drawer opening and he pulls out a kitchen towel, smiling at you. He nods his head to the right, where, tucked to the wall is a modest sized wooden table. Thereâre two plates of what heâs made already there, and tall glasses of water. âGo ahead.â
You walk over to the table, pulling out the chair to sit. Dinner is creamy mashed potatoes, a hearty portion of steamed mixed veggies and steak thatâs somehow done to your liking and already cut into pieces. Your mouth waters at the sight and it smells so good you could cry. Hoseok isnât finished at the island, so you busy yourself with folding the sleeves of your borrowed tee-shirt up and out of the way.
When he comes over he frowns a little, âYou didnât have to wait, dove.â He takes his seat opposite you, âPlease, eat.â
The random pet name flies over your head, not that you wouldâve been bothered by it had you been paying attention. Hoseok was kind enough to open his home to you, let you use his things and now heâs feeding you. He could call you whatever he likes.
You murmur a thank you and dig into your food. The sound you make when you take the first bite borders on erotic, but your gracious host doesnât seem to mind very much. Thereâs a pleased glint in his eyes and a small curl to his mouth as he watches you eat for a moment.
Youâre too hungry to be embarrassed by the intensity of his stare, but youâre mindful to not choke or look like you left your manners somewhere at your feet.
The food settles in your stomach, heavy but itâs a feeling you welcome. You could barely remember the last time you had a full meal. The bite you swallow brings the odd feeling of it slowing down behind your sternum, and you take a long drink of the cold water Hoseok had set out for you.
The man himself barely touched his own food, seemingly content to watch you scarf yours down. He has his chin propped in his hand, a small curl to the corner of his mouth and a glint of something in his eyes.
âThank you...for the food.â You stare at your plate, drizzled with gravy and whatâs left of your dinner. You canât meet his gaze and youâre not certain why, and the intensity of it is starting to gnaw on your senses.
âNo need for thanks, little dove.â Hoseok says, and thereâs a soft clink when he finally picks his fork up and it knocks against the round rim of the plate. âJust doing my good deed for the day.â
The pet name strikes you this time, no longer distracted by the delicious food and your rumbling tummy. The way it rolls off his tongue sends a shiver racing down your spine, one that was decidedly unpleasant. Thereâs something in his tone, the way he stares when you raise your eyes to meet his, something in his beautiful heart shaped smile.
The fine hairs at the back of your neck raises, and youâre back to feeling like a bunny in a foxâs burrow. It was the same feeling youâd gotten earlier in the strange fog; the primal sense that youâre no longer the apex.
Something like a bell jingles in the back of your mind and grows louder until its a wailing alarm.
You should leave. Thank him for being so kind and get as far away from him as possible.
The look in his eyes unnerves you, but itâs something you canât put a finger on. Just off the edge of his form something flutters, a shadow that shouldnât be there, but itâs gone so quickly you didnât have time to focus on it. The feeling intensifies; tugging, now.
You donât think heâs blinked.
A shudder runs through you, rippling along your skin like a shockwave and Hoseok is calling your name.
âAre you okay?â thereâs concern on his brow, his unoccupied hand raised in a wave as though heâs been trying to get your attention for a while. âDo you feel sick?â
âN... no. Iâm fine, thank you.â You try to smile, but youâre pretty certain it looks as strained as it feels. He was almost done eating, though heâs paused to asses you with furrowed brows. You feel like youâve missed something in the past minute.
âI asked if you wanted more food but you just blanked on me.â Hoseok sets his fork down and you feel like youâre losing your mind. The feeling from before is gone, and youâre not even certain if you felt it in the first place. Maybe youâre tired, or maybe the feeling of the comforts youâve missed for so long is messing with your head.
Hoseok looks perfectly normal, thereâs nothing flickering at his back or anything odd in his stare.
âAre you sure youâre okay?â
âIâm sure.â You donât feel certain, and if Hoseok noticed he didnât comment on it. You pick up the fork again, scraping up the little left of your food onto it quietly. You feel strange, as though the past two minutes moved by too quickly, or like they happened weeks ago and youâre struggling to cling to the details of them.
Hoseok is focused on his plate, and uncertainty at the hope that he keeps his eyes there blooms in your chest. Youâre not sure why.
Itâs awkwardly quiet for a couple moments, with Hoseok finishing his meal and you, playing with the folded ends of your borrowed tee-shirt. When he was done, he takes the plates and the empty glasses to the sink to clean them and you sit idly at the table.
Heâs drying his hands with a dark kitchen towel when heâs done, settling at the edge of the island and facing you. The overhead lights glow against his form, casting shadows along his visage that makes him look sharper; menacing. It clings to his hair like a depiction of something holy, making his dark hair look russet in the gleam.
You go to thank him again, even though heâd probably wave you off like heâs been doing the whole time, but the lights are too bright. The glow of the lights swells and flood your eyes, you squeeze them shut, trying to dispel the ache that comes with it. You turn your head and it feels like youâre neck deep in mud, it takes too much effort to do something so simple.
Panic wells in your chest, sending your heart kicking against your ribs harshly. You take a breath, well, you try, but it gets stuck somewhere in your throat and you choke on it.
Thereâs two Hoseoks when you peel your eyes open, and they neatly fold the towel they were using and put it down. For a minute, your vision settles, and the man leans against the island nonchalantly, crossing his arms and tilting his head as he watches you spiral.
âYou should try to calm down.â He says softly, and you hate the way you cling to the sound of his voice when itâs very clear whatâs happening.
âWh...â Your tongue feels heavy, and the words you try to say are slurred and unintelligible. You move to stand, trying to get away even when your limbs feel like thereâs a ball and chains at the ends of them. The world tilts on an axis, doubling as you make to your feet, youâre not sure if itâs leaning or you are.
Hoseok reaches you in a single step and a strangled sound escapes you. He places a hand on your shoulder, gently guiding you back into the chair. âDonât worry. Itâs nothing your body canât handle.â
You can barely hear him, your ears feel as though thereâs cotton in them, reducing his words to a muddled murmur. You canât feel the way his fingers curl into the hair at your nape, but you notice the shift as he tilts your heavy head back to look up at him.
Heâs smiling, you think. Pretty and heart shaped, all white teeth and sinister. And thereâs that feeling again, as he says something you canât hear, canât focus, your eyes are closing.
Thereâs something dark and broken that flickers against the light above his head and shadows that dance at his back.
When the morning came and you didnât wake, Hoseok wasnât too concerned. He watched over you as once was his duty to another, tucked you into the sheets and the blankets and let you sink into the warmth of them. He sits in a chair at your bedside, simply watching the rise and fall of your chest and the pinch of your brow as sweat beads upon it.
Your body is fighting hard to flush out what he put in, and he admits, he may have given you a bit too much of it. It wasnât his intention, but nothing can be done now but wait for you to come to.
When the afternoon comes and the first sign of your conscious shows in a weak attempt to rouse yourself, and a jumble of words that Hoseok deciphers with a well-trained ear it; was clear you werenât fully there yet. Your skin was too warm, eyes not nearly focused enough, barely looking at him, and then the contents of your stomach come in a rush of bile and acid.
Hoseok tends to you gently, patiently, taking you to the bath and settling you in a way so that you donât slip under and drown in your unconscious state. He cleans your mess, changes the bedding, puts you in a fresh set of clothes and lays you back to rest.
You stay asleep throughout the day, and Hoseok isnât too concerned.
Humans are such fragile, foolish things. To him, youâre a porcelain doll, pretty to stare at and admire if it sits on the top of a shelf behind a case. Take it out of that case and itâs so easily broken. Hoseok is like a child in a sandbox of his own creation with too much power in his fingers. If he isnât careful, he could shatter your form and lose you to the dunes.
The fear you felt the night before played you directly into his hands â never mind he had nothing to do with it â and Hoseok knows, you donât have to be inclined to feel the weight of his presence. Your mind knew that something wasnât quite right -- unconsciously or not --, and yet, you willingly followed.
Foolish.
Though, it was purely coincidental that you ran into him, he had been on his way to somewhere and wondering about the strangeness of the fog that rolled in out of nowhere. He hadnât missed the weird quiet and lack of people either, it hadnât been that late.
He doesnât know exactly what you were doing in it, running around the way you were like a mouse in a maze. Itâs something that sits at the back of his mind.
The morning of the second day brought no change; you were in and out of your drug induced sleep, and now, Hoseok was a little concerned.
::
âHow much did you give her?â
Thereâs a squeak of leather as Seungcheol crosses his arms, when itâs quiet for far too long he gives Hoseok a look.
âA little.â
Seungcheol leans over your sleeping form, raising a hand to rest against your forehead. Hoseok would think you were dead if it werenât for the steady rise and fall of your chest.
âIf it was a little, you wouldnât have called.â Seungcheol says, shaking his head, the dark waves of his hair brushing his eyelashes.
âWell, sheâs not dead.â
âDude.â Seungcheol looks a little disturbed, straightening to stare at Hoseok with a displeased furrow in his brow. âYou canât just â humans have limitations.â
âIâm aware, Cheol. Thank you.â Hoseok grumbles, and he ignores the raise of Seungcheolâs eyebrow and the clear disbelief in his eyes.
ââCourse you are.â He rolls his eyes and then sighs lowly, he turns back to you, placing his hand on your forehead again until the tension in your face fades. âDonât give her any more of that shit. She should wake up sometime today, maybe.â
Hoseok knows better than anyone the limitations of humans. Not that he acknowledges them, he hadnât the need to in a long time, but he should be careful at least.
Hoseok leads the way out of his guest bedroom with Seungcheol following and closing the door gently behind him. Walking to the kitchen he could feel his eyes burning into the back of his head.
Hoseok takes his time, fetching a glass from one of his cupboards and the whisky he keeps stashed away for his more stressful days. âSpit it out.â
Seungcheol braces his arms on the other side of the island, eyes dark. âHoseok. I normally donât care what you get up to; itâs not my business.â He says, looking somewhere to Hoseokâs right. âYou donât fuck around with humans. Whoâs the girl?â
Hoseok hums, looking down at the amber liquid in his glass with a contemplative stare. âStreet urchin. No one anyone would miss or bother to look for.â
âSo you just took her off the street?â Seungcheol frowns, but Hoseok could tell from the look in his eyes that he knows itâs not that simple.
âShe came willingly.â Hoseok corrects, taking a sip of the alcohol he could barely taste.
He sets the glass down on the island and pours the whisky to fill half. Seungcheol is quiet, and Hoseok hates it. It gives his mind a moment to wonder, to open a box heâs kept locked and chained.
On most days, Hoseok barely knows himself. He remembers what heâs supposed to be â what he was â and sometimes, that part of him rears its head to fight with what heâs become. Wings dipped in gold and divinity at the end of his fingertips battle endlessly with the shadows that encased him.
A memory of a time he held something as fragile as glass in his hands, broken before he could properly hold it by someone who was supposed to keep it safe. The ache of it burns like a rash that never goes away, always there, only hiding under his skin until it flares up again.
âJust... donât do anything stupid.â Seungcheol says after a while, watching Hoseok carefully.
âYou and your moral compass.â Hoseok shakes his head, and just like that, the golden light is bundled up tightly and pushed back into the corner where he long hid it.
Seungcheol heaves a sigh, shaking his head, picking up his bag he threw on the island counter when he got here.
âI need you to do something for me.â Hoseok says, watching the light shine through the glass in pretty crystal shapes. Thereâs a furrow of Seungcheolâs brows, but he tells Hoseok to continue with a raise of his chin. âKeep an eye out for a fog.â
âA fog? Why?â
âShe was in one the night before.â Hoseok sucks air in through his teeth, âand she wasnât alone.â
Seungcheol hums, âAlright.â
Hoseok drinks the last of the whisky in one go and waves a hand at Seungcheol, âYou can go now.â
âThank you, Cheol. Donât know what Iâd do without you.â Seungcheol grumbles and then raps his knuckles against the countertop. âIâll be over here for a few days, gotta sort some things out. Call if you need me.â
Hoseok watches him leave, stuffing his hands into his pocket as he walks back to the bedroom where you still lay asleep.
He sits on the chair, watching the rise and fall of your chest, every minute twitch of your facial features. Restlessness tugs at his limbs as the sun makes its descent western sky, spraying the dimming canvas in hues of lilac and peach.
Something in the back of his mind asks what exactly heâs doing. There was no reason â there wasnât a reason for him to take you in. A sprout of boredom, maybe, or something involuntary.
Hoseok stares out the window at the slowly darkening sky and the soft glimmer of early evening stars, until the sky is navy and darkness clings to the room.
Your mouth feels like someoneâs stuffed cotton in it, and your throat feels like sandpaper when you try to swallow.
You havenât opened your eyes, laying on what you presume is a bed, if the softness beneath you was anything to go by.
Thereâs not much that you remember, even as the fog in your mind clears little by little. You remember eating, you remember feeling strange like someone had shrunk you and shook you around in a jar of water. You remember the fear that quickened your heart and your breaths and Hoseok, standing above you like a malevolent God.
You remember the strangeness of his form, and even now your mind canât comprehend it. Youâre not even certain if what you saw was actually real and not an effect of whatever Hoseok had drugged you with.
Drugged.
He drugged you.
Your eyes open and the room is dark. The blankets are thick and heavy and they make you feel warm. Thereâs a window to your far left, curtains drawn back to show the city in all itâs glory.
Slowly, you sit up, pushing yourself upwards on arms that feel a little weak, and find â to your horror â the clothes you were wearing before arenât what youâre wearing now.
You take a breath before the panic could set in. You could feel it rolling under your skin like a rumble of thunder before rain, and you try your best to stay calm. You need to find a way out of here.
The apartment seems to be quiet as you slide your feet out of the bed and onto the floor. You barely register the chill of it when you stand, sock-less feet making it easier to sneak over to the door without making a sound. You donât know where Hoseok put your things, and you donât have time to go looking for them.
The door isnât locked, and doesnât make noise when you push it open slightly to peek out through the little gap you made. You recognise the hallway, the bathroom is two doors down on the other side, and opening the door a little more, you poke your head out tentatively.Â
You donât breathe as you listen, but itâs so quiet, so much so that your exhale seems too loud, and thereâs a soft ringing in your ears that set you on edge. Stepping outside the room, you contemplate your next course of action: You can bolt right for the door and get out, but risk making too much noise if Hoseok is indeed here. Or, you can slowly and quietly make your way over and slip out without cluing your kidnapper in on your escape.
Can it be called kidnapping if you were living on the streets?
The door seems miles away as you inch slowly towards the open kitchen and living room area. There are a few lights on, the same LED lighting strips run along the edge of the large pane windows and glows an ominous blue and the lights over the marble island had been dimmed. Both rooms seem empty and you couldnât be more thankful.
Like a mouse, you skitter across along the hallway space that divides the two, down the little platform at the entrance and take one more step towards the door.
The door that seems further back than it was a second ago.
The stretch of space that was just an armâs length away was now more than a hallwayâs length. You stand still and stare at it, reaching an arm out in case youâre suddenly tripping balls but your hand swipes through air and falls limply at your side.
You look behind you and the rooms and hallway are just as they were, and turning back, the door was right where it was before. You couldâve sworn there was a handle on it. You place your palm against the cool, smooth surface where the handle should be and in the face of your freedom thwarted, you pinch your thigh.
You must be dreaming. The pain flares and grounds you and you realise thereâs no explanation for this. Youâre wide awake. Still drugged then. But you feel fine. Thereâs no swirling vision or heavy limbs, your mouth doesnât feel like someone squeezed glue into it; youâre fine. This doesnât make sense.
You back away from the door and almost stumble against the raised ledge behind your heels. Steadying yourself with a hand against the wall, you turn, and immediately, notice the darkness of the hallway.
Your breath catches in your throat and your heart slams so harshly against your sternum it hurt. Thereâs that feeling again, it sends a shiver racing down your spine and scattering goosebumps along your skin. Youâre being watched. You are not the apex here.
You want to run, or curl up into a ball and hope the darkness hides you. Fear coils into your muscles and locks them tight, and youâre left standing still, eyes darting around trying to make sense of the shapes in the dark.
Thereâs a darkness that curls at the center of the space a few feet away from you, undulating and crashing in on itself in an uncoordinated dance of chaos. Itâs somehow darker than the darkness â stands out against it like white on black paint. It doesnât make sense to you, and it could simply be your mind turning against you and scaring you further.
It slowly floats towards you, wraps around you in a languid, bored way, like smoke, no longer as tangible as it seemed before. You donât feel itâs caress, but itâs cold, like youâd submerged yourself into a tub full of ice and water. You feel as though youâll pass out, like the black wisps of strange smoke is filling your lungs and carving its way through. Thereâs fear, which is yours, and something that isnât.
Something dark and lonely, desperate and afraid. Itâs sad, so sad that you feel like youâll drown in it, that tears would well in your eyes and squeeze your throat tight. Thereâs anger. It feels as though you can burn the world and revel in it.
The smoke snaps back and away from you, crumples on itself violently and then the lights are on, blinding you.
Hoseok is standing in front of you. Thereâs a mix of conflicted emotions on his face like he canât settle on one before the storm in his eyes calm.
Thereâs a tenseness to his brow, and he studies you quietly with a tilt of his head.
âYouâre awake.â
He takes one step forward and you take two back in turn. His eyes dart down to your feet and quickly back to your face, and draws the foot he put forward back to himself.
âI wonât hurt you.â
You scoff before you could help it, fear pushed slightly to the side as your anger rushes forward. âRight. Like Iâll believe that after you fucking drugged me.â
âLike I said, it was nothing your body couldnât handle.â Hoseok counters calmly, âIf I wanted to hurt you, youâd be dead.â
âThen why am I here? What do you want?â His threat didnât go unheard, it settles into your mind and buries itself underneath everything else youâre trying to absorb for you to freak out about later.
Hoseok smiles, and its bright in its visage, every bit of sweet and caring as you thought him to be. Dimples you havenât noticed before sinks into his laugh lines, and you think briefly, it makes him even more dangerous. He looks so harmless, as his smile blossoms and blooms into the heart shape you remember from the night before.
âJust you.â He says, eyes glinting with something youâve decided is more than a little crazy.
You take another step back and he remains in his spot. If youâre quick enough â just enough â you can make it to the door. You might be able to outrun him.
âYou can leave if you like.â He says, like he could tell what youâre thinking â or read your mind â and his smile fades, like a raincloud swelling and covering the warm rays of the sun. âCanât guarantee youâd get very far, so I advise against it.â
Youâre not sure if heâs being honest. Though, he looks pretty damn serious. He stares at you quietly, intensely, like heâs daring you to make that mistake. You hazard a look at the door behind you and the handle is still gone.
âWhat are you?â you ask, turning to face him and heâs directly in front of you. The startled squeak that leaves you makes him chuckle. Bending at his waist, Hoseok stares right into your eyes and you feel like your heart might just burst out of your chest and take off running.
Bunny in a foxâs burrow.
âHm.â He hums, âNow youâre asking questions.â He straightens with a smile and steps aside, gesturing to the kitchen with a slight nod of his head. âIâll tell you eventually. For now though, you should eat.â
You stay rooted to your spot and decide that if he wants you to move, heâs going to have to move you himself. Heâs insane if he thinks youâd be eating anything he gives you.
âCome now, dove. Donât be that way.â He sighs, stares at you for a moment later before nodding. He turns on his heel and walks into the kitchen without you.
Thereâre the soft clangs of him moving things around, doing whatever heâs doing in there.
âYouâve been unconscious for two days, and youâve been sick. You shouldnât be standing.â You hear him say from the kitchen, and you think you could make another attempt at the door but the handle is still missing, so you have no choice but to go.
You eye him suspiciously when you enter, watching as he butters a piece of toast and puts it on a plate. He doesnât look at you as you hover unsurely at the dining table, watching the lights catch on the dark marble island counter.
âI wonât give you anything to drink. Get it yourself if youâre worried Iâd try something.â He says softly, and not unkind. Thereâs a shift in his tone and the way his body moves as he brings the plate over. You feel like the man who was standing in front of you a couple of minutes ago in the hallway had hidden himself away and the man youâd met on the street had crawled his way back to the surface.
He sets it down on the table and walks back around the island, opposite from where youâre standing, and out of the kitchen.
Youâve been here for two days â whatever heâd given you must have been strong as hell â trapped here with...him. Youâre certain you canât call him a man, heâs something more than that and you wonât know until he tells you. Most of the memory of the night you came here are blurry and frayed at the edges, making them impossible to cling to and analyse.
There was something strange in the moments before the drug kicked in and right before you passed out. Something strange about Hoseok, but you canât seem to recall it. Itâs like it happened years ago.
The inconsistencies of your memory leave you on edge, and you eye the two slices of perfectly buttered toast on the plate. Heâs given you something light enough that your stomach wonât be upset. As the thought comes to mind you faintly remember being sick at some point, but that too is fuzzy and you arenât sure if its real. At least now the change of clothes makes sense, though, it doesnât make you feel any better. He couldâve done anything to you while you were drugged and unconscious.
You wonder what he could possibly want with you. Why you, of all people? Youâre just a girl who had everything taken from her and thrown off the ladder, now at rock bottom fending for yourself. Thereâs nothing left of you that could be given.
You feel Hoseokâs presence before you see him, a sort of odd pressure in the back of your mind and your chest. He pokes his head into the room like heâs checking to see if youâd started eating or not and doesnât look surprised to see youâd left the toast untouched and youâre still standing.
âThe toast is fine, you know.â He says, and thereâs an understanding in his eyes when he looks at you. He knows you donât trust him, though, he doesnât seem too bothered by it. He sighs when you donât make a move and comes into the kitchen. He takes the same route as before, walking around the opposite side of the island â away from you â until heâs standing at the other side of table.
âOkay.â He says, picking up one of the toast slices, he bites into it and stares at you while he chews. âMake something yourself then.â
You blink, âHuh?â
âThe bread is in the fridge if you want. Thereâre oats if you prefer that instead. Stick to light things. Iâd rather not be cleaning up after you.â You donât understand him. In the short time youâve known him, heâs like a square thatâs trying to fit into a circle. The circle is too round to accommodate his sharp edges, but he somehow manages to get just half of the square through, even if the circle is struggling to contain it.
Not to mention the weird things thatâs happened within the half hour youâve been awake, things heâs yet to explain to you. Matter of fact, strange things has been happening since you left Abigail. The police officer, the fog, and whatever the hell was out there in it with you. Youâre not even sure if that was real either.
You feel like if you focus on it, youâll go crazy. So your mind does the only thing it can do to protect itself â pushes it away into a corner to mull over later along with everything else.
âIâd rather not.â You no longer feel the need to show him gratitude. You feel stupid, for one, why did you think trusting a random stranger would be a good thing?
Hoseok shrugs, dropping the half-eaten toast back onto the plate. He walks around you, close enough that the hairs on the back of your neck stands on end, that the warning bells are going crazy in your head again.
Itâs uncomfortable being this close. The reaction is visceral, unable to ignore and you wonder why you hadnât felt it the night before. Why youâd manage to follow him all the way here and not noticed. Maybe you had, briefly and in little moments that were small enough for you to brush them off.
You watch him watch you as he circles you like a vulture, âWhat are you?â
âWould you believe me if I said I was human?â He asks from behind you, and it feels like a terrible idea to have your back to him. He sounds amused, like this is nothing but a little game to him â just something to pass time while heâs bored.
As he rounds your right, your eyes meet the darkness of his. âYouâre not.â It would be strange if you still thought he was after everything thatâs happened already.
Hoseok hums, a twinkle lighting his eyes, âPerceptive, arenât we?â Thereâs something like pride in his voice but youâre not sure what itâs for, âWhat do you think I am?â
âYou expect me to guess correctly?â The difference in your height does nothing to stop you from glaring at him. He tilts his head at you, dark locks of his hair swaying against his forehead gently.
âNo.â Hoseok smiles, âBut itâll make things interesting. I like games; play along.â
A shiver runs down your spine at his tone and the darkness in his eyes. He takes a step away from you and it feels like you can finally take a breath. His movements are fluid as he pulls the dining chair out from below the table. He sits gracefully, propping his chin in his palm as he watches you expectantly.
âDo you want a hint?â He asks, smiling sweetly.
âWhy donât you just tell me?â Your voice was barely above a whisper. Youâre tired of whatever game heâs playing at, sick of the fear that keeps you standing still as he stares you down.
He stares at you like youâre a complex puzzle heâs trying to piece together. âI used to be an angel. Fallen from grace.â
Youâd laugh at the absurdity of his words, but he has that look again. He has that look that makes you believe him, and everything seems to click into place and make sense, even if you barely understand it at all.
âOkay.â You nod, and then take a seat. You focus on the gentle waves of his dark hair and not his eyes, âWhy am I here? Why canât I leave?â
âI didnât say you couldnât. You can if you want to. I said that I canât guarantee youâd get far; You werenât alone out in that fog.â
Youâd almost forgotten about that. Recent happenings had been enough to push it to the back of your mind. You knew you werenât losing your mind that night, something had definitely chased you and youâre positive it wasnât a regular animal.
âBut thatâs another topic.â Hoseok mumbles, more to himself than you, and it looks as though his thoughts strayed elsewhere for a moment before he focused. âYou should be thanking me.â He says, tilting his head to meet your gaze with a smile.
He couldnât be seriously wanting you to thank him. For what? Saving you? For all you know it couldâve been one of his tricks. Why would you thank him? He says that you could leave if you like â him messing with you since you woke up says otherwise. Heâs not actually giving you a choice. Youâre not going anywhere unless he lets you.
When you remain silent, he leans forward, pink tongue darting out to moisten his lips. âThereâs nothing for you out there, though.â
You know heâs right. But that doesnât justify what heâs doing. You assume he doesnât care, if you were him, you wouldnât feel the need to abide by law either.
Youâd never been much for fantasy stories, growing up you were well aware that they were just that â stories. Your parents werenât very religious, but youâd say grace before meals, pray before you go to sleep and when you woke up. Your parents would sometimes quote the bible when you were being naughty and every now and again youâd find yourself in a church for Sunday mas.
Your father used to say that the bible is a book of stories and lessons, and even if you arenât to abide strictly by it, you should at least heed it. Thereâs someone up above, watching always.
The angels in the bible were described differently than the man before you, you think. Can angels really do things so bad that it gets them casted out?
Did he do something bad that got him sent here like some wayward child sent off to boot camp?
Even if a part of you is ever doubtful, his existence proves the existence of a higher being and you have some choice words for them.
In the days that go by, you remain wary of Hoseok. You donât trust him, but you appreciate him letting you hover about him anytime he makes you something to eat. He makes everything from scratch and you wonder most of the time if itâs a skill he just has or was it something he had to hone on his own.
He barely bothers you, goes about his business, which really, entails him sitting in the living room and ignoring you.
Some days is another story entirely. You came to realise quickly that Hoseok is fond of games, usually at your expense. A shadow following you here, whispers that come from no where and bounces off the walls.
There are moments when you catch glimpses of something out of the corner of your eye â a figure lurking in the darkness, just beyond your line of sight. When you turn to look, thereâs nothing there, leaving you to wonder if it was ever really there at all. Youâve seen shit at the corner of your vision way too many times for it to be a coincidence. You try to brush them off as tricks of the mind, but deep down, you know itâs not that simple.
Hoseok is always there when it happens, some sort of mirth in his eyes like your suffering is amusing.
The feeling of being watched becomes a constant presence, a weight on your shoulders that you canât shake no matter how hard you try. Every time you turn around, you half expect to find Hoseok lurking in the shadows, a smug smirk playing on his lips as he revels in your discomfort.
For the first week itâs been this way, and when the second week started, heâd leave at one point during the day. Bored of you most likely, not that youâre complaining; at least he was no longer trying to send you crazy.
Heâd give you the same instruction he did the night be brought you, use anything you need with additions of âDonât cause troubleâ and âStay putâ. You always roll your eyes at that, the door remains the same; missing itâs handle. You couldnât leave even if you wanted to.
You would stand in the living room, which looks much like the rest of Hoseokâs penthouse apartment; sleek and dark. Thereâs a few accents of white and red, black leather couches and clear glass tables. A flat screen TV youâve never seen used mounted on the wall, a fluffy white rug covering the space between it and the couch. Youâve seen no other electronics besides that, nothing that you can use to contact anyone.
Heâd left you things to occupy your time â like youâre a child â books and puzzles and what have you. And you found that the TV works if you become bored of the other things.
Weirdly enough, thereâs people outside and below, unlike the night you came when it looked like a ghost town. You can see the glint of the sun bouncing off of shiny cars driving in and out of the hotelâs compound. Little people walking around as they go about their days, oblivious to your plight.
Sometimes you would hear someone out in the hallway beyond the door, like someone coming to clean and you would bang on the door and be as loud as you possibly could. Itâs like youâre a ghost. You asked him about that once, and he told you that he can mimic spaces, make it seems as though something is or isnât there.
Sometimes Hoseok would come back from his little excursions and be as normal as he could be. Heâd talk to you like he isnât holding you captive, ask you about what you did for the day as though thereâs a million and one things you could do while there. Youâd answer as to not be on the wrong side of him, even though itâs clear that he doesnât quite mind you not saying anything back. Heâd ask you what youâd like for dinner, and heâd eat with you.
On days like those it feels... normal. You feel comfortable and the nature of the situation escapes you. Like this had been your life for as long as you could remember. And sometimes you think, that maybe, if things were different. If perhaps he hadnât kidnapped you, âhelpingâ you or otherwise. Maybe if your life had gone a little differently and youâd met him under different circumstances...then maybe.
Sometimes on those days heâd sit quietly as you give him little pieces of you; telling him about your childhood and not so important things. Heâd clear the coffee table to put a puzzle together and ask you to help him with it.
Some days heâd come back and he wouldnât be in a good mood. Heâd stand and brood at the large windows looking out, lost in thought. On those days heâd look gone, vacant, as though whatever going on in his head was paramount to the reality around him. His eyes are sad then, and heâd be so quiet youâd forget heâs there. Heâd make dinner, and he would not eat.
On days like those, if you wake at night and venture out of your room, youâd find Hoseok as you did the night you first woke up. A swirling ball of shadows and smoke somewhere about, and the lights are always off. It scares the hell out of you every time. It reminds you of what he is, despite the nature of his existence, thereâs something very dark about him. He scares you mostly, even when heâs being nice, itâs unnerving. Youâd try to stay clear of him then.
Something in your mind had been made aware that he is beyond your understanding. Heâs stronger and faster than you, can do things that makes your brain grind to a halt trying to process. Sometimes it feels like heâs in your head, watching your every move and surveying your every thought. It scares you.
On days like those, the last thing you want to do is sleep.
Sleep evades you and when you do finally catch it, your dreams are wrought with nightmares of shadows and screams and blood. Sometimes Hoseok is there and heâs less kind than heâs ever been, and youâre lost in darkness and canât find your way out.
Sometimes itâs a man with red hair lurking at the corners of them, smiling and taunting you. You feel like you could never escape them, like your dreams lasts the entire night and leave you exhausted when you wake up.
The room you woke up in so long ago was yours; Hoseok stays clear of it and never enters without knocking. One day Hoseok had brought you clothes youâre certain costs more than your life, theyâre mostly comfort clothes as you have nowhere to be at no point in time. From sweaters to tee-shirts, lounge pants to bicycle shorts and an assortment of underwear that made you scowl at him.
That day you asked him just how long he was going to keep you captive â he didnât much like the use of that word, prefers âkeeping you safeâ. He told you about the mysterious animal that chased you in the fog, that he and a friend are looking into it and reminds you that you wouldnât get very far should you leave. You reminded him that heâs not letting you go anywhere.
You stare up at the ceiling, counting the swirling pattern from one corner to the next. Youâve lost count of them every time and youâve lost count on just how long youâve been here. Hoseok remains the same, fluctuating between rivalling the sun and being the moon that sometimes eclipse it.
Itâs the morning of yet another day, and you can hear Hoseok moving about already. Sometimes you wonder if he ever sleeps...does he need sleep? He eats...that much is for certain, so by any rate he functions partially human.
You sigh softly, getting out of bed and shuffling your feet to the house slippers Hoseok gave to you. Thereâs the smell of breakfast coming from the kitchen, the sound of Hoseok moving about, and it sounds like heâs in a good mood if his humming is anything to go by.
You wash up for the morning and get changed before carrying yourself out to the kitchen.
Hoseok looks devastatingly domestic and the smile he directs at you is enough to send your mind haywire. These past few days has been confusing for you. Though the initial fear you felt for him was there, lately, itâs been less. Youâve found yourself missing him when he goes off to do whatever he does during the day and youâre excited when he comes back. Youâre chalking up the reason for that being that heâs the only person youâve been in contact with for possibly a month or two.
On some of the days where he would come back and be less than happy, and the lights go out like theyâre scheduled to and Hoseok is no longer tangible. When he hovers in a little ball of controlled chaos that blends into the darkness, you sit and wait. You wait until heâs there again and the lights are back on and he looks at you like youâre something heâs lost.
It confuses you as much as his smile that sends your heart thrumming against your ribcage in a dance that isnât out of fear. You actually canât remember when youâd stopped being afraid of him.
âIâm going out today.â
Your brows furrow, heâs never told you that heâs leaving before. He brings over a breakfast of pancakes, scrambled eggs, bacon and sliced fruit. A sealed carton of orange juice and a glass for you.
âOkay...?â
Hoseok smiles, âOkay.â
::
When lunch came around, youâre sitting at the island watching Hoseok prepare the ingredients for whatever heâs going to make.
You donât really feel the need to watch him as closely as you did when you first got here, now you simply do it because there isnât anything better to do.
He moves in the kitchen like itâs a dance, turning to and fro with a grace you could only hope to have.
Heâs already got something on the stove, some sort of sauce you think. It smells amazing and youâre looking forward to whatever it could be.
He looks a bit in his head, brows furrowed as he concentrated a little too hard to just be cutting an onion into crescent slices. He mutters something under his breath, turning to stir the contents in the pot before going back at the onion.
âHoseok?â You call softly as he sets the onion aside in a bowl and pulls something else onto the cutting board. For a moment youâre not sure if heâs heard you, with just the steady sound of the knife hitting the board, he hums, glancing at you. âCan I ask you something?â
âYes.â You can tell heâs in one of his moods, but heâs actively trying to be pleasant. He fills a pot with water and sets it on the stove and then turns the oven on to heat up. âWhat is it?â
His tone isnât harsh, just a tad bit impatient.
âIs cooking just something that you can do? Or did you have to learn?â
He turns, pauses, stares at you for a moment and then chuckles, âItâs a skill I acquired through a lot of trial and error. I had a long time to perfect it, though.â
âHow long are we talking?â Youâre a little intrigued, besides him telling you that heâs a fallen angel, he hasnât told you exactly how he became one or how long heâs been here.
He tilts his head and smiles gently in the way he does when heâs thinking if he should answer you honestly or not before shrugging, âLong enough.â
You sigh, âFine. Donât tell me. Youâre probably older than dirt anyway.â
A surprised laugh leaves him, high pitched and a little untamed. The sound is infectious and now youâre laughing too.
Happiness looks good on him, you wish he wore it often.
When it was about four in the afternoon, you hear the closing of Hoseokâs door and the sound of his footsteps walking up the hall.
Youâre curled up against the corner of the couch, tucked under a yellow blanket with a book in your hand. You smell him before you see him; the cologne heâs wearing reaching the room before he does.
He steps in and stands near the entrance, the end of his coat brushing against his shins while he secures a watch to his wrist. His hairâs grown longer since he brought you here, curling against his jaw and the bangs are long enough to almost hide his eyes if not for the middle part. The rings on his fingers catch the light of the sun, and he finally settles, a serious look on his face as he watches you for a moment.
He seems to be contemplating something, the muscle of his jaw tensing as he grinds his teeth. He lifts a hand and crooks a finger at you.
Unwrapping yourself from the blanket, you walk over to him. He doesnât say anything, but levels you with a look and guides you into the hallway with a hand at your back. âIâm leaving the door alone.â
The door is practically singing your freedom, the silver handle looks like a lighthouse at a stormy sea at night. Hoseok is looking down his nose at you when you finally tear your eyes away. His eyes narrow as though he can hear your thoughts and steps away from you.
âDonât go anywhere.â
And you didnât. You messed around with the TV, got bored, read another book, and decide to take a nap. Doing it all to ignore the door. You wouldnât get very far. You really donât want to know what Hoseok meant by that.
There isnât anywhere you can go, you have nothing to your name. You get three square meals, clean clothes and a bed to sleep in when night comes â you think about Abigail, you wonder if sheâs alright â youâd actually be quite dumb to go out there. Hoseok hasnât done much but mentally exhaust you, you arenât chained up in a dank room and being made to do things against your will. Itâs actually quite pleasant.
You shuffle to your room and crawl under the covers, suddenly too sleepy to keep your eyes open. You would usually take naps when thereâs nothing else for you to do, but youâre never this sleepy. Itâs like your body is demanding you close your eyes and pass out right now.
You open your eyes a couple of minutes later and realise you didnât know you fell asleep. Itâs dark out already.
You throw the covers back, scoot to the edge of the bed, and put your feet right into water. You look down at it confused â did you leave a tap on? Hoseok would probably throw you out a window for flooding his place. Or maybe heâll start up his silly mind games again and drive you nuts.
Youâre not too concerned about it, strangely enough, as you get up, the water soaks into the legs of your pants. Itâs high enough to lap against the middle of your shins and you curse softly, how could you forget to turn the tap off?
You swish through the water, reaching the door and pulling it open. The water is gone and youâre standing in the living room. Hoseok sits on the couch, one leg lapped over the other, bobbing idly as he turns the page of a thick book balanced on his thigh.
âHoseok.â You sigh, âStop it. Iâm not in the mood for your stupid games.â
He turns his head slowly to look at you, crooks a finger like he did at you earlier. You stomp over to him, not caring that you probably look rather childish doing so. When you stop in front of him, he gently puts the book aside and then wraps his fingers around your wrist.
Your pulse flutters and you pray that he canât feel it. A soft squeak leaving you as he tugs you to him, you fumble to catch yourself, trying not to trip over your feet and the carpet. Your hand lands beside his head, sinking into the leather, his eyes meet yours through his hair, and when he pulls you down, you follow without question.
He settles you in his lap, one hand gripping your waist and the other snaking upward to bury itself into your hair. He leans forward, nosing along the underside of your jaw and when the warmth of his tongue streaks against your pulse, a shiver races down your spine before you catch yourself. You push against his shoulder, âHoseok.â
His chuckle sounds dark to your ears, his grip on your waist tightens enough that you fear youâd bruise. His teeth drag against your earlobe and yours sink into your bottom lip. âDonât act like this isnât what you want.â
His words wrap around your head, burying themselves under your skin and makes home there. The hand in your hair slowly slides out of it, moving down until itâs wrapped around your throat. His thumb presses against your racing pulse, a smirk curling at the corner of his mouth. âYou want me to break you.â
Itâs a moment of bliss, warmth spreading through you before it instantly chills. Itâs all fun and games until heâs actually trying to choke you out. Your breaths come in shallow gasps as Hoseokâs grip tightens around your throat, squeezing the air from your lungs. Panic surges through you, and for a moment, youâre certain youâll pass out from lack of oxygen.
Heâs going to kill you.
Desperate, you claw at his hands, trying to pry them away, but his strength overwhelms you. Your struggles intensify as you realize the danger youâre in.
He stands swiftly and lets you go, and you crash unceremoniously into the glass coffee table, nearly breaking your wrist trying to catch your weight. You cough and gasp, clutching at your throat that burns with every breath you take. Your eyes sting with tears as you scramble to put distance between you and him.
He watches you, amused, taking slow steps towards you. He laughs, the sound echoing off the walls and you realise â thereâs nowhere to run.
You look up at him, and youâre now facing the windows. The LEDs that line the perimeter of them are glowing a sinister red and theyâre the only source of light. Thereâs something slick under your palms, something you slide in as you try to get up. Inspecting it in the lighting does nothing, as it simply looks dark against your skin, but, thereâs no mistaking the scent of copper.
Gazing around, youâre sitting in a pool of blood. Hoseok is nowhere to be found. The pool stretches off like something was dragged through it, going out the living room and down the hall.
You follow it, against your better judgement. This is the worst trick heâs ever played.
Your pants stick to your skin uncomfortably, and you wipe your hands hurriedly against the front of them. It doesnât do much but spread the mess of blood around. The trail leads into your bedroom, and you stand outside the slightly ajar door with your heart pounding against your ribs.
Raising a hand, you push the door open, but plan to go no further than the threshold. The lights are on, dimly, it doesnât give you much vision, but you could see Hoseok standing over someone.
Itâs you, well...it was you. Youâre not sure if you could call that you anymore. Limbs twisted in unnatural angles, sharp ends of bone sticking out from your bruised skin.
You stumble backwards, slipping in the still wet trail of blood and falling against the door behind you. Tears blur your vision, you feel sick.
âYou see?â a voice whispers, echoing and bouncing around in your head. âThis is what will happen.â
Thereâs someone else here.
âHeâll kill you.â The voice snickers, crawling along your skin like poison ivy. âRun. Get out.â
You startle awake, gasping for air, searching your body for any sign of blood. The sun is almost setting, preparing to make its descent in the west and you dart out of bed. Your skin feels tight, like youâre too big for it and it makes you uncomfortable. Your breaths are harsh barely making it into your lungs before youâre forcing it out again.
You make for the door, yanking it open and running down the hall. You didnât stop to think, you just want out. You push the entrance door and it opens and you stumble out into the hallway you havenât seen in ages.
You run up to the elevator, the overhead floor indicator is blank. And the elevator doesnât budge when you push the button frantically. Hands caught in your hair you spin around, there must be a way.
The green exit sign glows like a beacon of hope. You trip over your feet getting to it, almost face planting on the expensive rug that lines the hallway. The door opens with a click and your footsteps echo in the stairwell as you take them two at a time to get as far away from this place as possible.
You donât stop until youâre three flights down, breath ragged and vision spotty. You lean against the wall to catch your breath, panting and wiping the sweat off your brow.
Thereâs a loud bang that echoes from somewhere below and you freeze. Taking careful steps you peek between the railings and see nothing.
It might be Hoseok.
Or, it could be someone else in the building and your only hope of getting out of here.
âHello? Is someone therââ Thereâs another loud bang, and you take a couple steps down the fourth flight and look over the railing again. A thick fog swirls just a floor below.
The hair on the back of your neck shoots up at the low growl that dances up the stairwell. You nearly go tumbling down it in your haste to turn around and go back up.
As you turn to go back up the third flight, the fog surrounds you and you stop as it becomes impossible to see. You grip tightly to the stair railing, tentatively stepping up â Youâre trying not to breathe too loudly.
Thereâs something scraping against the ground on the stairs below and your heart kicks. You step faster, at the same time trying not to trip and break your neck. Thereâs a low snarl and you bolt, taking the stair two at a time back up the way you came.
The floor vibrates beneath you as whatever it is gives chase. You make it up to the first landing, pulling the exit door open with a grunt. Youâre just about to step through when what feels like three hot butcher knives slices through your back. The force of it sends you pitching forward, smacking hard into the wall on the opposite side before you crumple against it.
You could barely feel it, youâre aware youâre hurt...you could feel the pulsing, open wounds at your back. Your mind is trying to process as you struggle to move, taking a breath aches as you push yourself upward and away from the wall just enough to turn. You donât manage much more than that, sliding down the wall until your butt hits the pretty red carpet.
The metal door of the emergency exit swings open harshly, banging loudly against the wall before it leans forward; one of the hinges broken. The thing that stands in the doorway looks like it crawled out of some deep, dark part of hell. Itâs standing on itâs hind legs before it drops forward, claws that look at least nine inches long scraping against the linoleum.
It looks like a giant dog, honestly. Itâs hard to tell when all you could focus on was that you could feel your heartbeat at your back, and the slick warmth soaking into your ruined sweater and pants. Shock maybe...or adrenaline, was keeping most of the pain at bay, youâre pretty sure youâd be dead otherwise right now.
With a guttural growl, the creature emerges, its form contorted and twisted, as if it were forged from the very essence of nightmares.
Its body is a grotesque fusion of twisted flesh and sinew, its skin a sickly shade of mottled grey, stretched taut over bulging muscles that ripple with every movement. Sharp spikes protrude from its spine, glinting menacingly in the dim light, while its black eyes burn with a fiery intensity that seems to pierce through your very soul.
The creature's mouth curls into a snarl, revealing rows of razor-sharp teeth stained with blood. Its breath is a noxious cloud of decay and sulphur, filling the air with a suffocating stench that makes your stomach churn.
As it lurches forward on all fours, its movements are unnaturally fluid, each step sending tremors through the ground beneath you. Itâs trying to squeeze its way through the small space of the doorway, too big to pass through, and you could do nothing but watch.
Your vision goes hazy as you simply stare at the creature.
The adrenaline is fading and youâre starting to feel your wounds, but maybe if you could crawl towards the door...
At six pm on a Friday evening, Hoseok isnât at all surprised to see the line of people waiting to get into the club. Itâs still a long way to opening, but with the prestige of this place, again, he isnât surprised.
He was with Yoongi when he bought the place, watched him build it from the ground up. Watched his taste for the interior bounce around erratically until he settled, as the clientele flickered from the common club goer to people â if they had enough money â buying their way in.
Haegeum is on the high-end of the city, the type of place where youâd wonder if folks had enough money to burn just because. Yoongi doesnât discriminate and all are welcomed.
The queue is a mix of people: folks dressed to the nines just to step a foot in the place, those of which would most likely be sitting pretty in the VIP section. People just looking for a place to escape to for a while, teenagers holding tight to their fake Ids and clinging to their friends. They mingle in groups or alone, their chatter filling the air with a soft buzz of voices and hushed giggles.
Hoseok takes everything in with an air of nonchalance as he strolls by.
The bouncer at the heavy black door stands stoically, clipboard in hand for VIP clients. Hoseok breezes past him when he opens the door to let him in, stepping into the entrance foyer, illuminated by dim red lights. He walks down the hall, and down the dark metal staircase into the main floor of the club.
The above head white florescent lights do nothing to take away from the grandeur of the club, though, Hoseok likes it better when itâs late and the lights are off. The main floor is usually accented in lights of blue and red, casting shadows streaking along the sitting area. Embedded into the walls are velvet couches that flow with the design in a sort of snake like shape, a short-legged coffee table and single seated chairs dotted between every inward curve. Thereâs a wide enough walkway for two people walking side by side to pass, a partition of glass, and on the other side of it, black leather couches and even more glass coffee tables.
 The walls are interesting, and Hoseok thinks this because he doesnât know why Yoongi likes it so much. In large arched alcoves sits head statues of Greek gods of mortal tales, staring lifelessly into the distance, bathed in dark blue light. Between every two are columns that resembles those of a temple, and smooth grey stone. Hoseok honestly doesnât know which vibe Yoongi is going for, not that heâd say it to his face.
He walks down the little walkway, down another set of stairs and across the dance floor. The bar is tucked in a corner, glasses being wiped by one of Yoongiâs employees behind it. Hoseok offers the man a nod of his head, moving towards the staircase that curves with the wall and upwards.
Yoongiâs office veers just off the VIP lounge, set behind large mahogany doors. And Hoseok doesnât bother knocking. The room looks pretty much the same as itâs always had: dark walls with darker patterns, a maroon carpet lining the floor, abstract paintings hanging on the walls that allude to a darker nature, and in the far corner on the wall between two paintings is a golden blade dagger behind a mounted glass case.
â...Pick your side, kid. Itâs either youâre with me, or against me.â Yoongiâs voice is cold, not angry per se, but reeking in annoyance that chills rather than burns. âAnd trust me when I say that you donât want me as your enemy. I donât play nice.â
Thereâs a young man standing in front of Yoongiâs large desk, his hands behind his back where one hand squeezes the other in bouts of nervous jitter. There are bruises on his knuckles, and even from behind, Hoseok could tell that heâs trying to fit into a crowd that doesnât suit him. Haegeum isnât just a club but a base of operations so to speak, in the middle of this high-end city, its easy for Yoongi to wrack up a certain clientele. People who seek a different ease of mind and has a different lifestyle.
Hoseok leans against the door, watching the scene play out, as the young man bows slightly and Yoongi waves his hand at him.
âKeep shadowing Seonghwa and Hongjoong for the week, and I donât want any trouble this time.â He says dismissively, and the boy turns to leave. As Hoseok catches his eye, something akin to a bolt of lightening shoots down his spine. It isnât noticeable to the more ordinary folk, but Hoseok isnât ordinary, and neither are Yoongi and the rest of his boys.Â
The air crackles with static, raw, untrained power that itches Hoseok the wrong way. The boy stands there clearly a moment too long, and Yoongiâs knuckles raps against the table top. âYeonjun.â
Yeonjun gives a soft apology, and quickly walks towards the door. Hoseok opens it for him, not out of kindness, but purely to give him a long unbroken stare. He smiles as the boy struggles to hold his gaze, even as the hair on the back of his neck stands on end at his proximity.
When he shuts the door behind him, Yoongi is already watching him with a raised brow. Hoseok wanders over to the leather armchair at the front of Yoongiâs desk and sits, shifting around until heâs comfortable in it. âI thought they were a myth.â
âObviously theyâre not.â Yoongi mutters, shaking his head as he sieves through a stack of papers scattered on his desk before he finds what heâs looking for. âKid wanted in, so I let him. More trouble than itâs worth, honestly. But, the Nephilim are stronger than the order, so I gave it a shot.â
Hoseok hums, and Yoongi seems to catch himself, narrowing his eyes at him. The scar that runs through his right eye looks pink and irritated in the motion and the overhead lights. âWhat are you doing here?â
âWhat? I canât visit?â
If Yoongi narrows his eyes any more, heâd close them, âI think you know better than anyone that youâre never here.â He says, âYouâre absent more often than not, so I have the right to ask. Did you do something? Iâm not cleaning up any more of your messes.â
Yoongi pushes back his chair, walking across the room to the mini bar he has tucked in the corner. He pulls a glass from the cabinet and pours himself a glass of whisky from a long necked crystalline bottle. He takes a sip and turns leaning against the barâs edge. âLast time was enough trouble.â
âYouâd clean it up anyways.â Hoseok says, leaning his head back against the chair, tilting his head to look at Yoongi. âI found something fun to do.â
Yoongi stares at him for a moment, quiet, contemplative, âCausing a different type of trouble, I see.â He chuckles, âDonât break her.â
âWhereâs the fun in that?â Hoseok smirks, and then frowns a little. With all Yoongiâs prowess and danger, heâs gone a little soft around the edges, and he could see that softness in his eyes as he looks off into the distance. Surely thinking about the mortal girl that has him wrapped around her little fingers like bubble gum.
âYouâll learn.â Yoongi says cryptically, and it reminds Hoseok that heâs never really sure what Yoongi is thinking. Sometimes heâs an open book and Hoseok could read him like one, easy to figure out in the way that he moves, and sometimes heâs sealed tight.
Yoongi drains his glass of whisky, setting it down with a clink on the bar top before walking back over to his desk. âSince youâre here...â He opens a drawer and pulls out a thick black file, âGive this to Seonghwa.â
Hoseok takes the file and opens it, reading over the contents. Thereâs a man on Yoongiâs black list thatâs due a checking in. âYou let him and Joong have all the fun.â
âYouâre too messy.â Yoongi retorts, âI said Iâm not cleaning up after you.â
Hoseok shrugs, and gets up, skirting around the back of the chair and walking towards the door.
âHobi.â Yoongi calls, âI donât have to remind you that thereâs a meeting at the end of the month, right?â
âIâll be here.â Hoseok says, as the look in Yoongiâs eyes gave no room to say anything else.
He leaves the office, closing the door behind him with a quiet click and lets the tension roll off his shoulders. He goes back the way he came, black file in hand, towards the VIP section where he knows Seonghwa would be lurking. He walks down the little walkway, through the identical couches and tables on raised platforms that overlook the main floor of the club.
At the end, thereâs a small section of booths, black velvet and low lit, and standing with his back to him is Hongjoong. He seems to be busy, twin pistols in pieces on the boothâs table, cleaning supplies set up neatly in a little row. Hoseok saunters over, and throws his arm over the manâs shoulders.
Hongjoong doesnât spare him a glance but sighs softly through his nose. âIâm busy, Hoseok.â
âWhereâs your shadow?â Hoseok asks, and waves the file at him, âYoongi has work for you two.â
âWhen doesnât Yoongi have work for us.â Hongjoong slides away from under Hoseokâs arm, sitting down in the booth to avoid him all together. Thereâs a dull glint of light as the fixtures catch on the gold diamond studded crucifix that swings against the white of Hongjoongâs tee-shirt.
Hoseok clicks his tongue against his teeth, âDonât let him hear you say that.â
The dark bangs of his hair, which are usually styled away from his forehead, falls into his eyes when he glances upward at Hoseok. He picks up the cleaning solvent and pours a bit of it into the cap before dropping a cotton patch in to let it soak, then, he wraps the patch around the bristles of a small bore brush.
âSeonghwa isnât here, heâs out back.â Hongjoong picks up the dismantled gun barrel, sliding the bore brush through until the now dirty cotton patch pokes out from the other end. The scent of the solvent burns Hoseokâs nose, and he leaves Hongjoong be, going back down to the main floor and through the emergency exit. The exit sits in the middle of an alleyway that connects two streets, and Hoseok catches sight of Seonghwaâs faux fur coat on one end.
Smoke curls away from his form with a light wind and brings the scent of a cigarette as Hoseok walks with quiet steps towards him. Heâs laughing at something, phone in hand, and Hoseok drops his hand heavily on his shoulder and feels the way he immediately tenses.
âIâve told you one too many times, Seonghwa.â Hoseok says, stepping to the side and around him, âAlways be on your guard.â
Thereâs a glint in the way that he sneers, pulling away from Hoseokâs grip. He takes a couple steps back, watching Hoseok as though he spat at his feet.
âAw, donât look at me like that. Makes me all tingly.â Hoseok teases mockingly with a smile, and then offers the file to him. âHere.â
Seonghwa shoves his phone into the pocket of his coat, taking the file and looking through it. He takes one last drag of the cigarette between his fingers before tossing it. He raises a perfect brow at Hoseok and tilts his head, something like amusement in his eyes. âYou donât show up for weeks, and now youâre just Yoongiâs errand boy.â
Hoseok chuckles and itâs dark, low in his throat. âSeonghwa.â He takes a step closer, âDonât forget your place.â
Itâs irritating how Seonghwa doesnât back down, the way he looks at Hoseok as though heâs beneath him. He stands tall and proud with his chest puffed out like a peacock, and Hoseok knows heâs about to say something stupid without using that brain of his first.
âDonât act like weâre not in the same boat.â Seonghwa scoffs, and even before he opens his mouth, Hoseok could see the thought in his eyes, glowing like an ember in the dark. He sees the minute curl at the corner of his mouth and the glow of the street light that catches on the pretty studded silver of his teeth. âYou got your ward killed, and killed the man that killed her. Thereâs no hierarchy among murderers.â
Hoseok takes a breath, and he feels the heat rising from the tips of his toes. Somewhere in the back of his mind, the images heâs locked away floods out of the steel box heâs put them in. The little girl heâd been guardian to, her short, miserable and painful life. Found end at the hands of someone she had the misfortune of being born to. It was too late â he was too late, when heâd found her. And just like then, Hoseok sees red.
Warm, gushing red that spill into the creases of his fingers when he swings his fist at Seonghwaâs face. The black file and the papers within scatter on the wind.
Hoseok doesnât let the surprise and force send the younger man stumbling back too far, and grabs hold of the front of his coat, curling his fingers into the material tightly. He kicks at his knee, and when heâs forced to kneel, Hoseok leans down to his height.
âYou talk a lot of shit for someone who lost his wings for something so trivial; your sin and mine are two different things.â Hoseok sneers, and heâs so mad he could set Seonghwa on fire and watch him dance. âBut I can remind you exactly why Yoongi doesnât bother to have me involved.â
Someone pulls Seonghwa back, dragging him up to his feet. âThe fuck are you two doing?â
Thereâs a tick in Seonghwaâs jaw that doesnât go unnoticed and his eyes stay locked with Hoseok as he straightens. He should think twice, Hoseok knows he knows better.
Hongjoong shoves at Seonghwaâs shoulder, âGo pick that shit up.â
Yeonjun stands at the open doorway of the emergency exit, watching with wide eyes, looking like heâs halfway to backing out on his choice to get into Yoongiâs ranks. Hongjoong eyes Hoseok warily, glancing over his shoulder to make sure that Seonghwa was doing as told.
Hoseokâs gaze burns a hole into the back of Seonghwaâs head as he moves around to pick up the scattered papers while Hongjoong stands like a watchdog.
Hoseok shoves his hands into the pockets of his black coat, tilting his head back to stare at the sky. âYou boys be good, now.â He says in parting, turning on his heel and walking out of the alley.
âWhat the fuck did you say to him?...â
Hoseok walks up the street, through the throngs of people still waiting to get into Haegeum. His phone vibrates in his coat pocket, with a sigh he pulls it out and answers.
âYes, Cheol?â
âHey, remember when you asked me to tell you when Iâve seen that weird fog?â Seungcheol sounds distracted, thereâs a sharp sound from his end that has Hoseok pulling the phone away from his ear with a wince. He says something to someone else, voice too far away for Hoseok to catch, before he speaks again. âCouple of nights ago, it was in my area. Whateverâs in it is pretty good at hiding. Itâs not the only thing in it either.â
Hoseok crosses the street, going in the opposite direction of which he came from. The people that line the sidewalk give him a wide berth as he weaves through them; unconsciously reacting to him being near.
âDidnât see much of the guy, some twinky-looking redhead.â Cheol sighs, âI think the fog is like a domain. If you get lost in it, itâs like thereâs no-one in there but you. Like a mirror realm.â
âThey who fight monsters should be careful, lest they become a monster themselves. And if you gaze long enough into the abyss, the abyss will gaze back into you.â
What defines a monster? Something that goes beyond human comprehension, something that stands outside the bounds of what is morally accepted. Something that a person fails to understand and is therefore scared by. Something that make stories entertaining because theyâre meant to be defeated in the end. Theyâre meant to be slain and mounted like trophies, pinned up for grotesque display of heroism.
What defines a creature that goes beyond human comprehension? White coloured morals and the freedom to help in the way it needed. He stopped being what he was created to be, and instead became something that someone needed the most. He did everything right. He had his head in the right place, he was determined to see it through to the end.
He was a little too late.
Over the years, Hoseok could no longer recall just how late he was. If it was by seconds or minutes, or an hour by a half. When he was finally strong enough to move, he traced the memory of a place heâd seen for years, all the way to a house where his charge waited inside.
She was always afraid. Alone, trapped with a monster of manâs making. A child heâs watched since the moment of her birth, watched her grow to be afraid and the light never reach her. By the laws of his nature he was forced to do nothing.
He was restricted to assisting in the only way he could. He couldnât shield her physically, so he instead manipulated the monster in her closet. He made sure that his mind was changed, that he didnât swing his claws as fiercely, that he slept deeply so that the child can have a night of rest.
He started to question, as he watched the monster that called himself a father, prey upon what he was meant to protect.
Whatâs the point? Is he not allowed to stop this? Why canât he stop this? He could stop it because he has the power to do so.
The ideology was shared by another, and together, hubris.
Hoseok fell with pride; he fell with the intention to seek his ward out and help her. Even if he had no idea what was to come afterwards. Stripped of his grace and the feathers of his wings burned away, it didnât matter to him.
He went as quickly as his wounds allowed, which in retrospect, wasnât quickly enough. She was only six. An awfully short time to the likes of him, even shorter to mortals, not enough time to live and laugh â she wasnât allowed to even do that. Heâd stood there, in the broken doorway of a broken home and watched as the monster of his wardâs nightmare became a man before him. Hoseokâs vision had tunnelled and in the centre was the broken body of the child heâd sworn to protect.
When the shadows on the walls grew tall and Hoseokâs mind closed in on itself and allowed those shadows to encase him, the man cried. He pleaded on his knees at the sight of his reckoning, begged for mercy when he gave none.
Then, Hoseok shattered. Scattered like tiny specs of dust floating on the wind, and under the heat and pressure of his own realisations, he turned into glass. With his sharp edges he cut into the man and reveled in it. The sounds of his pleas like the gentle strum of a harpâs string, and the warmth of his blood was a bath Hoseok sunk into.
What he was, was something that was no longer needed, and with his hands covered in blood and gore and mess he held tight to his reasons for being and cried for her. He became something else that only protected himself. While he locked everything away and allowed the shadows to stay. The light heâs trapped struggles to glow, to breathe, and some days Hoseok wants to snuff it out for good, to become the shadows he plays in.
He wouldnât allow himself to reach that point, though. He still has a sense of himself, however skewed.
He owes Yoongi a lot, his partner in crime that he would follow to the ends of the earth. He never turned his back on him even as Hoseok changed to suit his troubles.
Hoseok remembers Yoongi standing at the doorway, catching up much later than he had. He stayed there quietly while Hoseok mourned the death of his ward and his tears made tracks in the blood that coated him.
Hoseok buried her away from her cursed home, far away and as deep as the roots of an old oak runs and salt floats on the air. Wild flowers bloom there, giving her the beauty in death she wasnât allowed in life.
His chest aches as he stands there now. Under the shade of the oak tree where little speckles of the setting orange sun spills through leaves and dances along the space that he occupies. Thereâs a crinkle of plastic and Hoseok stares at the small bouquet in his grip. He chose every flower that reminded him of her: daises and lavender, lilies and snapdragons.
He lays it gently on the patch of grass thatâs long grown over between two large protruding roots, mutters the same apology he does every time he comes by, and stuffs his hands into the pockets of his coat as he straightens.
Heâs sorry he wasnât there in time.
He wished she was given a chance, and wondered if her death was his punishment. He wonders what it wouldâve been like to watch her grow, safe and happy. What her favourite flower wouldâve been, if she wouldâve valued the little things. He wouldâve given her everything â pulled the moon from the sky if she so desired it. He wouldâve taken the stars and put them in her little hands for her to watch them shine.
He wonders if it wouldâve been better had he waited a little longer. That maybe the slightest change wouldâve brought about a different outcome.
Hoseok sighs, turns his head to watch the sun set, dragged behind the oceanâs edge far off in the distance. Something at the back of his mind wiggles and tugs. He knows somethingâs wrong and heâs in no mood to deal with it.
Youâre dying...you think. Your hand slides against the floor and it takes a moment to realise itâs your blood youâre slipping in. You can barely feel the rest of your body, adrenaline pumping your blood out of the wounds at your back. The doors of the elevator doubles and swarms in your vision.
You see them open but itâs so hard to focus. Hoseok steps out and walks slowly to you, you canât see his expression, but you faintly hear the long, drawn-out sigh he releases. Your eyes focus on the darkness that surrounds him, the way it curls like smoke. The shadows at his back are clearer to you than theyâve ever been â wings. Dark plumage that glitters with something silver in the light, the feathers are long, long enough that they drag behind his steps. If he were to unfold them they would easily span to the ends of the hallway.
He hardly gives you a glance, stopping in front of you. You canât see the creature now â blocked by Hoseokâs wings â but you hear it growl, and the scraping of itâs claws against the floor. Something glints in his hand against the flickering lights, a short sword that looks like it was dipped in gold from the hilt and it ran down the edges of the blade.
Heâs a blur as he moves and your tired eyes can barely keep up with him, if it werenât for the small space and shadows his wings casted you wouldâve lost sight of him completely.Â
The creature snarls and lashes out with its razor-sharp claws, but Hoseok is already one step ahead, dodging with effortless grace. He moves with a speed and agility that seems impossible in the space he occupies, closing in on the creature that growls and snarls at him. Itâs forced to dislodge itself from the doorway, pulling back into the stairwell that gives it even less room to defend.
Hoseokâs wings fold tightly to his back as he follows, and you could only hear the sound of his weapon sliding through the air, the sound of the blade whistling and the increasingly irritated sounds from the creature. Hoseok ducks under a swiped claw, makes a spin on his knee, and switches the hands that holds his blade. It slices through the creatureâs gigantic paw like itâs made of something soft, and through the other as it comes back down. The severed limb drops heavily on the ground before it dissolves into ashes and float upward.
The sound it makes grate on your ears, loud and sharp and you canât bring your hands up to cover them, something warm trickles out of each.
Without itâs two front legs to support itâs weight, the creature drops forward, and Hoseok grabs hold of the first spike at the top of its head. With a flick of his wrist his weapon spins in his palm and he points the blade right between the creatureâs eyes and pushes.
Golden light flashes, nearly blinding you on top of everything else, you can just barely hear the cry it makes this time as it writhes in agony. Itâs monstrous form twists and contorts before finally collapsing to the ground in a heap.
Hoseok stands over the fallen beast, his weapon clenched tightly in his hand, watching intently as itâs body dissipates like ash from a fire.
With a satisfied nod, Hoseok sheaths his weapon and it vanishes, and then turns his attention back to you, his expression a mixture of something. You canât tell, everything seems so dark and itâs hard to breathe. He approaches you slowly, his movements cautious as he assesses the extent of your injuries.
Hoseok crouches and you slowly look up at him, he tilts his head and clicks his tongue against his teeth.
âI told you not to go anywhere, little dove.â He says softly, calmly, as though heâs telling you about his day and youâre not bleeding out in his hallway. âYouâre so troublesome.â
You try to respond, but the words stick in your throat, drowned out by the rush of blood and the overwhelming sense of impending darkness. Hoseokâs presence feels both comforting and ominous, his wings casting elongated shadows that dance across the walls. You try to focus on his face, to find some semblance of reassurance in his eyes, but all you see is a blur of shadows and flickering light.
âIâm sorry,â you manage to choke out, your voice barely audible above the sound of your own laboured breathing.
Hoseokâs expression softens slightly, a hint of concern flickering in his eyes. He reaches out a hand to gently brush the hair from your forehead, his touch surprisingly gentle despite the underlying tension in the air.
âJesus...â Another voice says, the sound of footsteps hurrying close and the last thing you see is the shift of the hallway.
The night he found you out in the fog wasnât the first time Hoseok had seen you.
By now, it wouldâve been at least three months ago. You were alone, pacing around like a worried mother on a bridge over your perceived peace â had you decided to take it.
Human lives were no longer any concern to him; no consequence. He and his kind were here before and would be long after your kind has crumbled to dust and returned to the earth. He stopped then, and watched you contemplate the height of the bridge and the chill of the water below it; whether or not youâll receive the mercy you seek. Youâd cried for a long time on that bridge.
Hoseok is many things, but cruel is not one of them. He changed your mind and sent you away into the arms of someone that would care.
Hoseok has many contradictions. The darkness that he allowed entry fights the light, beating it into a corner where it cowers on most days. On those days heâs distant and struggling to contain it, he could taste malice on his tongue and the bitterness of it. The steel walls he painstakingly built with bloody and broken fingers are nothing more than barbwire fences; they do nothing to protect the glass figurines that make him whole.
Sometimes the glass are shards, sharp and unforgiving and willing to cut anything that gets too close. Sometimes theyâre splintered panes and Hoseok is cutting his fingers to keep them in place. He curls in on himself, draws himself away, pushes everything outside his barbwire fence and tries to reinforce the walls. The darkness that swirls outside it seeps in and he canât keep it out so he lets it fester and churn and he becomes intangible.
You werenât there, and then, at some point, you were.
Sometimes...
Sometimes heâs standing in a grass field full of wild daises and the sun is warm and thereâs salt in the air. The light peeks through the leaves of an old oak tree, and thereâs a little girl whoâs placed her life in his hands, who skitters about in the  grass like something wild and free. She glows in her happiness, and nature stains her hands and the bottom of her white dress. She makes faces at him behind the trunk of the tree, smiles and hold his hands and tell him that itâs okay. It wasnât his fault and heâs forgiven, he could let it go and be.
On those days, Hoseok feels like a still pool of water. The ones with lily pads and life, and everythingâs alright. Youâre always there then.
Hoseok knows of the fragility of humans. How easily they could shatter and break and suddenly be no more. He was something once, and then he became something else, and sometimes itâs hard to not be what he is. His darker nature prevails, and he doesnât do much to stop it. Sure, sometimes heâs done things simply because heâs feeling particularly malicious and thinks that everyone should suffer â itâs almost always harmless.
He has a sense of himself, he knows when to stop, when things are taken too far and you canât take much more of it. You eventually learnt to take it in stride and Hoseok was proud of that, though, a part of him thought it wasnât nearly as fun anymore.
He would walk your dreams some nights when he was bored and had nothing better to entertain himself, his presence would sometimes bring his darkness and your dreams would not be as pleasant. He tried to walk through them less often.
When you were jumping at every little sound, the silence that Hoseok moves with and the way youâre less of yourself some days â he realised something. Not every nightmare was his doing, and the whispers in the walls of your dreams spoke of something else entirely.
The far, fuzzy edges of your vivid dreams where heâs reminded of things heâs tried very hard to lock away, lurks something red and more sinister than he.
Heâs every reason to believe that hellspawn didnât find itâs way here on accident, and for it to go undetected until the very last moment. It bothers him like nothing else has.
Though you lay peaceful now and Seungcheol had left after doing what he does best, the unease lingers in bouts under Hoseokâs skin, skittering about like electricity on a wire. His feelings where youâre concerned contradicts each other. Like oil on water heâs stuck in between wanting you close and keeping you at armâs length. He likes when youâre near, but he likes when youâre far. A consequence of his nature, he toes the line of something sinister and could get dangerous and down right evil if he doesnât reign himself in.
At a point he wasnât quite sure what to do with you. He was just as confused on why he stopped you from ending your own life that night on the bridge and why he took you in that night in the fog. At first, he was just as wary of you as you were of him, despite the way he acted. He canât help what he is.
On the days where he feels like splintered glass and heâs choking on his despair, youâd waited. You were there until the smoke cleared and your quiet presence helped put the glass back up and straighten out the posts in his fence.
He told Yoongi, thereâs no fun in not breaking you. Yoongi said that heâd learn.
He canât help what he is.
He could try, though.
He doesnât want to break you, itâs a matter of cause and effect. Youâre here with him, evidently, youâd be broken regardless. The most he could do is try. He could try to not be the straw, and try to not let outside forces become it.
He cares. He cares so much that sometimes he could taste it on his tongue. He cares that you smile when heâs earned it, that you eat well, that you greet him like a friend and then somewhere along get shy when you do. He cares if you live or die.
Hoseok squeezes his eyes shut, opening them to blink away the image of you, helplessly laying in a pool of your own blood.
Fear. Heâs has only felt it once, the fear that you would die and he wouldâve failed again to protect someone.
He sips slowly at his glass of whisky, drinking in the sight of you. He thought you were smart enough to listen to him at least, trusted that you would stay out until he got back. Perhaps it was his mistake, but he wonders, and he ponders as you give a minute twitch in your sleep. Your eyebrows draw together and you murmur something unintelligible.
Hoseok sets his tumbler on your bedside drawer and pulls his chair closer. This is something he could easily do from another room, though, for what heâs about to do he would need to be touching you in some capacity.
Your dream had started off vividly, as most of your dreams have since you came here. Hoseok stands just in the corner of it, watching you wake within your dream and put your feet down into water.
He walks along the edge of it, watching it play out like a simulation, following behind you as you make your way down the hall towards the living room. Heâs there and Hoseok isnât surprised â itâs not the first time youâve dreamt him.
He watches as your dreamscape version of him pull you into his lap and he feels a little offended and rolls his eyes â he didnât even try to make it look sexy. Is this what you think of him? He isnât half as tactless. Seduction takes finesse, and you clearly have no idea what that is.
Hoseok turns, gazing at the darkened edges of your dream.
Thereâs a shift and he feels it. Itâs heavy like a wet blanket and seeps in like mist, and your dream changes accordingly.
He knows this feeling too well â the intrusion of an external force manipulating the dream, itâs faint enough that he knows it wasnât in his apartment or anywhere nearby, but strong enough to reach so far.
Hoseok hovers hesitantly between the doorway of the living room and the hallway, and closes his eyes against the image of him hurting you.
He follows you as you follow blood, and he wishes you werenât so frightened. He stays close to you, stepping where youâve stepped as though he could protect you from something thatâs already occurred. You push the door to your bedroom open and he wants to stop you, turn you around and shake you awake, but he can only watch.
Youâre there and he is too, whispers skittering along the walls like mice, and Hoseok yanks himself out of your subconscious mind.
He feels like glass.
When you wake itâs dark and your back is sore like you fell from a high place and splatted against a body of water. The moment feels like dĂŠjĂ vu regardless as you swing your legs over the side of the bed with a wince.
The broken projector of your sleep-addled mind flickers in black and white cut scene imagines of the evening. Hoseok, the fog, the dog that crawled out of hell specifically for you â as you can only assume â things considered, youâre pretty certain you died at some point.
The dark unnerves you, it makes you feel like a kid as you pull your feet back up onto the bed, and pull the blanket up over your head and pulled tight between your fingers at your chest.
You scoot back, wiggling a bit until your back is pressed flush against the headboard. Thereâs no light seeping in from under your door, and you sink lower, curling into yourself and hold the blanket tighter.
Thereâs a prickling at the back of your neck that sends a shiver racing down your spine. Your head turns slowly to the left and notice the unnatural darkness of the space between the edge of the wall and the window pane. Relief blooms in your chest at the sight of it.
â...Hoseok.â You call softly, waving a hand into the dark. You wait for a moment, but the lights donât come on and he doesnât appear as he usually would.
Carefully, you unwrap the covers from around you and place your foot on the ground. Taking a moment, you count your fingers â itâs always hard to count them in your dreams. All ten are there, and you take a breath before standing.
The floor is cold, and you notice the carpet thatâs usually under your feet is missing, and the silhouettes of the things youâve made yours are different; this isnât your room.
You approach the ball of chaos carefully, and stand five steps away from the space it occupies. This is the second time youâve been close to it, the first time had been much closer and you hadnât understood it then. You reach a hand out, and gently: âHoseok...â
It slows, the shadows and wisps shifting gently like a leaf on a soft wind. It elongates into a vague outline and then, Hoseok stares through you before he sees you. Heâs still wearing the clothes he left in earlier, coat and all, looking a little more than rattled even in the dark.
He raises a hand and it hovers by your cheek, thumb ghosting the skin like heâs afraid youâll disappear. The lights didnât come back on and itâs hard to decipher his emotions in the dark.
âAre you okay?â he asks, his voice soft, barely a whisper in the darkness. Somewhere behind you, a lamp flickers on dimly and Hoseok looks like heâd shatter if you touched him.
âIâm okay.â
Hoseokâs hand drops slowly from your face as he blinks, as though waking from a dream. His gaze focuses on you, but thereâs a vacancy in his eyes. For a moment, he seems almost confused, as if heâs not sure how he ended up here or what to make of your presence.
His touch is light, gentle, like heâs handling something fragile when his fingers brushes yours. You feel his fear, a palpable thing, thick and heavy. Itâs a side of him youâve never seen before, and youâre not sure what to do with it.
He exhales softly through his nose, nods once and then his eyes are somewhere above your head. âAre you in pain?â
âNo,â Your back sings a low hymn, achy and sore, but itâs nothing to fuss over. âIâm okay.â
Thereâs a lot of things you want to ask, but you canât seem to pick one. You want to ask him about the fog and the creature, about his wings or how youâre even alive to mull over said questions.
Instead, you ask: âAre you okay?â
Hoseok looks unprepared for that, his eyes snapping back to yours and he flounders. His mouth opens and closes before he stares at you in that unnerving way he had your first couple of days here, like heâs trying to understand you. Like he could strip you down to atoms and see what makes you act the way you do and therefore comprehend the bases of your human nature.
âIâm...â He blinks, looks away, and a muscle beneath his right eye twitches, âIâm okay.â
He doesnât sound convinced and you arenât either, and where his hand brushes yours you reach out first. His fingers are cold and he looks down, staring at your hand like itâs something foreign, but his grip tightens. Itâs quiet for a moment, he takes a breath that doesnât seem to ease the weight he carries.
âYou almost died.â He says quietly, brows furrowed as though he canât understand his own concern. âWhen I brought you here...I did so with the intention to keep you safe.â
Itâs quiet again and you wait, and wait.
Hoseokâs eyes mist, his breath shudders on the exhale. âI wasnât here in time. Again. Iââ
His hand in yours tremble, heâs looking through you again, not entirely here and he looks like a man haunted by ghosts he alone could see. You stumble a step back when he falls to his knees before you, but didnât get far as his arms wound tight around your waist. Thereâs something strange about a creature such as him with all his prowess and tainted grace kneeling at your feet, and his words tumble from his mouth like his tears that soak into your borrowed shirt and he lets you hold the chain that drags behind him.
The weight is heavy, heavy enough that it grounds you and you listen to it rattle as Hoseok tells you everything. In a broken tone about a broken home and a child he couldnât reach in time to save, about the shadows that he let hide the light and now he struggles to find it. The things heâs done since that would make the most wicked men cower.
You make the connection, as he lays himself bare before you. He peeled back the layers of his being himself and let you look inside; the bases of his nature, the connotations of his own sins. It makes sense to you now. The way he would change like the tide and his near obsessive, compulsive need to wrap you in bubble wrap and put you in a glass case. Heâd long stopped scaring you and somehow became a comfort despite himself.
Maybe itâs circumstantial, or something else entirely, but youâve grown to care for him and heâs been caring for you from the start. However skewed that was.
When heâs stopped his babbling, and heâs no longer crying, he still holds you tight, whispering apologies against the dampness of your shirt. You meet his height, gently pulling his arms away from you and you kneel, too. He blinks away the last of his tears and you catch them with your thumbs just under his red-rimmed eyes.
Heâs no longer looking through you, one of his hands covers yours, his lips brushing delicately against your wrist when he turns his head; your heart flutters. He whispers something you didnât catch, he closes his eyes for a moment and when he opens them, he repeats: âYou can leave if you want.â
âI donât have anywhere to go.â
âWill you stay, then?â He looks away when he asks, pressing his fingers against your palm in a way that tickles and distracts, and studies the lines of them quietly. âStay here with me.â
Thereâs something like hope in his eyes that glints against the shadows that linger, shining like flecks gold in cracked rock. You nod slowly and he smiles easily, all teeth and heart shaped and his hand is warm when he cups your cheek with the one that isnât holding yours.
âYour dream...â He says softly, and later youâd find that it troubled him the most; he would never do something like that â not to you. âIâm sorry.â
You store the fact that he knows about it at the back of your mind for later â later when heâs not pressing the pad of his thumb against the fullness of your bottom lip, tracing the shape of it. Youâve learnt to ebb and flow with him, a boat on his tide, taking the shift of his mood in stride.
Thereâs something in his eyes now that has nothing to do with how you found him earlier, something that makes you follow his lead, leaning in when he pulls you towards him. Deja vu accompanies the way he shifts, easing back and turning you as he does, leaning against a dresser you hadnât noticed. He keeps his eyes locked with yours, directing your leg over his with a hand, and he settles you on his lap.
âThis feels familiar.â He giggles, lifting his head to nose along your jaw and youâre reminded that he knows. Heat flares at the back of your neck and races up your ears, and when you push against his shoulders, he steadies and keeps you still with his hands on the top of your thighs and a click of his tongue against his teeth.
âIâm teasing.â He gives a crooked smile, tilting his head, âItâs cute that you think itâll play out that way.â
âIsnât it, though?â You blurt out, embarrassment forgotten. Honestly, the only thing thatâs changed is the room, and when Hoseok pauses you smirk.
He smirks right back, something dangerous, and he chuckles, âKeep talking back. I like that.â
His hand slides up your back, and you donât suppress the shiver that follows after it. The air grows heavy, charged with unspoken tension. Youâre vaguely aware of your heart pounding, the rhythm matching the erratic thrum of your blood. He leaves a kiss where your jaw meets your neck, sucking lightly on the spot.
âHoseok...â You start to say his name, but it comes out as a breathless whisper. Youâre not sure what you intended to say, but the words get caught in your throat.
He pulls back slightly, his eyes searching yours. âWhat is it?â he asks, his voice rough with desire and darker still. âDo you want me to stop?â
You shake your head, unable to form words.
With a low growl, he takes your silence as an invitation, his fingers tangle in your hair, and he tilts your head down, his lips meeting yours in a kiss you gasp into. It quickly deepens, becoming more urgent, as if heâs trying to devour your very soul. His other hand finds your hip, squeezing possessively.
Youâre lost in the sensation, the taste of him, the feel of his body pressed against yours. The world has narrowed to the two of you, to this moment.
A soft moan escapes your lips, and he takes that as a cue, his tongue exploring your mouth with a hunger that sets your entire being ablaze.
His touch ignites a fire within you, consuming your senses and leaving you breathless, his hand sliding from your hip to your lower back, pulling you closer until thereâs no space left between you.
He pulls away slowly and you chase, he smirks against your kiss, and when he lifts his hips you feel the press of his arousal. His kisses trail, ghosting along your jaw, his tongue warm where your pulse thrums. He directs the shifts of your hips, grinding you down against clothed erection with a curse growled against your skin.
You follow the light tug of his hand in your hair, tilting your head back and to the side to give him more room to work. He hums appreciatively around your skin between his teeth and you hiss softly at the sting of the pull.
âSo good for me.â He whispers when he pulls away. His fingers tap at your hip before he wraps his arm around, bracing the other against the dresser behind and stands easily.
A startled squeak leaves you, wrapping your arms around his neck even though heâs holding you steady. He reaches the bed in two strides, and drops you there, a smirk at the corner of his mouth.
You bounce a bit amongst the soft sheets with a soft giggle before you settle. His index finger curls beneath your chin and tilts, thumb brushing along your bottom lip again, âAh.â
You comply easily, and then his thumb is pressing against your tongue. Saliva pools in your mouth and he hums when you wrap your lips around the digit. Thereâs a tick of his brow and the dull glint of his teeth when he smiles in the dim light of the singular lamp, and a darkness in his eyes that doesnât scare you.
He tests the boundaries of what youâd allow, sliding his thumb along your tongue. His palm lays flat against your cheek, thumb reaching far until you feel the lurch of your stomach and pull back with a gasp.
He coos softly, leaning down just as he slips his finger out of your mouth to capture your lips in a kiss thatâs more teeth and tongue than anything else. He nudges you back softly, large hands sneaking their way under your tee to reach your skin, desperate in a way that makes you think heâd die if he doesnât.
He stops just shy of the undersides of your breasts, pulling away from the kiss to rest his forehead against yours. His breaths are shallow, he whispers your name, âI can get intense.â
âI know.â
âI could hurt you.â
âI know.â
He studies you for a moment, then, tugs gently on the hem of your tee-shirt, âUp.â
As you shift to sit, youâre not surprised to find you arenât wearing anything underneath the tee-shirt and cotton shorts heâs put you in; dressing you properly mustâve been the last thing on his mind.
Hoseok stands back to shed his coat, dropping it carelessly on the floor. Thereâs a metallic clink as the buckle of his belt jingles, and the sound of it racing through the loops of his pants.
You â oddly â donât feel ashamed under his gaze that sets a heat wherever it settles as he roams over your exposed upper half. Putting your weight on your hands, you lean back, watching Hoseok roll the long sleeves of his tee-shirt up his forearms.
His tongue darts out to moisten his lips as he closes the distance again, climbing into the bed on his knees and coming up until theyâre on either side of your thighs. Silently he trails a finger down the slope of your neck, it tickles across your collarbone and his fingers spread and palms your left breast.
Your breath hitches and he chuckles, and you know very well he could feel the shifting of your thighs as you rub them together seeking friction. Itâs been ages since anyoneâs touched you like this, all of Hoseokâs teasing isnât doing you much good.
His lips meet yours, licking into your mouth, and he groans when you suck on his tongue. His fingers lightly pinch at your nipple, rolling it between his thumb and forefinger. His other hand roams, goosebumps following itâs path down your side and stops where his fingers tease the band of your shorts.
Your hips buck as you whine and Hoseok pulls away, eyelids heavy, pupils all but gone, panting softly; looking drunk on you.
He smiles and makes a disapproving sound at the back of his throat. âPatience little dove.â He tuts, tilting his head at you, âIâll give you what you need.â
He trails his fingers along the edges of your shorts before pulling them down and off, leaving you exposed to his touch. His hair tickles where it drags against your sensitive skin as he moves downward. He avoids where you need him most entirely and you squirm, a soft whine building in your chest.
He kisses and licks his way up your thighs, teasing you until youâre begging. Gently, he spreads your legs, kissing the inner thigh of your right before he rests it over his shoulder, pushing your other up and holding it there with a palm.
His dark gaze meets yours and you canât hold it when he licks a hot stripe from your weeping entrance to your clit. Your hand shoots down to grip his hair, back arching when his responding growl vibrates against your core.
With each stroke of his tongue, Hoseok explores every inch of your most sensitive areas. He laps at your clit, drawing out a series of gasps and moans that fill the room. Youâre shaking and swearing as he eats you out like a man starved, his tongue swirling around your clit in figure eights and then dipping into you. He moans like youâre the best thing heâs ever tasted.
Your hands curl into the sheets, fingers digging in as if to anchor yourself. Youâre lost in the sensations, a whirlwind of pleasure that leaves you breathless. And you wonder, briefly, if this was just something he was good at or something he had to hone.
His arm draping over your hips was the only warning you got before his lips wraps around your clit and sucks. Your back arches with a pitched moan and he slips a finger into your heat, and groans when you clench and gasp his name.
Your heart pounds in your chest, each beat a reminder of your vulnerability. Yet, paradoxically, itâs this vulnerability that fuels your desire, pushing you to new heights. Youâre a wild thing now, driven by pure, primal need.
From between your legs, Hoseok watches your reactions, a dark-haired god feasting on your pleasure. His gaze is intense, a silent promise that heâll take you to the edge. He adds another finger and they curl against your g-spot and it brings about your undoing.
If your arousal was a fire, Hoseok just threw gasoline on it just to watch it explode. He keeps hips lips around your clit as it throbs, fingers dragging along your fluttering walls and your eyes squeeze shut. You could barely breathe, lights dancing behind your eyelids as you gasp his name.
âGood girl.â Hoseok praises, lips brushing your clit and your thighs tremble. He rubs his hand gently over your stomach while you come down, and evilly, bites your thigh with a dark chuckle.
âHoseok...â you whine as he laves his tongue over the stinging spot.
âHm?â He smiles, âWant more, little dove?â
You almost cry as he changes course, pulling away entirely, and makes it clear he revel in your suffering when he coos mockingly, standing now.
He slowly unbuttons his pants, slowly pulls his legs out of them one after the other, smirking at you all the while. Even in the dim lighting, you could see the strain his cock against his black boxer briefs and you donât miss the near inaudible sigh of relief from Hoseok at the change in pressure.
He crooks a finger at you, and shuffles closer as you do. He stands at the edge of the bed, and he sinks his fingers into your hair, brushing it back as you look up at him. He looks down his nose at you, and raises a brow, âBe a good girl now, dove. Or do I have to teach you?â
âI know how to suck cock you ass.â
Hoseok shrugs, a playful smile shifting his expression as he gently squeezes your cheeks, puckering your lips, âIs all that little mouth good for talking back to me?â
âYou said you like that.â You say defiantly.
Hoseok hums, âHave your fun then,â He says, smiling, âWonât be able to say much in a bit, anyway.â He tugs on your hair, not hard enough to hurt, but enough to signal his impatience.
Funny, he was preaching patience is a virtue a while ago.
You scoff softly, holding your weight with a hand and tugging his boxers down with the other. His cock springs out, long and thick enough that you wonder if it would fit anywhere. Itâs flushed red at the tip and leaking pre that beads and dribbles down the underside, and maybe if you focus enough you could just about see the throb of the vein that runs along side. A breath hisses through Hoseokâs teeth when you wrap your fingers around him, his eyes shut and his head tilts back.
Your eyes meet his when you slowly drag your hand down the length of his shaft, teasing him like he did you; turnabout is fair play. His hold in your hair tightens just a bit, eyes narrowing.
âDangerous game youâre trying to start.â He murmurs, âI donât take well t â fuck.â He hisses, the word tapering off into a low groan as you wrap your lips around the head of his cock.
The slightly salty taste of him bursts against your tongue and you hum, twisting your wrist as you bring your hand back up to meet your mouth and follow it down again. The saliva that escapes from the corners of your mouth helps with the glide.
You take a breath through your nose and relax your jaw, taking him in until he hits the back of your throat and you gag. Hoseokâs thighs tense and a stuttered breath leaves him.
âEasy there.â He soothingly runs his fingers through your hair, though it does nothing for the involuntary tears springing at your waterline. You decide to play it safe, not taking more than you can handle. Hoseok doesnât seem to mind, letting you set your own pace, whispering swears and your praises.
Heat pools in your gut as your head bobs back and forth, your tongue flat against the underside of his cock, swirling around the head every time you pull back.
Slick with spit, your hand strokes the rest of him, and his groans vibrate in your ears. His fingers tighten in your hair, and itâs the only time he directs; holding you still.
âTake a deep breath for me, dove.â You do as told, and as you inhale, Hoseok slowly pushes forward, his cock reaching the back of your throat in no time at all. He groans above you, cock throbbing against your tongue, âThere you go.â
He holds you there for a moment, only easing you back when your throat tightens with the need for air. He lets you breathe for a bit before heâs going again, thrusting slowly, once, twice and then holding you still. He keeps you there, cock throbbing at the back of your throat, your nose pressed against the neatly trimmed hair at the base.
When you gag he pulls you back, barely letting you breathe before heâs leaning down to kiss you, catching the string of drool that hangs from your bottom lip with his tongue. He lets you catch your breath, stepping back to pull his tee-shirt over his head and your mouth goes dry at the full expanse of his lithe frame.
Sitting back on your heels, breath a little ragged, you admire the sculpted lines of his body. Every movement is fluid and graceful, his muscles shifting smoothly beneath his skin.
His chest is defined, the faintest sheen of sweat highlighting each ripple of muscle. You can see the strength in his arms and shoulders, the way they flex as he moves. Thereâs a raw, primal energy about him, but itâs tempered by a quiet confidence.
Hoseok comes back to you quickly, cupping your cheek and kissing you fervently, moving with you as you shift back, cock smearing pre-cum along your inner thighs as he slots his narrow hips between them. He nibbles at your bottom lip, fingers sliding through your slick folds before the head of his cock nudges against your entrance.
For a quiet moment he stares then, kisses you tenderly as he breeches. Itâs an easy glide, but it stings none the less, and you give an appreciative squeeze to his wrist when he goes slow. The stretch is bearable and soon the slight discomfort dissipates when he bottoms out and gives you a moment.
âGood?â he breathes out, hips pressed flush against yours. The same breath sucked back through his teeth when your walls tightens around him, his cock throbs in response and you keen. He grinds his hips down, pelvis pressing against your swollen clit and the sensation is almost too much and not nearly enough.
Heâs close enough that you can run your tongue along his collarbone  and feel him shiver. Leave your own marks there with your teeth and revel in the growl that rumbles in his chest.
He hooks an arm at the back of your knee, pressing it against your chest as he raises and balances his weight. Youâre spread open for him, his cock sinks deeper, rubbing against a spot that makes your eyes roll back. He gives shallow thrusts at first, pressing kisses and bruises wherever he could reach.
âFuck.â Hoseok hisses between his teeth, hips still, palm against your cheek, and he watches you with something other than lust in his eyes. Something gentle as he caresses your cheek with his thumb. âLook at you, such a good girl. Taking everything I give you.â
His hips snap forward and you cry out, hands gripping the sheets between them at his sinful groan. He keeps a relentless pace, and you could feel him everywhere. His fingers on your skin, leaving you cold and hot at the same time, gripping your hips so tightly you fear theyâll bruise. It would simply add to the ones heâs already placed, scattered on your neck and chest like mismatched constellations in a dark sky.
He brings your hands up above your head, holding them there, together with his free one.
âYouâre so good to me, Dove. And all mine, hm? Say it.â He grunts, âSay you belong to me, promise me that youâll stay here with me.â He says this softly, tenderly, grinding his hips against yours in slow movements, tightening the coil in your stomach.
âIâm yours, Iâm yours. I promise.â You babble, hips moving against his on their own accord. âIâll stay. I promise. Please.â
Hoseok groans at your words, leaning down to capture your lips with his, tongue finding yours with ease. âThatâs right. Youâre mine. Fuck. All mine. Say it again.â
âIâm yours, Hoseok.â
He curses under his breath, straightening his form and brings his hands down to grip your hips tight, and sets a brutal pace. Head tilting back to reveal the marks you left on him, groaning before he looks back down at you, âClose? Hm? Youâre squeezing so tight.â His words taunt, as did the smirk on his pretty pink lips, âMake a mess for me, Dove. Cum all over my cock. Thatâs it, good girl.â
White lights dance behind your tightly shut eyelids, a ringing in your ears. And Hoseok was fucking you through it, fast and hard, his praises a rumble in his chest. You lay there boneless, taking what he gave with a haze over your mind, a weak moan leaving your parted lips when his hand met your throat. Your heart spikes for another reason entirely, but he doesnât squeeze. Fingers just there, barely any pressure, as he chased his own end, cock kissing your cervix with each trust, his other hand pressed against your lower stomach.
His thumb finds your clit and you jolt, catching his sinister smirk that curled his lips. âThereâs no going back after this, baby. Fuck â youâre mine, understand?â You can feel him throbbing, feel the way his hips stutter on the draw back, he was close and you wanted nothing more than him marking you, claiming you in this way. When your eyes meet his, a shiver goes through you.
He comes undone with a low groan, hips flushed with your own, still thrusting through it, and you can see them with your own eyes, as he shudders and stills. His wings uncurl, dark feathers, darker than anything youâve ever seen, dipped in silver, spreads out behind him and flutters. He leans down, pressing a kiss to your collarbone, gentle, barely there and you feel the warmth of his breath against your skin.
Your eyelids were heavy, and sleepily, you reach out to brush your fingers through the feathers that encased your forms. Hoseok stiffens before your fingers reach them, and chuckles, nipping softly at the flesh of your neck, âGo ahead, Dove.â
He relaxes, when your fingers touch, and you feel him shudder, groaning softly against your neck. Theyâre soft, your fingers disappearing in the inky blackness of them. With a final brush of his lips against your neck, Hoseok pulls back, his wings shimmering away like a mirage and your hand passes through air before lands limply at your side.
He squeezes your hip gently, mindful, and then heâs gone, walking out his room and into the hallway. The light that spills in helps you see a lot better than the dim lamp, and you notice that Hoseokâs bedroom looks much like the rest of his apartment; sleek and dark. There isnât much to it either, the basics, more utilirian than a comfort space. You wonder if he uses it at all.
Hoseok comes back and gathers your boneless self into his arms. You rest your cheek against his collarbone, the sound of running water reaching your ears when he steps out into the hallway.
The tub is filling, steam rising from the bubbles that form at the top of the disturbed water. It smells like mint and some sort of fruit, and the temperature is just right when he steps into it and lowers you down. He positions you so that your back is against his chest and turns off the water when itâs high enough. You sense that heâs in his head again, not quite here even as he presses a soft kiss to the back of your neck.
âFeeling okay?â he asks suddenly, tracing a mindless pattern along your arm.
You hum softly, âYeah. Sore, though.â
âI expected that.â Another kiss, apologetic, against your shoulder. âAlso...â Hoseok pauses, âI finished inside you. I didnât ask. Iâm sorry.â
The realisation dawns on you too and you shift a little to look at him, âI donât mind, but....is that a bad thing?â
Thereâs a strange half smile on his lips and he lifts a hand to tug softly on one tangled end of your hair, gently sifting his fingers through until heâs satisfied. âIt can be, if it takes. But, Iâll get something for it tomorrow.â
You notice that the marks you left along his skin have begun to fade already, and you poke at them with a finger. He heals quickly, you figured. He chuckles softly, taking your hand to press kisses along your finger tips and then to your palm. Your finger brushes over the mole on his upper lip gently and watch him melt.
He studies you for a moment, the same way he did before he left earlier, though, itâs softer now. âWould you like to come with me?â
You brighten, perking up with a nod, âIs that okay?â
Hoseok hums, mischief in his eyes, âIf you promise not to run off as soon as you step foot outside.â
You roll your eyes and turn around, and Hoseok pulls you back to him with an arm around your middle. âI have nowhere to go.â
âI know, I was only teasing.â He chuckles.
Youâre both quiet for a while, and you simply relax, almost falling asleep against him as the warm water soothes your aching muscles. You arenât aware that you did, and only wake when Hoseok was just done tucking fresh clean sheets up to your chin. Youâre back in his room but you donât mind, the thought of going back to your own unsettles you right now. You havenât forgotten your nightmare, and itâs something youâd definitely have to unpack another day.
You wait until heâs crawled in behind you, the warmth of him encasing you gently. His form melds against your back like he belongs there, an arm slipping under your head and the other over your hip. âHoseok?â
âYes Dove?â
You worry at your bottom lip, fingers finding his under the covers and they squeeze your own encouragingly. âThereâs a friend of mine...I was with her before I met you.â
âI can help her.â He murmurs, and he sounds...sleepy. Today was a lot for him as well, you suppose. âI can get her a job here.â
You shift, turning to face him, he tucks you to him when you settle, chin resting on top of your head. âHow are you gonna do that?â
You hear the smirk when he answers, âDo you think everything I have magically appeared? I own the hotel.â
âWhaââ
âShh.â Hoseok squeezes your hip, âGo to sleep.â
Sometime later youâll realise that Hoseok needed you more than he would admit. When you learn his tells he would help put himself back together with you instead of trying to do it alone.
Sometime later heâd take you to see her. When the wind is cold and the old oak tree reaches itâs bare, spindly arms to the frosted sky. When the day marks yet another year and he lets you put the flowers between the roots. He looks like a shadow against the glittering white, and he tells you heâs okay.
Heâd take you to meet his friends at a club on the high-end and youâd would realise that heâs soft only with you and the guy who reminds you of a cat. With the others heâs closed off and friendly in a way that seems a little odd.
Youâd see Abigail often and would skirt around how you actually met Hoseok when sheâd ask. Anyone would think youâre crazy if you told them.
You spend most of your time at home while Hoseok goes off doing god knows what when heâs not there. Itâs something to do with his friends and you never ask.
Then heâs there and everything beyond him and you and the space you both occupy doesnât matter. And itâs kind of easy to forget where it all started â itâd been so long since youâd wondered where you were going to get anything to help you get by.
Heâs made of cracks and splintered glass but he let you sink into the spaces, filled the pieces with you and settled. There would always be cracks in the glass that heâs made of, and there would always be a post in his fence that he needs to hammered in to fix. Despite the unconventional way youâd both started, the abnormality of his existence, youâd be there.
[bold, can't tag]
Tagging: @iammeandmeisiam , @imanhaitani @allhobbitstoisengard @dontstoptime @astormunchar @eoieopda @blog-name-idk @madbutgloriouspond @bangtansmauyeondan @taestefully-in-luv @mssukeynaâ @euphoricfilter @luaspersona
#Persphonesorchid#Connotations of sin#jung hoseok#jung hoseok x reader#jhope#bts#bts jhope#bts hoseok#hobi#bts x reader#bts fanfic#bts fic recs#hobi x reader#fallen angel#fallen angel au#jhope fluff#jhope smut#jhope angst#jhope x reader#bts x you#bts x fem!reader#hoseok x reader#bts smut#bts fanfiction#bts imagines#bts oneshot#bts horror#bts fic rec#bts fic#jhope fic
115 notes
¡
View notes
Text
BTS âStandbyâ Masterlist đ WIP
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Genre: ZombieApocalypseAU đ§ââď¸, horror đť
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Teaser
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Chapter 5
Chapter 6
#bts#kim namjoon#kim seokjin#min yoongi#jung hoseok#park jimin#kim taehyung#jeon jungkook#bts fic#bts x reader#bts horror fic#bts horror au#run bts#bts fanfic#bts army#bts imagines#namjoon x reader#seokjin x reader#yoongi x reader#jhope x reader#jimin x reader#taehyung x reader#jungkook x reader
55 notes
¡
View notes
Text
DONâT SCREAM
genre: horror, thriller, smut, angst
pairing: taehyung x reader (featuring jk, hobi, joon, jin, yoongi)
word count: 10.4k
warnings: mentions of murder & death, violent attacks, unprotected sex, vulgar language, knives & guns. lmk if Iâm missing anything else!
summary: you just branded your boyfriend as the murderer, after your gruesome attack. you think youâre finally safe in your friendâs home, but you receive a call from the killer while heâs in jail. the town continues to be in fear, awaiting the next killing. the police set a citywide curfew, which is ignored by many. like any good horror movie, a party is thrown during all of the chaos. thinking you have a night of fun ahead, you find yourself fighting for your life, and get the surprise of a lifetime.
a/n: i wrote this very quickly, please ignore any mistakes. this has turned into a series, but this is the last part that will be almost exactly like the movie. please leave any thoughts/comments/questions in my inbox (anons are on)!
"I got it wrong," your words come out hoarse, feeling like you were just kicked in the chest. Nayeon's mother left the room in silence, too stunned to speak on what just happened. The voice on the other side of the phone made your ankle wound throb. Tears dripping down your face, burning like acid eating at your skin. Not even a full three hours have passed since your attempted murder, and you're receiving a threatening phone call. What makes matters worse is that you've already labeled your boyfriend as the boogeyman, the killer is still on the loose, and targeting you. Taehyung was behind bars, and you believed that you were safe. This couldnât be happening, there was no way that this was your life. You have no idea who was behind the mask or the chilling call. You were just at the police station, getting your ankle patched up and having your statement taken by Seokjin. All eyes were on you while you pointed the figure towards Taehyung. You knew heâd never forgive you, especially after he tried to get you to believe him.
Tensions were high; a murderer was running loose, you told the police your boyfriend tried to kill you, and the anniversary of your father's murder was just around the corner. Even though you were in a house full of people, you felt alone. No one in the room could see or understand what you were going through. Nayeon pulls you in for a hug, her hands wrapping around your quivering frame. You couldn't stand to be here anymore, you were ready to hop on the next flight and join your mother. You just wanted to get away from the carnage that is your new life. "I just want to sleep," you mutter, shuffling towards the extra bed in your friend's room. You cry silently, tucking yourself in the sheets. Late to the party, Nayeon's brother bursts into the room. With a pistol in his hands ready to shoot someone, he asks, "What happened," his question goes unanswered as you turn over, and his sister rolls her eyes. "You're late, Jin," she said, crossing her arms over her chest, annoyed with her brother's late arrival. For a police officer, he wasn't the best when it came to emergencies. It was his job to keep an eye on you and he was failing miserably. You could hardly comprehend what just happened, and since you surely weren't ready to tell the story, you let Nayeon speak for you.Â
As you walk onto campus the next morning, you're surrounded by reporters who were awaiting your arrival. They didn't care about your well-being, they were just ready to use you for another top story. The flash from the camera blinds you and brings back the worst kinds of memories. All you could think about were the invasive journalists from your dad's trial. The theories and the articles were the worst part of it all. You wouldn't be surprised if one of the top reporters were among the sea of bastards with a microphone and a camera. With Nayeon by your side, you believed that you would be okay and could make it through the turmoil. "Just ignore them," she says quietly, ushering you through the crowd. This was the last place you wanted to be. After the night you had and the fact that no one could get ahold of your mom, you were beyond petrified.
You sit at your usual lunch table, digging through your bag, as you talk with your friends. Bandaged ankle propped up, slightly in pain after all the walking youâve done. The first thing you did was ask about Taehyung. Heâd been released, but you havenât spoken with him since. You expected that heâd be pissed, wanting nothing to do with you. "What do you mean, how does he feel? You told the cops that he tried to kill you. The kid's spirit is crushed," Hoseok chuckles, his comment receiving a smack on the chest from Nayeon. You already felt bad, but he was just making matters worse, "what else was I supposed to think?!" The last thing you wanted to do was rehash last night's events, but you couldn't just stand there and let him railroad you. There was a valid reason for you to think Taehyung was guilty, you didnât just pull him out of thin air. "He knew I was alone and just happened to pop up as soon as the killer was gone," you said, aggressively zipping your bag closed, clearly annoyed. Jungkook forced his way into the conversation, saying, "I'm with, ___ on this one. He's always seemed like a killer to me, heâs got the charisma of killers from those true crime shows! He has 'murderer' written all over his face. This entire situation straight out of a horror movie."
As the groupâs film nerd, Jungkook knew all about movies and the different patterns they have. He believed that he was the most qualified person for solving this, surpassing actual officers working the case. Ignoring Jungkook's commentary, Hoseok came to Taehyung's defense, once again, saying, "The message log came back clean, anyways, it's not like this is the first time he's snuck into your house. He probably just wanted to see you," Hoseok continues to speak for his friend, heâd fully believed that he was innocent, "he's here today, maybe you can apologize." His suggestion makes you scoff, standing up abruptly, "Why the hell should I apologize, I'm the victim here! He just got put in a cell for an hour; I was nearly fileted." You couldn't believe you had to defend yourself to your friends, especially after what happened to you. They should be more understanding; sadly, they've done nothing but make you feel bad.  "By the way, I'm fine," you throw your bag over your shoulder, turning on your heel, "since none of you even cared to ask." It was hard to believe that everyone has something to say about the situation, but no one cares enough to ask about your well-being. You limped away from the trio, refusing to spare them another glance. After you walked away, the group remained silent, reflecting on their choice of words.
You received various looks from your peers, some looked at you with pity, while others looked like you had brought the killer onto campus. All of the eyes on you made you queasy, you wanted to get out of there as soon as possible. You're rushing through the hallway until you collide with another person. You try to regain your balance as you get ready to apologize. Before the words can leave your mouth, you realize you've come face-to-face with your boyfriend. He holds his hand out for you, trying to stop you from falling, before quickly pulling away. The look of fear in your eyes has him confused, "you still think I did it, don't you?" His question made you look away, head tilted downward as you stared at the floor. The look of concern on his face, paired with the softness in his voice, was a dangerous combination. You felt extremely guilty, expecting him to react angrily.
Maybe you were still scared, "no, Tae," you mustered up the courage to answer him. "You were there at such an odd time. Maybe it was a coincidence, but it just looked bad. I know it wasn't you, but that's all I could think in the moment," you finally looked up at him, sad eyes staring into his angry ones. "I knew you were scared so I just wanted to come and see you. I figured you'd want company, but the door was open, which was weird. So I rushed upstairs to see if you were okay," Taehyung grabs a hold of your hand, his expression softening as he realizes how sorrowful you look. "It's not just this though," he deeply sighs before continuing, "since everything with your dad, you've just been different." You snatch your hand away from his, glaring up at him, "what do you mean different?" You were appalled that he would even say such a thing, after all that you went through.
"You've been acting weird for months. Sometimes you barely want to be around me," he explains, and you stare at him in shock. "I know what it's like to lose a parent. When my dad left-" you couldn't believe the words you were hearing, especially to hear them coming from your boyfriend. "Really? Your dad left your mom, my dad was murdered. You can't even compare the two," your hand grips the strap of your backpack, as you prepare to flee this conversation as well. "I'm sorry that my life is too much for you. Not all of us are lucky to live in some perfect world," you push past him, your shoulder connecting with his. Taehyung calls out for you, shouting an apology as he watches you walk away. You refuse to turn back to him, keeping your head high while you storm away.
Ignoring the stares from your peers, you hurry into the bathroom. You lock yourself in a stall, leaning your back against the door. First last night, and now this? You just couldn't catch a break; it's like the universe was punishing you for some horrific crime. What could you have done to deserve a life like this? What you really wanted right now was your mother. She knew exactly how to console you and calm you down, but she still hasnât responded to anyone yet. Seokjin promised heâd keep looking for her but you were beyond worried. You just needed to clear your mind, to breath. A few deep breaths and the sound of nothing seemed to do the trick. As you prepare to leave the restroom, you stop as you hear the voices of some girls.Â
"She's such an attention whore."Â
"Taehyung is too hot to be dealing with this. The bitch is insane."
"She probably lied about getting attacked, just to throw the cops off her trail."Â
"After what happened with her dad, she just snapped, and now she's dragging everyone else down with her."Â
The girls erupt in laughter, as they continue to exchange jokes about your current state. Every word felt like someone had taken a hammer to your chest. They didnât know the truth, they just knew what they saw on TV and read online. The same goes for everyone else, they only know what people choose to report, not the full story.
As soon as the bathroom was cleared out, you exited the stall and approached the mirrors. You stared at your reflection with a blank face, too stunned to move. Eyes puffy and droopy, jaw clenched, and a frown. The girl in the mirror was a wreck, practically dead inside. A loud band pulls you from your thoughts, causing you to turn around. No one else was in the room, but you did see several people making a mockery out of the incident, masks and all. After what you just experienced, you weren't in the mood to stick around and find out what that was. Without any hesitation, you hurry out of the bathroom and walk to your next class.Â
_______________________________________________
"Students, for the rest of the week, classes are dismissed. Please acknowledge the citywide curfew and stay safe," an announcement goes through the intercom, receiving shouts and cheers from students all around. You and Nayeon are walking off campus, heading to her car, before you're stopped by Hoseok. "You guys coming to my party tonight," he asks, pulling Nayeon against his chest. You ignore their antics and keep walking, confused as to how they can party during a killing spree, with a curfew. "Come on, it'll be fun," Nayeon grabs your hand, giving you an overexaggerated pout, âPlease, for me?â You figured she wanted to spend some time with her boyfriend, but just didnât want to leave you on your own again.
You stared at them in disbelief, shocked that theyâd even think youâd be up for a celebration, but the pair wouldn't budge. Part of you wants to stay in the safety of Nayeon's home, while the other part wants to be surrounded by a large crowd of possible witnesses. "Fine, I'll go," you give in, deciding that you deserve a bit of fun in your life. Hoseok gives the girl a final kiss before you snatch her away, ignoring his shouts directed toward you two. He does a celebratory dance before walking in the other direction, to get things ready for the evening.
_______________________________________________
"Nice to see you, ___" Jungkook grins at you and Nayeon, he was surprised to see you two in his place of work. "We're looking for some movies for tonight. What do you got," you take a look around the aisle you're in before Jungkook stops you, "don't worry about that, I got the movies covered. I'm thinking horror movie marathon!" You weren't surprised by his choices, knowing how much he adored movies, especially horror films. "Alright, well, we're going to the store to get some snacks and food. Don't pick out any of that weird shit, I'm not watching Human Centipede with you again," Nayeon drags you out of the store, as you say your goodbyes to your friend. Jungkook stares at you in awe as you walk away, "just one chance," he mutters before turning back to his stack of DVDs.
"You left just in time," Jungkook scoffs as Hoseok approaches him, "and you brought Michael Myers with you, great." He looks over in the direction of Taehyung, who is too busy talking with a group of girls to notice his comment. "Will you give it up? It wasnât him, the cops let him go," Hoseok rolled his eyes, tired of having to defend his friend. No matter how many times he tried to explain it away, Jungkook wasn't buying it. "This is the kinda shit that comes straight out of the movies. You don't think I know what the fuck is going on," Hoseok watches the boy get riled up, about to go on a full-blown rant. He stands back and watches it all go down. "Anyone that's seen a horror movie knows what's happening. That boy has killer written all over him! For Christ's sake, he's even standing in the middle of the horror section," Jungkook sets down the DVD in his hand, "I don't give a damn how clean his phone records were. They could show me it themselves, and I still wouldn't believe it." He was frustrated, no one seemed to listen to his theories or the facts he was pointing out.
A man approaches Jungkook, a movie in his hand, "if you came over here to ask me what actor is in it, look on the back! It's right there," he says, shooing the customer away, ready to get back to his conversation. "The cops only let him go because they're stupid. It happens in every movie! The cops are either too late to the scene or they ignore the obvious signs about who the killer is." Hoseok brings another question to the table, continuing to egg him on, "if he's the killer, what's his motive? Hm?" Hoseok wouldnât back down, he knew exactly how to get Jungkook going, and continued to push his buttons. Picking up a new stack of DVDs, Jungkook places it on the shelf, saying, "there's always some reason for everything. No matter how stupid it is. That's what makes these movies so great, they aren't overcomplicated. Everything is right in front of your face," Hoseok stares at the boy, wondering how much longer he could go before he starts to lose his mind.
"His motive? Maybe _____ has started to lose interest in him," Hoseok bursts into laughter, "so? You think that means she'll be interested in you next?" Jungkook shrugged his shoulders at his question, "I think so, we get along great. Last time I checked, she wasn't running from me. Only your friend over there," he points in Taehyung's direction. When he realizes just how serious Jungkook is, Hoseok can't control his laughter. Pointing at him and giggling like a kid on the playground. Unfazed by his disrespect, Jungkook continues stocking the shelves. "You know who I think it is? Her mom," Hoseok randomly throws a new suspect on the table, "no one's heard from her since she left." Jungkook shook his head, his luscious curls bouncing as his head turned. "Nah, she's probably dead. Have you seen her mother? There's no way she could kill two different people, and attack ____," Jungkook didn't believe Hoseok, to him, it made no sense for your mother to be the killer.
"Her body will be found next. Insides ripped out! Teeth bashed in! Rotting in a closet somewhere," Jungkook's vulgar language didn't surprise his friend, he tended to be very overly passionate about these kinds of things. Â "Someone's just waiting for the right time to bring her body to the surface." Hoseok looked around the room, waiting for others to notice just how loud Jungkook was getting. "If they watched a simple horror movie, they'd know there is a formula to this shit! A specific formula that they forget every time," at this point, he's practically shouting in the middle of the store, arms flapping around as he speaks.Â
"Don't you get it! Everyone's a suspect," the room instantly got quiet as everyone stared at Jungkook. Hearing only some of the things he had to say, they thought he was a madman. He didn't care about the looks, he shrugged his shoulders once again. "The moms a distraction, it's Taehyung," as he turns to walk away, Taehyung pops up behind him, making him stop in his tracks. A firm hand grips his shoulder as Taehyung glares into his eyes, "are you sure you're not the killer? Huh?? Maybe your sickass saw too many movies and decided to make your own," Jungkook's eyes widened in horror, as he was accosted by his primary suspect.
Jungkook jumps again, as Hoseok comes up behind him, "you have a point there, in a typical movie, I'd be the main suspect." Playing with his hair, Hoseok continues to invade his personal space, practically breathing on his neck, "what would be your motive?" Jungkook answered quickly, looking between the two men, "it's a new age in cinema, motives come accidentally, naturally." The pair found him amusing as they continued to poke and prod at him. They giggle amongst themselves before walking away from Jungkook. Leaning over to a customer near him, Jungkook speaks quietly, "you're telling me that dude's not a killer?" Before they can answer, Jungkook snatches the DVD from their hands, shooting them a disappointed look, "Is that the Texas Chainsaw with Trey Songz? You've gotta be kidding me, go pick another one out," he sets the DVD on his tray before sending the customer back to the horror section.
_______________________________________________
"Hey Hobi," you greet the party's host as you enter his home. "Is Tae here," you ask quietly, avoiding eye contact, "No, he said he wasn't feeling it tonight." Part of you was disappointed, you didnât want to see him, but you felt like he was avoiding you. You take a look around at the large crowd, feeling a sense of comfort. If anyone was coming to get you, there'd be several people around to witness it. As you walked further into the house, people began to notice you. Shouting your name and giving you pats on the shoulder. It felt better than the way you were previously treated, but it still felt odd. "Hey guys," you give a tight-lipped smile as you make your way to the living room. Already on his way to the television, you watch Jungkook put a movie on. No one dared to disagree with the movie he picked out, wanting to avoid any kind of battle with the man.
"What's up pretty lady," the sound of Yoongi's voice made you turn around, you look over to see your group of friends waiting for you to join them. He hands you a red solo cup as the group makes room for you to get comfortable. You sit next to Nayeon and Jungkook, the two being your closest friends. "Are you feeling better," Namjoon reaches over, resting a hand on your shoulder. "Yeah, thanks for asking," you say, shooting him a smile, surprised that someone finally asked how you were feeling. You werenât surprised it was Namjoon, he tended to be the more caring one of the group. Since your fatherâs untimely death, heâs made sure to always ask how you are. "Everybody shut up! We're about to watch one of the greatest films ever made, Nightmare on Elm Street," the room lets out some cheers as they settle in their seats.
Hoseok joins the group, plopping down next to Nayeon and asking, "can you get me another drink," the request makes her roll her eyes, but she does it anyways. She gets up from her seat and heads down to the basement. "Can you get me another drink," she mutters under her breath, mocking her boyfriend as she takes several drinks from the fridge. As she heads back to the door, the garage door opens up, stopping her in her tracks. With her hand on the doorknob, she looks to see who's there before trying to get into the house. "What the fuck," she groans, twisting the knob on the locked door. Instead of waiting around, she decides to go through the garage, to get back in the house. Walking towards the open entrance, she jumps. In front of her is someone in the same cloak and mask that attacked you.
"Jungkook? You've gotta be kidding me, take that off before ____ sees you," Nayeon shakes her head as she tries to walk past someone she thinks is a friend. A clothed hand wraps around her forearm, holding her in place. "You freak, let me go," she groans, trying to pull her arm away. "Fuck!" she shouts as she feels a sharp tip glide against her arm. Trembling in fear, Nayeon thrashes in her spot, trying not to freak out at the sight of her blood dripping on the floor. She thought it was just a prank gone too far, but they weren't stopping. "Let me go," her voice shakes as she finally pushes them away.
She bolts out of the garage, running from the assailant, just to be snatched back by her hair. Glass shatters on the floor as the drinks fall from her hands. Her back collides with the concrete, knocking the air out of her lungs. Coming to the conclusion that this was actually the killer, sheâs aware that her end is coming. She tries crying out for help, words coming out as gasps, while tears run down her face. "Help me," she starts to shout before her mouth is covered. Letting out a series of muffled pleas for help, as she stares into the mask. She was beyond petrified, nearly about to give up. The phantom hovers over her, one hand over her mouth and the other hand wielding a knife. Her eyes widen as she notices the blade, thrashing on the floor, trying to save herself. Smacks to their face and fists to their chest, the killer refuses to let that stop their mission. Her attempts are unsuccessful, as the knife is plunged into her chest. Her hands come up to grip the mask, pulling it off of their face. Eyes fluttering as sheâs losing consciousness, she looks in the face of the attacker. Her blood spilling onto the floor, as her world goes dark.
_______________________________________________
"Nayeon, let's go," you shout throughout the house. Jin was on his way to pick the both of you up, being your bodyguard and your ride. You already broke the curfew, but now it was time for everyone to head home. People leaving in their cars, going to lock themselves in their house. You'd been looking for Nayeon for the last five minutes, with no clue where she was. Little did you know, she was lying on the garage floor and you'd be next. You stand with Hoseok at the front door, as you wait for your friend to show up. "Hey, ___," a familiar voice sounds in your ears, causing you to turn around. Standing in the doorway is Taehyung, looking as sorry as ever. You can still hardly hold eye contact with him, giving him a small nod. "Hey, why donât I go look for Nayeon and you two can talk," Hoseok suggests, pointing towards the stairs. You quickly nod your head, realizing that you can't ignore him forever. "Yeah, let's talk for a bit," you say, extending your hand, waiting for him to grab it. Taehyung jumps at the opportunity to be close to you again, intertwining your fingers. He leads you upstairs to the closest bedroom. After you enter, he closes the door behind you, wanting some privacy.
"Tae⌠I'm sorry," you sit on the bed, looking up at the man in front of you. Taehyung sits down beside you, resting a hand on your thigh. "I've been going through a lot, and I haven't been fair to you," you say, taking a deep breath before continuing. "I've been dragging you into my fucked-up world and expecting you to be okay with it." You stare down at your hands in your lap, trying to hide the fact that you're crying. You had expected him to handle all of the baggage you came with, not concerned about how that mightâve effected him. Taehyung radiated comfort; in this moment, you felt like you could trust him. Taehyung places his hand on your cheek, lifting your head up. "Baby, you can't blame yourself. You've had a lot to deal with this past year, and the least I could've done is be understanding," he says, wiping a tear from your cheek, giving you a small smile.
"My pretty girl⌠don't cry. You have nothing to be sorry for, I'm the one who's sorry," you finally look into his eyes, lips curving upwards. "Let me show you how sorry I am," you know what he's insinuating, and you're quick to nod your head. After the week you've had, you needed this. Not waiting another moment, you smash your lips against his. His hand comes up to cup your cheek, as you part your lips. His tongue slivers through, making its way into your mouth. Your hands come up to his shoulders, pushing her flannel off of him. You pull away, pulling your shirt over your head as Taehyung's eyes fall to your chest. He's quick to pull his shirt off and ask, "are you sure you want this?" Your hands come down to his pants, fiddling with the belt, "I want this, now," you speak softly, as you continue to get his pants off. You wanted nothing more than to be with him in the most intimate way possible. Taehyung was always your safe space, and you needed every bit of him to feel better.
_______________________________________________
The living room is still full of people, most of them being your friends. They've moved on to their next horror movie; Halloween. "It's obvious she was gonna die, she broke the main rule," Jungkook speaks to the group as he leans against the couch. The room as a whole was confused, assuming he was just speaking nonsense, as usual. "What rules," someone asks, clearly unaware that Jungkook has a habit of rambling on about movies. "You don't know the rules," he jumps up from his seat, looking at the people in disbelief. He lets out a big sigh and sets his beverage down. "There's a certain set of rules that everyone must follow if they want to survive a horror movie," Jungkook says, pausing the television as he begins to lecture the crowd. Little did they know, heâd give them some knowledge that would guarantee theyâll make it out alive.Â
"Rule one, don't have sex," that rule made the group groan out a variety of complaints, people throwing chips and solo cups at him. "Rule two, no drinking! Rule three, no going off by yourself," Jungkook spoke passionately as he listed off the rest of the rules. "And finally! Do not say 'Iâll be fineâ you wonât be fine! You will die next," Hoseok laughed at his friend, standing up from the couch. "I'm gonna go get some food, do you want some," Jungkook quickly nodded his head, âby yourself,â he questioned, not knowing what idiotic comment would come next. "Yeah, Iâll be fine," Hoseok tried to contain his laughter as he exited the room, the rest of the people giggling behind him. "That's the kinda shit that's gonna end with a knife in your back," Jungkook shrugged his shoulders, knowing that he tried his best to give them survival tips.
_______________________________________________
"Fuck, I'm so sorry," your words come out as a moan, your voice quivering. Taehyung fucking you from behind as you grip the sheets beneath you. Each thrust was more exhilarating than the last, making your legs wobble. His cock slid in and out of your sopping hole, leaving you a whiny mess. Your legs practically shaking from the intense pleasure. Taehyung's hands grip your hips, bringing you to meet his thrusts. "It's alright, pretty girl," one of his hands comes up to caress your head. What started as a soft touch turned into him pulling your hair, "best apology ever," he groans loudly.
Things started off soft and slow, but got heated quickly. You both were eager to please the other, willing to do anything to make things better. "Taking me so fucking well," he picks up the pace without a warning. The sounds of your moans mixed with your hips smacking against each other was unholy. You can't even respond to his praises, too high in the clouds to even form a sentence. All you can do is let out airy moans, while you clench down on his cock. His cock was stuffed inside you, making you whimper and whine for more. Your thighs are soaking wet at this point, dripping down onto the bedding. You didn't care about the night before or what he said to you today, all you needed was for him to give you what you wanted.
As he continues to thrust into you, an overwhelming feeling begins to approach. You're sucking him in harder than before, not wanting to let this moment end. "Come on baby, cum all over my cock," Taehyung encourages you, as he feels you reaching your end, "you can do it, pretty girl." Those final words did it for you, you shut your eyes as you let the euphoric feeling take over you. "Fuck, squeezing me so well," Taehyung grunted as you continued to clench down on his throbbing cock. Your whines were music to his ears, aiding him in reaching his own high. He lets out of a string of curses, as his thrusts begin to falter. He spills his seed in you, coating your walls, before pulling out. His cum drips out of your pussy, spilling onto the sheets in a little puddle. You both take deep breaths, before saying anything else. Turning over, you lean forward, giving him a light kiss on the cheek. After you two cleaned yourselves up, you began to put your clothes back on.
"Did anyone come to see you, when you were in jail," you ask, pulling your shirt down. Taehyung sighed, confused as to why you were even bringing it up again, "My mom visited me." Your eyebrow shoots up in confusion, his mother was already at the station before he arrived, it was far from a visit. "That's not a visit, she was there to speak with officers," you proceed to fix your appearance as you ask your questions. Taehyung sits on the floor, lacing his boots, and trying to contain his frustration with you. "Then no, I didn't have a visitor," he gets quiet for a second, refusing to even look your way, "why are you asking about that? I thought we already settled this shit."
You shrug your shoulders, before turning to look at him, "I was just curious. It'd be funny if you had someone come and see you, so you could tell them to call me. Itâd be a smart way to throw me off and make yourself look innocent," You knew your admission would make things worse, but you didn't care, it was a harmless statement. Taehyung jumped to his feet, finally looking into your eyes, "you still think it was me, don't you? We just had a whole conversation, the call logs were clean!" As he shouts at you, your eyes wander past him. The door was slowly being pushed open, "what is it gonna take for you to realize that I'm not the killer? Huh?" You ignored him shouting at you, too focused on what was going on behind him. Your eyes focus on a black cloak, trailing on the floor.
"What the-," you mutter before seeing the rest of the costume. Once again, you've come face to face with the phantom. Taehyung continues to yell at you, unaware of what was lurking behind him, "are you even listening to me?" Your mouth falls agape as you look on in pure horror. The masked killer carefully approaches you both, "Tae, look out," you finally shout, but your alert is too late. You watch as a knife is plunged into his back, causing him to hunch forward in pain, grunting loudly. Turning around to see his assailant, the knife is rammed in his chest. You let out a gut-wrenching scream as your boyfriend falls into a pool of his own blood. Sadly, you were standing close enough for his blood to have gotten all over your face. You try to let out a cry for help, but no words can come out. With a quick swipe of the knife, the phantom jumps over the bed, in an attempt to get you next.
You hop over the bed, barely escaping the swipe of the knife. As they try to leap towards you, they land on the wooden floor, buying you a bit more time. Sprinting through the halls, you take a look around at the wide variety of doors. Knowing you canât stop running, you choose the one farthest away from where you were. The killer was at your heels, matching your pace. With your heart beating out of your chest, you snatch the door open, quickly closing it behind you. Once you noticed there was no lock, you pushed the nearby dresser in front of it as a barricade. You were in a bedroom, looking around for some kind of exit. Loud bangs come from the other side of the door. It was only a matter of time before they would break through. You come across a window on the left side of the room. Rushing towards it, you lift the latch to unlock it. You try to move as fast as possible, lifting the window up and crawling through. Just as youâve made it to the other side, the door busts open. The assailant was instantly heading your way, you let out a gut-wrenching scream, praying someone around could hear you.
The floor under your feet was slippery. The roof boards were unsteady, and you could no longer use the window seal to hold yourself up. Carefully taking steps to the right, you lean down, using your hands to balance yourself. Looking beside you, the phantom is making its way out of the window. Theyâre moving faster than you were, not worried about falling down. You stand up straight, arms stretched out, as you try not to fall down. Taking large steps towards you with the knife in their hand, the killer dives towards you. "Somebody hel-" your voice cracks as a sharp pain in your abdomen stops you from finishing your cry for help. Youâd been stabbed through the side, the knife was quickly pulled from your wound. The blood is pooling out, dripping down the side of your shirt. You feel yourself falling over, losing your balance, as youâre about to fall to your demise. Their hands wrap around your frame, you try to fight them off, kicking and throwing your arms around. They continue their attempts to stab you, swinging the knife in your direction. Throwing your hand up to protect yourself, the knife jabs straight through your hand,leaving you screeching in pain. You bring your wounded hand against your chest, trying to stop the bleeding.
You were either going to die up here or fall to your death, you couldnât decide which was worse. Your attempts at fighting back were useless; you were barely able to dodge the knife coming towards your face. Ducking down, you throw your hands forward, pushing them back. As they stumble and try to regain their balance, you try to stand up. Before you can even move, you get kicked in the chest with a heavy boot. The force being too powerful, you slip off the roof, falling backwards as you shout at the top of your lungs. Your back connects with the roof of a car in the driveway. Groaning out in pain, you can barely believe that youâre alive. Slowly opening your eyes, you look up, only to see an empty rooftop. You hope they think you died on your way down; you werenât sure how much more of this you could take. This was your second time being attacked, and this one ended with you being kicked off a roof, you were scared to think what was next.
Mustering up the strength, you roll off the side of the car. As your feet connect with the ground, you find yourself being drawn to the floor. You can hardly stand up, your back in excruciating pain from your previous fall. Using the side of the car as leverage, you pull yourself up and prepare to run. Before you can turn away from the house, a dark red puddle on the floor catches your attention. It's the body that's accompanying it that brings you to tears. Your best friend was stabbed and left bleeding out on the floor. You want to stay there with her, see if there's anything you can do for her, but you can't help her if you're dead. You limp away from the scene, moving as quickly as you can. As you make your escape, you continue to scream and plead for someone to come to your rescue.
Trying to shake the disturbing image you just saw out of your head. You make your way to the front of the house, thankful to see a friendly face. "Jin, we have to go," you shout, happy that there's someone with a gun to save you. To your surprise, he drops to his knees, falling onto the floor. Your eyes pan to the tear in his clothes, blood staining his uniform. You rush over to the porch, taking the gun out of his holster. Youâd gone so long without a weapon, now you had the chance to fight back. Loud arguing catches your attention, and you turn around, pointing the gun at the two men approaching you.
Jungkook limping comes out of nowhere, fear evident on his face. He pushes Hoseok back before raising his hands, "he's lost his fucking mind! I found Nayeon by the garage, we need to get the fuck out of here." Jungkook tries to rush towards you voice quivering, before Hoseok pushes him to the floor as he holds his hands out toward you, "you gotta give me that gun! He killed my best friend, my Nayeon," the faux tears and the blood on his clothes aren't doing him any justice. The men continued to point at the other, screaming about all sorts of things. Hoseok begged for you to give him the gun, promising he could protect the both of you. At this moment, you can't truly trust either of them. One of them was guilty, and you weren't sticking around to find out which one. You run into the house and close the door, ignoring the screams from outside. They continue to beat on the door, pleading for you to let them in.
You hear your name being called from the top of the stairs. Your heart usually swells when you see him, but this sight wasn't something you enjoyed. Drenched in his blood, Taehyung stumbles down the stairs. You rush towards him, helping him hold himself up. He lets out small gasps, like heâs trying to catch his breath. Without thinking, you hand him the gun, knowing you'll be safer with him around. "We have to get out of here," you tell him, your voice hoarse and tears welling in your eyes. He shushed you, letting you know that you were safe now.  "We gotta get the fuck out of here, now! Hoseok's lost it, he's gone mad," Jungkook pushes his way through the front door, immediately locking it behind him. Frantically pacing, he looks quite happy to see you two are still alive.
"Madness, is a lot like gravity, all it takes is a little push," Taehyung says, raising the gun, aiming it at Jungkook. You grip his arm, confused at his actions, only for him to fire a bullet through him. Falling through the table behind him, Jungkook hits the floor and now you're left alone. You scream in shock, staring at your friend lying on the floor. You want to rush over and hold him, you couldnât lose another friend today. "Been waiting to do that all day. The little fucker figured it out too fast," Taehyung giggles, rubbing the barrel of the gun over his temple. You're confused, you watched him get slashed up in the bedroom, just to find out that he was behind it all. You willingly gave him a loaded gun, and now youâre about to lose your life.
Bolting towards the kitchen, looking for an escape, you come in contact with Hoseok. Falling into his chest, hands shaking as you pull on his shirt, "Hobi, we have to go now!" You start pushing him, trying to get him to run with you. He doesnât move from his spot, just standing in front of you with a grin. Reaching into his pocket, Hoseok pulls out a black device. "Surprise, surprise," he speaks into the voice modifier, and you pull back in shock. The sound of his voice made your ears bleed, taking you back to the predicament from yesterday. You should've known it was them, all Hoseok did was defend Taehyung when he was guilty. The whole ordeal was confusing, nothing was making any sense. He was just supporting his accomplice, making sure neither of them got caught. You push past Hoseok, sending him into the wall.
When you think you've got away, here comes Taehyung, coming around the other side of the kitchen. Gun pointed in your face, as he backs you up against the kitchen sink. The way they stared at you made your skin crawl, youâd never been this uncomfortable in your life. "Where you going," Hoseok asks, as he approaches you, blocking off the area so you can't run away. "It's all a part of the movie, baby," Taehyung starts, keeping the gun in your face, "and you're the star, just like your father." You look down at the floor, too afraid to look either of them in the face. "Now, we're gonna ask you a few questions, alright? Get it wrong, you die," Hoseok jumps in to finish, "get it right, you still die." Taehyung puts the barrel to your head, shooting you a chilling smile, "There are only two survivors here, and I'm sorry, baby, but you didn't make the cut," the fake sadness in his voice was taunting.
You look up, glaring at the pair, "you both are psychotic! Fuck you," you shout, only for Taehyung to return the energy, "no, no, you already did that. Remember?" You feel sick to your stomach, remembering his hands all over your body, all of the sweet words he said to you. It was all a hoax and you fell for it. You felt disgusting, like you needed to scrub off this layer of your skin to feel better. Gripping the edge of the counter behind you, eyes moving back and forth between the two, "you're never gonna get away with this." You wanted to believe the words you were saying, but you werenât sure. Clearly theyâd planned this whole thing out by detail, they just might prevail. Taehyung bursts out in tears, laughing in your face, "oh, but we already did! Your father was an easy kill, and it was even easier to blame the whore he was sleeping with.â You feel your heart shatter like you're reliving the death of your father, all over again. You let out a small whine in disbelief. For months heâd been deceiving you, just for it to come out that he killed your dad. You needed to know what drove him to that decision and why he chose to string you along.
"Why'd you kill him," your words come out quietly as your head hangs low, you couldnât bare to look at either of them. Absolutely repulsed at the fact that you had been friends with them for so long. They were the ones to console you when your father was killed, little did you know that they were the culprits. "Why? I think she wants a motive, Hobi," Taehyung turns to look at his friend, as they share a smile. They were excited to let you in on all of the gruesome details. "I don't really care for motives. You see, as our dear friend Jungkook told me, there's always a reason for everything. Motives come naturally and accidentally," he says, raising his voice toward the end of his statement. He looked at you like you were just a prop, a disposable piece in his movie. His aura was once warm and loving, now he just had the face of a psychopath. Eyes wide, a sinister smile, and a thirst for your blood.Â
"Did they ever find out why Jigsaw liked to kidnap people and put them in traps? Or why Leatherface liked to cut people up with a chainsaw," you raised your eyebrow in confusion. It was the wrong moment to argue, but you didn't care. You were dying tonight, so why not try and bruise his ego before you go, "we found out about both of them. For someone so obsessed with movies, you seem to know nothing about them." Your rebuttal has Taehyung scowling, his expression turning sour, as he looks appalled by your response. You're expecting him to at least hit you, even make another joke about killing your father, but instead, he takes another route. "You wanna know why your father's lying in a coffin? My mother was in love with your father, theyâd been having an affair for months. Drove my dad away," you groan, knowing the chick from TV wasn't wrong, her theory was spot on. Your dad mightâve made a bad decision but he didnât deserve to lose his life.
In the back, Hoseok is jumping around like he just took a hit of something, "your father was a man whore! Walking around town like he was some macho man. Somebody had to bring him back down to earth," every word felt like a kick in the teeth, "my father left me, you know what kind of damage abandonment has on a person? It made you slip up and sleep with a killer." You felt like you were about to pass out, wound still bleeding as you felt your brain shutting down. For months, you ignored the stories and theories about your father, only for it to all be proven correct. "Now let me tell you how this is gonna go," Taehyung speaks as he picks up the signature knife, handing the gun over to Hoseok.
"Your mother went crazy, her husband was murdered and she was traumatized. She went on a killing spree, getting everyone except me and Hoseok," knife touching your chest, tip poking into your skin. Chiming in, Hoseok keeps the gun pointed at you from afar, "she thought we were dead but no! We get to stick around and plan out the sequel!" If you heard the word 'movie' one more time, you were going to get the gun and finish yourself off. âI mean, people need to hear about this shit. Imagine the kind of movie deals weâre gonna get,â Hoseok was beyond animated, imagining how their lives will change once this is over. An idea pops into Taehyung's mind, a smirk coming onto his face, "why don't you go get my baby's surprise." He orders Hoseok to retrieve whatever sick secret they kept in the house, while he keeps his eyes on you.
"Oh, you're gonna love this one," Hoseok cackles as he backs out of the room. Silence fills the air as you're left with Taehyung. You look around the room, too disgusted to spare him another glance. He stares down at you, grinning like heâs won something special. You should've known there was something wrong with him, nobody is that perfect. You hear Hoseok coming back into the room, your eyes moving over to the entrance. A look of fright is painted on your face as you look at the body thrown to the floor. "Mom!" you whimper, trying to reach for her. She's tied up with tape over her mouth, looking like they roughed her up before her capture. "Stay back," Taehyung points the tip of the knife at your chin, making sure you canât get to her. He liked watching you tremble, in a powerless position.
"Enough of this shit, let's get on with it!" Hoseok shouts, still jumping around. She makes eye contact with you, eyes widening in pure fear. She's innocent in all of this, and now she's about to be blamed for everything. It was your dad that fucked up, and now she would suffer the consequences. You felt like there was nothing you could do to save her or yourself. You couldn't believe the scene in front of you: your boyfriend pointing a knife at you, your friend pointing a gun in your face, and your mother on the floor. Lost for words, you decided to prepare yourself for whatever would come next. "Hold still," Taehyung turns to Hoseok, raising the knife into the air. To your surprise, he's plunging it into Hoseok's abdomen, "FUCK," he wails out, as heâs stabbed near his chest. You couldnât believe your eyes, they were truly committed to their plan, willing to be sliced for five minutes of fame.
Blood drips to the floor as he screams in pain, "Your turn," one hand gripping the island, and the other reaching out for the knife. The look on his face was horrifying, like he was excited to return the favor to his accomplice. Taehyung hesitantly hands over the weapon and grabs ahold of your T-shirt. "Not too deep," he directs as he braces himself. Knife penetrating his lower abdomen as he shrieks in pain. Taehyung smacks a glass cup off of the counter, letting it shatter on the kitchen floor. The knife piercing his skin hurt like hell, neither of them prepared well for this part of the act. You watch as the two continue to take turns, tearing into one another, screams of agony coming from them both. The counter covered in blood, dripping onto the kitchen floor. "You sick fucks, this isn't just some movie," you shout from the corner of the room, slowly backing away from the two men. Clothes covered in their own blood, holes from the knife slashing their attire. "But it is, sweetie! This is act three, and I'm sorry but your role has been cut short," Taehyung giggles in your face, a pained look remaining, after being cut into by his friend. You stand there in shock, unsure how you got yourself caught in the middle of a movie. The men continue to slice and dice each other, you watched closely, jaw hanging and eyes wide.
On the other side of the room, Hoseok is leaning against the island, his hand over his largest wound, trying to stop the blood from spilling. "Give me the gun," Taehyung gives Hoseok an order, his hand waiting for the weapon as he glares at you. You felt like you were on fire, his gaze burning through your skin. Your mother was next to go, choosing to save you for last. "Uhhh," Hoseok mutters, nervousness evident in his voice, "I donât know where it is, man," He looks around the room in shock. Taehyung clenched his jaw, groaning, the last thing he needed was a missing weapon with their fingerprints all over it, "don't just stand there! Find it," he barks at him, his voice startled you, making you jump. Hoseok searches the room, looking under every surface. "I have a better idea for your movie," everyone stops at the sound of a new voice, confused as to what's happening.
A surprise cast member, coming to rescue you from the third act. You finally look up, eyes landing on your friend with a gun in his hand, "Namjoon comes across you two idiots and saves the day." He speaks confidently, walking further into the room. He never left the house after the party, he chose to stay back and watch movies, hiding once he heard screaming. You have never been this excited to see him. A bit of hope runs through your body, you feel like you might finally stand a chance in this situation. "I think I like this ending much better," you mutter in the background, earning a chuckle from your friend. Namjoon aims the gun at Taehyung, pulling the trigger, "what's the matter," Taehyung walks towards him, making him back out of the room quickly. He opens the door, but before he can escape, Taehyung makes a swift move. With a brutal punch to the face, Namjoon is knocked down, his body piling next to Seokjin's.
Taehyung approaches the bodies, picking up the gun he dropped. "These things work so much better when you turn the safety off. Say goodnight," he snickers, turning off the safety and aiming the gun at his head. "Umm, Tae! We have an even bigger problem," Hoseok shouts from the kitchen, looking frazzled. Too entertained with the battle in front of him, he forgot to keep his eyes on the other victims. As Taehyung rushes back into the kitchen, frantically looking around. He wondered, how the hell did you managed to get out so quietly.
Leaving Namjoon alone, Taehyung rushes back to the kitchen, as angry as ever. "Where the fuck is she," he screams at the man, pushing him around. You and your mother were nowhere to be found. As soon as their attention was off of you two, you quickly fled the scene. Hoseok takes a seat, an exhausted look on his face, "find her! Get u-" before Taehyung can finish, the landline begins to ring. They get silent as Taehyung reaches for the phone, "you should really think twice before turning your back," he says, recognizing your voice with the modifier. Getting visibly upset, he shouts into the phone, "bitch! We're gonna finish you off like we did your fucking father," cackling on the other side of the phone, and you give him the best response, "awe baby, you gotta find me first." Now that youâre on the other side of things, you return his taunting energy. Toying with him as he did you.
He sets the phone down next to Hoseok, before smacking him on the back of the head. "Get the fuck up, Hoseok," Taehyung grunted, as his friend is resting on the countertop. Hardly able to construct a sentence, he groans, "you cut me too deep man," he looks like he's about to pass out at any moment. Enraged by Hoseok's inability to help find you, he rushes off by himself, running throughout the first floor. Itâs apparent that heâs run out of tricks. The police were on their way and you were nowhere to be found. His movie ending was crumbling right before his eyes and he couldnât handle it. "Hello," Hoseok picks up the phone, his blood dripping all over the Dialpad. "What are you gonna do, Hobi? The police are on the way, Tae already has a motive, what about you," he tries to find the strength to respond, as he feels like he's about to slip away. "He pressured me into this, I'm easy to manipulate," Taehyung is still in the back, tearing up the couches, and kicking over household items. "You didn't really call the cops, did you," cackling at his question, you're quick to respond, "of course I did." Clearly, that wasn't the answer he wanted, a wail coming from the back of his throat, "this house is a mess, I am so dead!" He was absolutely insane, sobbing about getting in trouble for a messy house, when he just committed several murders.Â
Taehyung stalks through the halls, moving as quietly as he can. Gun gripped in his right hand, as he kicks open every other door. At this point, he was running out of options. The police were on their way and they knew what he did. He might be going to jail but he needed you to die first. Heâs eager to find you and finish you off himself. Youâve already ruined their plan, there was no way he was going to let you escape. Little does he know, you arenât too far from where he was. Out of nowhere, a closet door busts open, and here you come, leaping out at him. Raising your weapon, you impale his chest with the same knife he tried to use on you. "Bitch," he groans out in pain, his body starting to drop to the floor. Looking down at him, you think everything is finally over, putting the knife in your back pocket. You begin to walk towards Jungkook on the floor, wanting to see if he was okay, until you're tackled sideways. Hoseok came out of nowhere, seeming to have regained some of his energy. Your back comes in contact with the wood floor, a shooting pain passes through your body. Youâve been fighting all night, but you donât plan on giving up anytime soon.
Hoseok hovers over you, wrapping his hands around your neck, "die already!" He presses down, ignoring your hands clawing at his forearms. You raise your knee, hitting him in his groin. Hoseok falls back in pain, moaning on the floor. You hop to your feet, trying to catch your breath. You scan the room for the nearest exit. The stairs being your first choice, you sprint up the steps. You slip into an empty bedroom, closing the door behind yourself. Hiding from him was practically pointless, this was his house, you were at a disadvantage. âDonât run baby,â Hoseok shouts, busting into the room. He charges towards you, hands instantly wrapping around your throat. âThe movie isnât finished, youâre ruining everything,â he screams every word in your face, bits of his spit hitting your face. He starts tightening the grip on your neck, making you thrash. Your hands come up to his face, trying your hardest to push him away. Hoseok backs you in a corner, your body colliding with the wall. You feel your life slipping away, running out of air in your lungs. You reach into your back pocket, raising the knife up. Jamming the end of the blade into his forehead, making him grunt, you could feel his hands loosen the grip on your neck. Pressing your foot against the wall, you push yourself forward, causing him to stumble back.
He lets you go before he drops to the floor, hands coming up to console the sore spot on his face. You lie in the corner, caressing your neck like it would help make the pain go away. You gather all of the strength you have to pick yourself up and hobble out of the room. You were on the verge of dropping to the floor, having to use the walls in the hallway to hold yourself up. Just when you thought you had gotten a substantial amount of space between you two, he catches up quickly. Right behind you as you approach the stairs, âwhy wonât you die!â You try to ignore the screams behind you, as a pair of hands pulls you back. You drop to the floor, making sure to keep ahold of the knife in your hands. Grabbing your shirt, Hoseok snatches you up. As your feet hit the floor, you raise the knife up, plummeting it in his chest. Letting go of you, Hoseok drops to his knees hands coming up to grab the railing. You decide to give him the same ending that he tried to give you. You pick your foot up, pressing it against his chest. You watch as he tumbles down the stairs, before hitting the wood floor at the end. A slight smile crawling onto your face, this being the best thing to happen to you all day.
You quietly walk down the stairs, just in case thereâs another unwanted surprise waiting for you. Limping into the living room, you find yourself looking for another way to escape. "Jungkook," you notice your friend hobble into the room. You rush towards him, examining his chest, saying, "I thought you were dead." He looks relieved to see you, throwing his arm over your shoulder, saying, "I definitely should be, Iâve never been so happy to not get any action." You choose to ignore whatever he's rambling about, your brain is too clouded to comprehend anything. Â "This is one of the worst movies ever," a voice groans from behind you two. Namjoon is rubbing his head as he walks over to you guys. He gawks around the room, shocked to see the state of the house. Pictures and statues knocked over, glass coating the floor. You stand around, looking at the bodies on the floor, knowing your life has been changed forever.
"Wait, I've seen movies like this, it ain't over. Evil always comes back, you need to shoot it in the head," Jungkook's commentary concerned you. Nudging his body with your foot, you wait for him to pop up. His body remains still and stiff. âI guess this movie has an alternate ending,â you mutter, before limping over to the closet to untie your mother. âAre you okay,â you ask, already knowing the answer as you pull the duct tape from her mouth. All she could do was grunt, she was in horrible shape, bruises all over her face from her attack. Jungkook and Namjoon come over to help you, untying her wrists and ankles.
âItâs Billy,â a quite voice speaks from the front door. You all whip your heads around in unison, scared as to what might lurking behind them. You feel a lump caught in your throat, words unable to leave your mouth. âHoly shit, you should be dead,â Jungkook stops his movements as he observes the person in front of him. You feel like your paralyzed, too confused to make a move. Something pulls you back into reality, you jump up to your feet and run across the room. Colliding with your best friend, wrapping your arms around her. You pull away, examining her wounds. She leans into your chest, on the verge of collapsing, âIâm fine, so is Jin,â she points over to her brother on the floor, regaining his consciousness.
Once the police arrive with EMTs beside them, you truly believed it was all over. Evil was defeated and none of your friends lost their lives in the process. Youâre in the back of ambulance, sitting on the edge, as you wounds are being tended to and youâre hooked up to machines. Looking over, your friends have the same thing going on, faces looking exhausted yet thankful that they made it out alive. For the first time in a long time, you felt like you could breath. âWe got two more in here! Theyâre still breathing,â your heart beats rapidly, making the machines go haywire. Tears run down your bloodstained cheeks as you watch paramedics go rescue the same two men that tried to kill you. Your mind was hazy, you didnât know what to say or what to think. All you could do was let out an agonizing scream.
#bts#bts fic#bts x reader#bts smut#kim taehyung#bts horror#scream au#fic: donât scream#taehyung fics#taehyung x reader#bts au#bts oneshot#taehyung smut
283 notes
¡
View notes
Text
The Keychain [spooktober]
Pairing : Ghost!jimin x female reader
Genre : Horror Au
Summary : You had tried to take your keychain back from Jimin, only for you to push him in the process and him falling back in the lake along with it. He was never found and nor was the keychain. So imagine the horror when you find it lying on your desk, twenty years after.
Warnings : horror, angst, childhood mistake, difficulty to sleep.
WordCount : 1986
Your fingers sauntered over the keyboard as you typed away on your laptop. With a final emphasised click, you leaned back and sighed in relief that you had finally finished the part of the novel you'd been writing.
Your ears picked at the distant sound. Coming back and forth. The swing. It became clearer and more loud.
You smiled thinking that the children might be playing on the swing. It was normal because you lived on the second floor of your complex and often heard the kids playing.
You lifted yourself up from the warmed chair but halted when you glanced at the clock.
It was way past midnight.
No kids played at this hour.
The sibilant sound of swing was still heard.
You furrowed your brows in confusion. Curiosity got the better of you and you made your way towards the apartment balcony which directly faced the playground.
There was no moon. You peered your eyes around in the dark bleak midnight and to your horror you saw the swing.
But there was no one there. No kids.
And the swing continued to move back and forth. Back and forth.
You were familiar with such scenarios. You'd always feel the adrenaline rush to write out such a horror scene. It was your favourite genre. But to experience one in real life was not something you'd ever imagined.
You felt your guts pool up with bile as the swing kept moving without needing any force to push it. Your eyes darted around thinking someone was playing a prank. Your breathing became erratic when you found no one there.
The air left your lungs when you caught the glimpse of a silhouette sitting on the swing. You didn't see anyone moving. The person appeared out of nowhere.
You tried to pretend, tried to calm your frightened self. With the little lighting around the playground, you made out that the shadow was of a man. You kept looking at him until he turned his face slightly revealing his side face.
You had no owl eyes but the fact you could see him in so much dark was unnerving. As if the person wanted you to see them even through the shadows.
With your squinted eyes, you studied the outline of his face. His long hair was draped on his eyes, you could only see his nose and lips.
His plump lips.
The pouty curve of his lips.
Your heart fell, the flashes of the plump lipped boy coming back. Your fear and anxiety soared at the return of those needling instances from childhood.
You scrambled back in your room and into the bathroom and locked it. You splashed the harsh cold water on your face to reawaken yourself. Reawake from the nightmare if it was. You had to stop this.
You inhaled and exhaled feeling the sensation of pearly drops of ice cold water and tears falling from your face.
You stared at the reflection in the mirror. No, you couldn't let the dark tendril creep in your head again. No.
You had to stop thinking of him.
You had to stop thinking of Jimin.
Yet you hear it.
You hear the ringing.
The jinglings of the little bells that adorned your little keychain.
Your keychain.
It had a black cat with crosses on both eyes and little red beads along with tiny sonorous bells.
You had begged your mother to buy it for you on Halloween eve.
Your eyes had brightened and your mouth widened in awe as your liitle self played and dangled it in your hand.
You would carry it everywhere with you.
You loved the keychain.
Until Jimin took it.
------------
Jimin went to the same preschool as you.
He was a cute boy and wanted to be friends with you.
But because he was a cute boy, your teacher had dodged your rose and took his on teacher's day.
He was a cute boy but you didn't like him.
While making the sandfort, he would come to sit beside you but you would puff your cheeks in annoyance and move away from him.
You even swatted his tiny hands off when he'd tried to touch your fort or your drawings.
"Y/N, why don't you want to be my friend?"
"Because I don't like you."
"But I like you." He murmured on the verge of criying. Doe eyes welling up with tears and his trembling pouty lips.
He'd always be behind you and try to join you in activities but you would huff-puff and turn your back to him.
Once the teacher had instructed you all to make ornaments using little beads. You were engrossed in making a bracelet when someone lightly patted your shoulder.
You looked up to see Jimin holding a pink ring in his hand. He held it out for you.
"Y/N, I made a ring for you. Will you take it and be my friend." He said in a baby voice, his cherubic cheeks going pink.
"No!" Your plush face had morphed into anger. "Now, go away!"
His face saddened. With his head hung low, he went back.
Jimin had placed the ring on your desk before going. You couldn't control and took the ring in your hand just to inspect it with furrowed eyes and tight lips.
You actually liked it.
You hid your hands under your desk and wore it in your finger, liking how it adorned your finger.
Jimin didn't need to know that you took this ring because you still didn't want to be his friend.
----------------
Your school had gone on a trip to a village and the children had lined up near the lake.
You were kept standing for long whilst your teacher gave instructions.
You heard the jingling sound and turned your head to notice Jimin playing with your precious keychain hanging on your zipper.
You spinned around only to be agitated seeing Jimin hold your unhooked keychain.
His plump lips stretched into a smile as he dangled the little cat.
"Give it back!"
You said and stomped your foot while Jimin just blinked at you with his wide eyes.
"Give it back to me!"
You tried to take it back from him but he dodged you moving aside.
"If I give it, will you be my friend?" He asked you, holding your keychain firmly in his hand.
Your nose flared as you latched at him to get your keychain back but he wouldn't let go.
You heard his little chuckles.
"Y/N, it tickles there!" Your prying hands had unknowingky tickled his stomach. His eyes turned into smiling slits.
But he didn't give it to you. Getting overly annoyed, you hands jerked him back, making him accidentally lose his balance and fall in the lake along with your keychain.
Kids screamed and teachers shouted, gathering around you and the villagers were soon sent to heed and rescue Jimin if he sank down in the water.
But they didn't find him.
After that, a barrage of shouts and slaps came your way from yours and Jimin's weeping mother. Shaken and trembling, you stood frozen.They didn't lodge a case against you because you were just four and innocent.
Your innocent mind had not completely gripped on what had happened. But as the years went, you realised you had unintentionally caused an unthinkable tragedy.
Your childhood memories soared.
The fact that you had taken away a life just for a insignificant keychain made you nauseous and loathe yourself.
You regretted not befriending Jimin. The poor boy just wanted your friendship.
You would curl up in your bed at night, fed up with the condescending voices in your head. You would even hear the sweet whispers of Jimin as if he was right beside you. And that would scare you to no end.
Your cries and screams had become consistent during the nights.
You were sent to your aunt and attended regular therapy sessions for a couple of years. That had helped you to seek redemption and unwrap yourself from the dark veils of childhood that had binded you. The whispers had gone.
You started to write. Finding nothing more interesting than horror genre. Because you could relate and revel in it. You could wallow in it to forget your ugly past.
And now that everything had been resolved, the memory of him returned back.
------------
You couldn't conclude whether your mind was playing tricks or you had actually seen a ghost. His ghost.
The ringing sound came again and you turned toward the door contemplating whether to open it or not.
This was the part you hated where the characters; despite knowing the danger was waiting for them; gave themselves away out of sheer and stupid curiosity, thrill and bravery.
And you were exactly doing that.
You unlocked the door and slowly walked to your room, the faint blue light spread in the room from your laptop screen. It was eerily quiet here.
With brisky steps, you walked to the switches to turn on the lights. But you stopped when you heard a beep from your laptop as it lit up brightly. You dumbly ran to it to check if you got any emails from publishers.
You sat down and opened your mail. But you hadn't received any. You proceeded to shut down the desktop and that was when your eyes caught the thing that sat beside your laptop on the table.
Your keychain
The same one you had lost.
The screen went black and your body paralysed with terror in the darkness of the room.
Your frozen eyes pooled with tears when you felt the husky voice near your ear.
"Y/N, I know you accepted my ring. Now you are my friend, right?"
The whispers had returned back.
Main Masterlist
A/N : Happy Jimin Day!!!!! I've written this little fic for spooktober as well as for jimintober. Idk, this idea came up when I too heard the sound of swing ( but the children were really playing) and since then the scary scenario was pooping in my brain so I had to write it. Idk if the childhood perspective makes sense. Lol.
#spooktober#bts jimin#park jimin#horor#darkfiction#bts fanfiction#bts x reader#dark bts#jimin day#jiminie#jimin x reader#horror bts#jimintober#bts fanfic#bts fic#jimin x y/n#jimin x you#jimin x female reader#bts#angst bts#horror fiction#bts x oc#jimin imagine#bts imagines
93 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Devil by the Window (m) | knj
title: Devil by the Window pairing: namjoon x f. reader, a tiny bit of yeonjun x f. reader rating/genre: m ; smut ; HORROR; HALLOWEEN; summary: you are spending halloween night with two of your best friends, yeonjun and namjoon while having a halloween movie marathon at the olders' house. when you receive a strange phone call filled with moans and a knock that leaves you with a piece of paper that says 11:58, you wonder whether it's a prank or ominous warning of what is yet to come. warnings: dirty talk, fingering, unprotected sex, breast play, hickies, slight body worship if you squint, horror, haunting things happening, paranoia, smut, making out, creampie, namjoon has a marking and ownership fetish, biting, jealous namjoon?, TXT YEONJUN, blood, death, clichĂŠ horror tropes based on two different movies lmk if you catch them note: thank you @daegudrama for beta reading as always and supporting this... fcked up halloween dumpster fire last minute HAPPY HALLOWEEN Y'ALL đ FEEDBACK & Comments are much appreciated !! total word count: 2.2k drop date: october 31st 2023, 8:00pm pst cross posted on ao3 here - -
Itâs a chilly Halloween night, and you, Namjoon, and Yeonjun have gathered at the olders' house to enjoy a horror movie marathon.
The living room is adorned with eerie decorations, and a flickering jack-o'-lantern casts eerie shadows across the room. The three of you settle in, ready for a night of spooky fun.
As the movie plays, you can't help but get engrossed in the suspenseful plot. The room is dimly lit, creating the perfect atmosphere for a night of frights. The eerie silence is occasionally punctuated by gasps and laughter.
Suddenly, your phone rings, shattering the silence. The caller ID displays the words "unknown," and you hesitate before answering it. You are shocked when you hear harsh breathing that eventually turns to faint moans on the other end. Why does it sound uncannily like Namjoon? Your eyes widen glancing at Namjoon, who is sitting right next to you, engrossed in the movie. It's impossible for the sounds to be coming from him. He's right here!
Your heart races as you listen, unable to comprehend what you're hearing. It sounds like Namjoon, and yet, it canât be. The unsettling, yet seductive moans continue for a few moments before the call abruptly ends, leaving you in a state of disbelief and unease.
"Who was it?" Namjoon asks as he grabs another handful of caramel popcorn from the pumpkin bucket next to him.
"Uh, all I heard was breathing and moans."
Namjoon nods, but Yeonjun chuckles, popping a handful of caramel popcorn into his mouth, his amusement contrasting with the eerie situation. "Breathing and moans, huh? Sounds like a childish Halloween prank."
You join in the laughter, trying to ease the tension that had settled in earlier. "Yeah, it's probably just some dumb kids trying to spook us on Halloween. Nothing to worry about."
Yeonjun, trying to ease the tension, chuckles and says, "Exactly! Don't let it get to you." He seems convinced that there's a logical explanation for the unsettling events.
With the unsettling phone call still fresh in your mind, you try to immerse yourself in the movie, hoping to forget what you had just heard. But not even five minutes later, the doorbell rings, jolting you and your friends from the eerie atmosphere of the film.
You exchange bewildered glances with Namjoon and Yeonjun. It's already close to midnight, and it seems unusual for trick-or-treaters to still be out at this hour. Deciding to investigate, you volunteer to open the door, determined to put your fears to rest.
However, as you swing the door open, there's no one in sight. The porch is empty, and the dimly lit street seems devoid of any Halloween revelers. A chill runs down your spine, and you glance down at the ground, where you find a folded piece of paper. The note simply reads, "[11:58PM]." Panic wells up inside you as you look at the clock on the wall. That is 20 minutes from now.
With a sense of urgency, you rush back to the living room, trying to explain the eerie note to Namjoon and Yeonjun, who are both puzzled by your urgency.
"There was no one outside! Except this note that says '[11:58PM].' I'm actually pretty scared."
Yeonjun shrugs, trying to dispel the unease that has settled in the room. "Come on, Y/N, It's probably just some dumbasses trying to prank you.â
âCalling me and coming to Namjoonâs house with a noteâŚ? It happened within a 5 minute timespan, Yeonjun!â
âI donât know. But it's getting late, so I think I'm calling it a night. I have work tomorrow at 9 am."
âFine. Okay bestie.â You sigh. âAre we still on for boba after you get off work with Taehyun and Jungkook?â
âYeah, of course!â
You reluctantly lead Yeonjun to the door, giving him a hug goodbye, and wishing him a safe drive home.Â
"Thanks for coming over, Yeonjun. Call me if you need anything, and I'll let you know if anything else happens."
âNo worries, have a good night.â
As the door closes behind Yeonjun, you return to sit on the couch to face Namjoon, your heart heavy with the weight of the eerie events that have unfolded. The clock on the wall continues its relentless countdown, bringing you closer to "[11:58PM]." You and Namjoon are now alone in the dimly lit living room, and the sense of impending dread grows stronger. You had planned to stay over at his house, which he is okay with.
You take a deep breath and look at the older man, your eyes filled with uncertainty. As you're about to ask him to help you get to the bottom of this weird situation, Namjoon suddenly speaks up, his voice carrying an unexpected tone.
"So, do you have something going on with Yeonjun?" Namjoon's question catches you off guard, and you struggle to find the right words.
"Huh?"
Namjoon continues, "You guys seem pretty close. You're even seeing him tomorrow."
You try to explain, "Well, we're the same age and grew up in the same hometown together, but he's just a best friend to me."
Namjoon's expression shifts, and he presses further, "What about me?"
You hesitate, the memory of the phone call with the alluring moans echoing in your mind.Â
"You... well," You stammer, your voice softening as you struggle to find the right words. "I feel different about you because I kind of like you as more than a bestie."
Namjoon's lips curve into a small, knowing smile as he responds, "Oh, really?"Â
The tension in the room seemed to shift from fear to something entirely different.The atmosphere crackled with a potent mix of desire and danger. In a sudden, unexpected move, Namjoon pushed you down on the couch, his eyes locked onto yours, burning with a fiery intensity. With the specter of the imposter momentarily forgotten, your lips met in a passionate kiss.Â
The room seemed to shrink, closing in around you as the intensity of your connection with Namjoon deepened. The haunting memories of the imposter and the eerie events of the night faded into the background, replaced by the powerful magnetism drawing you closer. With every touch, every kiss, you found solace and passion in each other's arms.
Namjoon's lips left a trail of fiery kisses along your neck and collarbone, his mouth hot against your skin. Each kiss was punctuated by a soft, needy sigh escaping your lips, your fingers threading through his hair as you pressed him closer.
His lips found the sensitive skin of your throat, and he sucked gently, leaving several marks that would linger long after this night. A quiet gasp escaped you, a mixture of pleasure and surprise, as he continued his ministrations, leaving a trail of hickeys. Your mind fills with a lustful haze as you watch him pull his sweatpants down, revealing his extremely hard cock. The sight makes you soak your panties a bit more than they were before.
âI guess Yeonjun lucked out on such a pretty girl like you.âÂ
You donât have enough time to question or say anything else as Namjoon pulls off the skirt you are wearing, leaving you in your black lace underwear, displaying a dark, wet patch visible in your crotch. You didnât expect this to happen tonight, but you are ready for him to fuck you senseless.
Namjoon's voice is filled with desire as he whispers, "So wet for me," his fingers teasingly sliding your panties down just enough to explore your pussy. He gently eases a finger into your wetness, and a soft, pleasurable moan escapes your lips.
âYouâre adorable, Y/N.â Namjoon teases as he kisses you again, sliding his finger out of you. He takes off your crop top and unhooks your bra behind your back tossing both items to the floor, beginning to plant plenty of kisses on your breasts.
âNamjoonâŚpleaseâŚfuck.â
âSo eager for me, a shame that Yeonjun wonât get to fuck this pussy.â He whispers seductively to you as he runs his hand along your thigh. Fuck, his words leave goosebumps on your skin. He slides your panties all the way off, and you spread your legs out as much as you can. He then slowly places his cock near your entrance teasing momentarily before sliding into you fully. This action draws a long moan of pleasure out of you.
He smiles down at you, having successfully ruined you, and silenced you with his finger.Â
âAll mine. Just mine.â
Your eyes roll back, all you can feel is him thrusting in and out of your soaking pussy, making you blush all over. He looks deep into your eyes as he fucks you. You are overwhelmed by the lewd wet squelches your pussy makes as his cock enters you. The arousing sounds bring you closer to your climax.Â
âSuch a slut for daddyâs cock.â He grunts. âYou like being fucked like this?â
âYes, N-NamjoonâŚâ You whisper. âPlease donât stopâŚâ
âI wouldnât dream of it, my love.â He smiles almost lovingly down at you, caressing your cheek with his hand as he still thrusts inside you.
This is sex. Really good sex. Probably the best sex youâve ever had. All your past boyfriends and friends with benefits could never compared to the euphoria that Kim Namjoon is giving you. He is so sweet, so charming. Everything a girl could want in a lover.
âIâm getting closer.â You breathe out.
âMe too.â He grunts, grabbing your chin, making you look directly at him. âLetâs do it together.â
And with those words, he lets go. You can feel the heat of his cum flow through your walls. The downright lewd noise he makes on his release is just enough to cause your orgasm as well, your cum enveloping his cock as he pulls out of your pussy. Why did those exact moans from him give you deja vu? In your post orgasm haze you canât quite remember why this thought came about.
Youâre both out of breath, him from fucking you and you from being fucked. He stares down at you as you both take a few deep breaths. Your heart is racing, and your body is still tingling from the passion you both shared.Â
He decides to get up, putting his pants back on, and goes to find a towel to clean you up. The dimly lit room takes on a new, intimate atmosphere as you catch your breath and bask in the afterglow of your passionate encounter. You decide to get up too and start putting your shirt and skirt back on, patiently waiting for him to return.Â
However, the sudden ringing of your phone shatters the moment, and you fumble to reach it. Panic surges through you as you see Yeonjun's name on the caller ID. You quickly answer, hearing the urgency in his voice.
"Listen to me carefully, Y/N." Yeonjun says in a panicked tone. "You need to leave Namjoon's house right now. Because, that's not Namjoon!"
Your heart skips a beat, and confusion and fear wash over you as you ask, "Huh? What are you talking about?!"
You hear police sirens on the other end. And thatâs when you hear Namjoonâs voice on the other side of the phone talking with Yeonjun. Before Yeonjun can respond to your question, you turn around and see the figure that looks like Namjoon standing there, holding a knife in his hand. The menacing glint in his eyes sends shivers down your spine as you realize the horrifying truth - the person in front of you is not the real Namjoon, and danger is looming in the dimly lit room.
As you make a break for the door, determined to escape the menacing imposter, your heart pounds in your chest, and adrenaline courses through your veins. You hope to reach safety, but the imposter, still wielding the knife, moves swiftly to intercept you.
In the struggle that follows, you desperately try to dodge a direct attack, but to no avail. The imposter's knife slices through the air with a malevolent swish, finding its mark on your abdomen. Agonizing pain sears through your body as the blade cuts deep, leaving a gaping wound in its wake. A guttural cry of anguish escapes your lips as you collapse to the floor, the shock and pain overwhelming your senses.
Clutching your wounded stomach, you feel the warm stickiness of your own blood oozing between your fingers. The room spins, and your surroundings blur as the floor beneath you becomes stained crimson, the red liquid pooling around you like a sinister halo. The metallic scent of blood hangs heavy in the air, mingling with the acrid undertone of fear, as the imposter, their face twisted with malevolence, continues to advance with deliberate, haunting steps.
Tears well up in your eyes as you gasp for breath, the pain nearly unbearable.
"W-Who are you?! Why are you doing this to me?!"
The fake Namjoon chuckles darkly, the sinister glint in his eyes unrelenting. "I said you're mine. And you will be mine. Just like this. Forever."
Your world spins into a growing blur as you fight to stay conscious, the imposter looming over you, and the horrifying realization that this is it.
In your final moments, you glanced at the clock on the wall, its numbers glowing ominously.
11:58.
The seconds tick away, echoing the dreadful countdown as "Namjoon" lifts his hand to deliver the final, fatal blow.Â
The world around you fades into an abyss of darkness.
#txt fic#tubatan#bts#bts fic#bts smut#bts halloween#halloween#halloween fic#kpop fic#namjoon x reader#yeonjun x reader#horror#horror fic#bts imagine#namjoon smut#bts x reader#choi yeonjun#kim namjoon#namjoon horror
112 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Professor (Namjoon)
The alarm rang disturbing your peaceful sleep you didn't want to get up because the air was cool and your blanket was a perfect snug contrast it was like the bed was holding onto you refusing to let go.
You eventually managed to tear yourself off the bed and get ready to go to school.
On your walk there you met your friend Yedam who happily accompanied you to your class.
Dropping you off by the entrance while he left for his.
Only to notice the class was already relatively filled.
So you tried to slip in without catching too much attention when you heard a voice boom through the lecture hall causing everyone to stay still.
It was a voice you were all too familiar with.
A voice you were scared off, well not just you but everyone in class.
He told you to sit in the front row and you obliged.
Setting your things down as he started his lesson.
The hall was completely silent with the exception of his voice which had everyone in a trance.
No one could deny his skill as a teacher he could explain the most complex concepts in a way both a 15 year old and a 50 year could comprehend while commanding their undivided attention and for this reason the whole class respected him.
His big stature was indeed intimidating but he was social enough for everyone to like him but not enough for everyone to know him.
The lesson went on for another hour or so when he was done he asked everyone to hand in their assignments and wished everyone a happy weekend.
As the students shuffled outside the class he began arranging them papers in a neat stack which kept on growing he asked you to lend a hand since you were seated on the first desk and you agreed.
He divided the papers and handed you the smaller stack as he lead the way to his office.
His office was on the other side of the building and you had a free period so you didn't have anything better to do anyways.
So you just walked along with him making small talk.
As he watched you walk by his side he couldn't help but think about what he saw this morning a random man walking with you a little too close for comfort.
It should have been him. He should only be him. He deserves you. In his mind you were already his the very first time he saw you.
You were at his favorite bookstore running your fingers across the spines of paperbacks hoping to find one that caught your eye.
He stood there for a good 5 minutes debating whether to help you out or not. But the store clerk beat him to it as he felt a tinge of sadness strike him. It should have been him. It should have been him who helped you just like it should have been him who walked by your side.
Before he knew it you had left.
He spent the next couple of days doing his work but images of you randomly came into his head disturbing his peace.
If only you knew how absolutely delighted he was when he found out that you had been assigned to his class.
He was filled with glee like a child in a candy shop. If only you knew. But he was too smart too smart for anyone to ever have a hint of suspicion about his odd behavior.
When he wanted something he had to have it.
Whether it be the 1st rank in class or the penthouse in the tallest apartment. If he wanted something he would chase it to the ends of the world and you were no exception.
He was growing impatient with each passing day driving him insane and today he finally snapped.
Today was the day he would finally have you.
Upon reaching his office he opened the door gesturing for you to get in as he instructed you to put the papers on the desk he followed you locking the door behind him.
You placed them down and watched him put his stack down and take off his coat which he placed on the stand.
You thought you were sly sneaking in a quick glance at his muscular body which was not well hidden under his well fit shirt.
He noticed but let it slide as it fed his ego.
As you were about to leave he asked you if you could help him grade papers for a year below you in exchange he would offer you extra credit.
So you agreed at sat down next to the chair next to him as he grabbed the papers from the cupboard he noticed you were seated a little farther away so he simply placed a hand on one of the legs of the stool and pulled you towards him as it were nothing.
He then nonchalantly went on with his work as he handed you a copy of the answer key for the test.
Both of you got to work for about an hour and had finished grading 2 out of 3 sets when you went to ask for the key for the third set both of you faced each other at the same time your faces only inches apart from each other.
Making your face heat up in embarrassment.
To your dismay the only noticable look on his face was a look of slight confusion as you started to stutter while you asked for the answer key as he swiftly placed it infront of you.
"Geez relax its not like I'm going to eat you up. Well unless you want me to".
He said leaving you tounge tied as his his laughter filled the room cutting the tension in the air.
He was so intimidating you couldn't look him in the eye.
"Look at me when I'm talking to you "
He said as he placed a finger under your chin lifting it up forcing you to make eye contact as he gently moved forward placing his lips on yours kissing you gently.
Before you knew it his hands were moving across your body as yours were intertwined in his hair moving in closer to deepen the kiss.
In one swift motion he picked you up and placed you on the table taking of your skirt and ripping off your panties.
" Hey those were from La Perla" you whined.
" I'll buy you the whole store princess".
He said as he got down on his knees gently opening your legs as he snaked his tounge between them.
Gently causing you to moan out in pleasure as he skillfully moved making you loose your focus.
gripping on to his hair trying to get more friction but he held you in place sinfully torturing you by denying you release.
When you felt like you were about to reach your high he stopped and proceed to place kisses on your things.
He kept on doing this until tears started to run down your face as it almost hurt to hold it in.
You were a whimpering mess for him at the moment you would do anything for him if he asked you to.
And he knew that very well he just found some sick sadistic pleasure seeing you in this state desperate and pathetic, completely dependent on him just like how he liked it.
He decided to end teasing you as he had a lot of time left to do that.
And at this point his pants had gotten painfully tight.
So he decided to stand up and free his member positioning it in front of your aching one.
As he began to slowly let himself in you.
He didn't want to hurt you just yet. He would save that for when you misbehave.
He slowly began to thrust in you as your nails dug into his back.
His eyes met with yours which were pleading with him because you could no longer form coherent words.
You couldn't taking being edged any longer your vision had started to cloud and you felt like you would pass out at any given moment.
So he decided to pick up the pace going harder on you until you came all over him.
You collapsed into his arm your body going limp still buzzed with your high as your stare at him with a lovesick gaze.
He knew at that moment that you were his. Now no one could take you away from him.
#dark#dark fic#kpop#yandere#yandere fic#yandere kpop#dead dove do not eat#dead dove fic#bts yandere#yandere bts#bts fic#bts x reader#bts#namjoon#yandere namjoon#kim namjoon#dark!fic#rm#yandere fanfiction#horror#horror fiction
63 notes
¡
View notes
Text
Incarnate Deleted Scenes - Hector's (Scrapped) Transformation
Writing chapter 1 of my Incarnate fic took FOREVER. There were so many revisions, so much prep and planning that took place in my head before I started typing anything, and I think I genuinely triggered myself a little bit because there were several incidents where I would be in the middle of passionately and excitedly working on the chapter, only to suddenly feel drowsy and fall asleep while sitting at my laptop. I was going thru my Google Docs and found one of the original drafts of Hector's initial transformation. While rereading it, I realized it was actually pretty good and there were parts I might be able to recycle for later on in the fic. And since chapter 4 of Incarnate was really short, and it was posted about seven months after chapter 3, I figured you guys might appreciate getting to read this deleted scene while I work on chapter 5! Hope you enjoy! ^^D
(Continue reading under the cut)
Adira dropped to one knee beside him, eyes wide in disbelief. Her brother wrapped both arms around his chest protectively and gave her a fearful glare. âDonât touch me! What have you done?!â Hector demanded. The panicked, begging tone in his voice didnât make Adira feel any better about this horrific development.  âI wonât touch you unless itâs absolutely necessary,â she assured gently. Adira then turned and shouted down the bridge, âEDMUND!â thankful to see her king already halfway to them.  âNo!â Hector yelped, rolling onto one side and turning his back to her. He was panting softly now, fear and anxiety lacing his every breath. âH-he canât see meâŚI didnât mean toâŚIâm sorryâŚâ he murmured breathlessly, beginning to tremble.  âHector you didnât do anything - Edmund and I will figure out what to do, youâll be okay,â Adira soothed, sliding her Shadow Blade into the sheath on her back.  âWhat happened?â Edmund called as he approached the island of black rock. âThe Moonstone shattered,â Adira replied, looking up at him.
 âHow?â the king demanded upon drawing level with them. Adira stood and stepped around Hectorâs body, letting the monarch kneel at his back.
 âI broke it,â she confessed readily, kneeling in front of her distraught brother. âThe opal is no longer a viable container for the Moondropâs power-â âHow do you know?â  Adira gestured to the pile of rubble at the base of the pedestal. Upon registering the sight, Edmundâs face went pale. âThe power of the Moonstone needed a stable vesselâŚâ Adira trailed off. She hadnât quite processed the sight of the celestial magic moving from one host to another of its own accord, much less the fact that Hector had been its first choice.  âVessel?â the other knight whispered, his luminous eyes wide with horror. He lifted one arm off his chest for a sudden inspection. Adira saw the thin layer of red coating his skin, and was momentarily relieved to see one thing she did know how to deal with. âNo-no-no, what is it doing?!â Hector whimpered.  âItâs just bloodsweat, tam'muá¸u,â she assured. âYouâve had it a couple times before, remember? Itâs a result of intense stress, which you are definitely undergoing-â  âItâs everywhere,â Hector muttered, holding his other arm beside the first. âEverywhere!â Adira took note of the thin layer of red liquid coating the second appendage, then let her eyes run along his form. She realized that the darkened spots on his tunic and leggings, which she had presumed were normal sweat stains, were quickly expanding to cover his entire body. And there was a definite red tinge to them. This Adira had not, in fact, had to deal with before. She only remembered a handful of occasions from their training years in which Hectorâs anxiety had become so overwhelming that blood vessels just beneath his skin had temporarily ruptured. This allowed thin traces of blood to mingle with his sweat, painlessly seeping through his skin. But the bloodsweat had always been localized to one or two areas, never spread over his whole body. âOkay, roll onto your back,â Adira instructed, forcing her voice to remain calm. âWe need to figure out what weâre dealing with.â Hector gulped, shivering and holding both fists to his chest.
 âPlease-â she heard him whisper, although what he was asking for Adira didnât know. Edmund carefully grabbed the younger manâs shoulder with a gloved hand. Adira saw Hectorâs eyes widen briefly, before shutting tightly as his teeth ground together and he tucked his chin to his chest. Sheâd never done well interpreting the body language of other people, but sheâd known Hector long enough to read him like a book. Before the king could pull on him, Adiraâs hand shot out and grabbed Edmundâs, ripping it off Hectorâs shoulder.
 âHe said he didnât want to be touched - we have to keep physical contact to a minimum,â she warned, throwing his hand aside. Edmund blinked at her, then glanced down at the pitiful state Hector was in.
 âI donât think heâs going to react the way you normally do,â the king reasoned with a confused expression.
 âThatâs not the point,â Adira countered firmly. âThis is an emergency and heâs panicking. He needs to be cared for, not man-handled.â âAnd how are you determining the difference?â  âRight now, he is.â  âAdira! What happened to the Moonstone?â Adira nearly jumped at the sound of Princess Rapunzelâs voice. She and Edmund turned to see the Coronan party arriving at their end of the bridge, Rapunzel already standing close by and ogling wide-eyed at Hector. âIs Hector okay? How can I help?â  "Keep that blonde ball of nightmare fuel AWAY FROM ME!" Hector screeched, crossing his arms over his chest and curling further into himself. Rapunzel stepped back in surprise, the rest of her friends coming to a stop behind her.  After sharing a brief look with the white-haired warrior, Edmund told the princess, âYou and your friends are not citizens of the Dark Kingdom, and should not be present for this.â  âWhat about me?â Fishskin asked, stepping up beside his girlfriend. Adira respected the concern he exhibited for a man that recently tried to kill him, but knew the presence of the long-lost prince would only agitate her brother.  âYou arenât a member of the Brotherhood, and you mean nothing good to Hector,â she answered soberly. âHe needs the help of people he knows and trusts.â  âBut Iâm the Sundrop, there must be-â Rapunzel began to argue.  âRespect our boundary, princess,â Adira snapped icily. Her hand reflexively reached behind her head, fingertips brushing the hilt of her Shadow Blade as she leveled a glare at the Sundropâs host. Sheâd witnessed the younger womanâs inability to resolve conflict and respect the boundaries of those she considered friends - she was beginning to see how much Rapunzel had to learn in the ways of respect and diplomacy. âYou endangered my brotherâs life without reason once already. I wonât permit it a second time.â  âHe tried to kill us!â Short Hair snapped back, stepping ahead of Rapunzel. âNow sheâs offering to help him, and your response is to threaten her?â Adiraâs eyes narrowed, and she gripped the handle of her Shadow Blade fully. Rapunzel looked shocked, as if she hadnât expected Adira to defend her own brother from unwanted meddling.  âGuys, letâs leave it,â Fishskin spoke up, glancing uncomfortably at Hectorâs gasping, vulnerable body and placing a hand on Rapunzelâs shoulder. âThis is serious. Adira and Edmund probably know how to handle it better than we do.â Rapunzel nodded silently, leaning into her boyfriendâs touch.  âThank you, son,â Edmund said with a nod. Short Hair scoffed and held a short glaring match with Adira, before turning and following the rest of the group across the bridge and out of the Moonstone chamber. Adira maintained her grip on her swordâs handle until the door to the chamber gently boomed closed. She released the weapon with a small sigh and let her shoulders drop slightly.  âHector, if you canât roll over weâll situate you,â she said, looking down at him. The younger knightâs eyes met hers nervously, his shoulders and chest heaving for breath as the bloodsweat soaked through his torn clothes completely. âBut you can do it yourself if you want.â His gaze dropped away, and his face creased with a look of helpless discomfort as his parted lips began to tremble. Adira assumed the appearance of Rapunzel and her friends had spooked him too much. âYou want us to do it - yes or no?â she asked gently. (Insert missing segment where Hector is covered in ooblek bloodsweat) Adira fell silent as the substance coating Hectorâs body went from navy purple to an electrifying shade of blue, slightly glowing of its own accord. He yelped and yanked out of her grip, stared at himself in horror for a moment, then pushed himself into a sitting position with a loud groan.  âWhat are you doing?â Adira demanded nervously, holding one hand as close as she could to Hector without accidentally touching him.
âIâm not dying in a puddle of magic bloodsweat,â Hector grumbled irritatedly, pressing a hand to his injured ribs. Â âHector this isnât the time for you to be moving in any way,â Adira countered, hoping she wouldnât have to wrestle him back down. Edmund shifted his bulk a little closer to the smaller man, as if that would dissuade him from attempting to stand in his panicked state. Â âSays you!â Hector sneered. âYou donât even know whatâs happening right-â
A pained shriek rent the air, and then there were long, thin spikes of black rock extending out of Hectorâs right arm, the one closest to Adira. They were clustered just beneath his wrist and elbow, and completely circumferenced his forearm. All three warriors watched in a mix of shock and horror as the shards paused, then laid flat against Hectorâs forearm in a series of interlocking shards. The startlingly blue former-blood continued oozing from the seams between the black rock shards, a few drops growing large enough to slide down to Hectorâs elbow and then plop softly on the ground. Â Hector was staring in wide-eyed, slack jawed horror at his newly encased limb. Only a few moments of silence passed before he began releasing small whimpers and moans, his body starting to tremble. At his sounds of distress Adira snapped out of her own reverie. âHector lay down,â she commanded sternly. He slowly and shakily complied, holding his right arm protectively to his chest. âCan I look at your arm?â Adira requested, forcing herself to speak in a calmer, soothing voice. Hector shook his head with a slight gasp. âHector I need to see your arm-â
âItâs not going to help you,â Hector whimpered. âNone of us know whatâs happening-â Â âIâm not going to do anything painful; Iâm just going to scrutinize it,â Adira assured. Hector resisted a few moments longer, before reluctantly lifting his arm in her direction. Adira let him rest the appendage in her open hands this time, and her eyes searched the black shards for any helpful clues that could be found. Hector continued whimpering softly in a manner that perfectly mimicked his furry sisters. The oozing seams suddenly disappeared as the shards magically stitched themselves together, forming an unbroken layer that covered Hectorâs entire forearm. An epiphany struck her. Â âThatâs what itâs doing,â she muttered conclusively. Â âWhat w-whatâs doing?â Hector demanded. Â âWhat are you thinking, Adira?â Edmund inquired. Â âThe Moonstone - Moondrop has augmented his blood into some kind of adhesive,â Adira explained, looking up at the king. âItâs meant to hold the black rocks in place to form armor.â She lifted Hectorâs arm slightly for emphasis, bending his elbow a little to make sure he wasnât hurt by the action. âThatâs why it made sure Hector was coated before the rocks even broke his skin. And if their emergence causes him to bleed, that means more adhesive for a stronger stick,â she explained. Hectorâs face creased with confusion.
âArmâŚwh-why armor?â he asked, sounding more out of breath with every word.  âWell, the Moondrop probably doesnât want its new home to be destroyed as easily as the last one,â Edmund reminded them uneasily.  Hectorâs eyes went wide and he shrieked, âNO!â He pulled his arm out of Adiraâs hold once more and cradled it to his chest, turning onto his right side and curling in on himself. âNo-no-no-no-no!â he whimpered in despair. This time it sounded as though he was truly starting to cry. âMake it stop! Give it the fucking Sundrop, not me!â he begged. âIâm sorry, Iâm sorry-â  âHector I swear on the house of my father I will find a way to reverse this, but it isnât going to happen right now,â Adira affirmed, even as her stomach trembled from the weight of what she knew was about to take place. âYou have to trust us, and you cannot fight what the Moondrop is doing.â Hector simply lay curled on the floor for several moments, panting heavily and making distressed murmuring noises. Then his body tensed and he let out a groan.  âNot again, not again-not again-not again-â
âGive me your hand,â Adira instructed gently, holding her own near Hectorâs bowed head. âLet me keep your arm off the floor.â Shaking, not looking up at her, Hector slowly peeled his left arm from his body and rested his hand in hers. Adira gripped said hand and pulled it closer to herself, extending his arm just enough to be sure that the forthcoming black rocks wouldnât come in contact with any other part of his body. Hector spasmed momentarily, and then the tips of fresh black rocks sprouted from the blood-adhesive coating his arm. Adira set her mouth in a firm line, but couldnât completely hide her grimace. She watched the same destructive force that had torn apart her kingdom push itself through her brotherâs flesh - while he was still alive to feel the pain. Â Based on the sounds Hector made, he was groaning and growling through it with gritted teeth. His left hand tightened around hers in a death-like grip. His right hand dug into the black rock floor with curled fingers, scratching desperately. The new spikes of black rock reached a satisfactory length relatively quickly, and after a momentâs pause, laid flat against Hectorâs forearm. He released a loud sigh of relief, then heaved for air as his left arm oozed and dripped for several seconds. Finally the flat shards melded into a single, unbroken layer, and Adira gently rested Hectorâs arm on the ground. She let him lay still, breathing heavily with his head bowed, and studied his goop-covered body to figure out the best way to proceed. âDo your feet hurt from sweating too?â she finally asked. Hector panted for several seconds before replying.
 âYesâŚwhy?â
 âWe should get your boots off then. The black rocks will easily tear through them, but any scraps of leather that get caught between you and the armor might hinder it from conforming properly,â Adira advised.
 âBy that logic, should we strip him entirely?â Edmund asked. Adira shook her head. âHis tunic and leggings are thin enough not to cause problems, probably his socks too,â she replied. âAnd if we remove his clothes weâll probably remove a significant portion of the adhesive, which his heart will have to work even harder to replace.â She fully believed Hectorâs clothing wouldnât be a hindrance to his future armor. She also knew Hector had a deeply ingrained discomfort with being seen naked that rivaled her aversion to touch. She could hear the relief in her brotherâs panting immediately after her declaration that he would only be losing his boots. Addressing him once more, she said, âHector, Iâm going to remove your belt and garter so they donât get destroyed or cause problems. I need you to roll onto your back so I can cut the garter off cleanly.â  â...You saidâŚsave it,â he wheezed, lifting his head to give her a confused look.  âWe can mend it much easier if it stays in one piece,â Adira elaborated gently. Hector thought over her logic for a moment, before nodding dazedly. Adira took note of how dizzy and clumsy he was when simply rolling himself over. True to his prediction, he lay soaked and surrounded by a pool of his augmented blood, and the loss of bodily fluid was starting to take its toll on him. âEdmund and I will be quick,â Adira said as she drew a knife from her boot and slid her other hand beneath Hectorâs garter. She looked up at Edmund and gave him a short nod, which he returned. âIf you feel another wave of the rocks coming, tell us immediately,â she instructed as she positioned her blade beneath the garter, holding its sharpened edge against the accessory.
ââKay,â Hector moaned uncomfortably, his arms resting limply by his sides. Edmund deftly slid the knightâs boots off as Adira cut through his garter and pulled it off his thigh.  âHas your heart rate slowed?â she asked as she slid the knife back into her boot and set the accessory aside. She then grabbed the belt around his waist.  Hector, with his eyes closed, took a deep breath and weakly muttered, âNo.â Adira nervously looked down at his feet. It was almost impossible to tell he was even wearing socks. His tunic and leggings had nearly disappeared beneath the ever-thickening layer of blood-adhesive as well.  âHe canât keep losing blood at this rate,â she grumbled to herself as she undid his belt, slathering her hands in the glowing substance as a result.  âSister,â Hector grunted nervously as she pulled it off. After setting the belt aside, she turned back to make eye contact with him. âPleaseâŚthisâŚis a dream?â he begged weakly. His normally luminous eyes were dim, while the glow of his magically augmented blood seemed brighter than a few minutes prior. Adiraâs expression dropped sadly, and she gently pressed her soiled fist into her brotherâs limp, open palm. âIâm afraid this is very real, tam'muá¸u,â she replied. As the reality of the situation fully gripped him, Hectorâs chest and shoulders began to heave once more. His eyes shut tightly and he started shaking ten times worse than before, pulling his hand away from his sisterâs. He started whimpering in the manner his bearcats did, hugging himself and murmuring, âIâm sorry, Iâm sorry, Iâm sorry-â âHector, you donât need to apologize,â Adira insisted gently. âYou did your job as well as you could. Iâm the one who - I should haveâŚâ she trailed off.  She should have what?
Should she have abandoned her quest for the Sundrop upon discovering it inhabited the body of a foreign princess? Â Should she have chosen another route through the Southern Mountains, avoiding a confrontation with Hector entirely? Â Could she have been more careful and not unleashed the homeless power of the Moonstone on her own brother? Â Adira found herself locking eyes with Hector once more, knowing what he deserved to hear, but unable to pinpoint why he deserved it from her.
âIâŚâ Hector broke the staring match, grinding his teeth and pushing his head back with a loud moan. Letting go of the moment, Adira turned to see if she could pinpoint where the rocks would appear next. Edmund set his hands on Hectorâs ankles in preparation, but Adira waved her hand disapprovingly. âLet him move, or do whatever he needs to,â she instructed. âWe have no way of knowing where the rocks-â  Hectorâs moaning became significantly louder and he started scratching at the floor with both hands. Edmund pulled his own hands away just as new black spikes began emerging just above Hectorâs ankles and just below his knees. These were significantly larger than the ones from his arms. Twin armies of miniature spikes also erupted over his feet, completing their mission of coverage surprisingly fast and forming what looked like a type of shoe. Hector attempted to bend his knees so his feet could rest flat on the floor, his teeth gritted and his every exhale punctuated with a pained grunt. Adira eyed the spikes that would eventually cover his shins and calves as they extended out of his body. âHeâs not strong enough to keep his legs up,â she declared. âCan you support him without getting stabbed?â she asked, glancing at Edmund.
The king nodded and placed his hands behind both of Hectorâs knees, careful to not touch the emerging black rocks while bending his legs so his feet laid flat on the floor. These bigger spikes were causing noticeable bleeding, making the section of adhesive between them impressively thick and causing the pool beneath Hectorâs legs to spread a bit faster. Adira felt a pinprick of relief once they laid flat against his shins and calves. That was instantly snuffed, however, as a new ring of spikes began pushing free just above Hectorâs knees, while his lower legs still had oozing, dripping seams. Then her heart gave a nervous shudder as a second ring of spikes erupted above the first, and then a third, starting a new pattern that was directed towards Hectorâs upper body. Hector began wailing open-mouthed, fingers curled and nails digging into the floor as his arms went rigid. Not seeing an opposing ring of spikes emerge closer to his hips, Adira assumed the black rocks were now on a course that would end near her brotherâs head. Â And that would require some repositioning. Â âLift him - off the ground!â she commanded. âTheyâre not going to stop!â She turned away from Edmundâs confused face and slid her hands beneath Hectorâs lower back. Â âWhat are you doing?!â Hector demanded through his wailing. Â âMaking sure thereâs space between you and the ground,â Adira replied, practically shouting over the sounds of her brotherâs pain. âWeâll hold you up until your legs are done, and then put you back down, okay?â she explained, pulling up so that Hectorâs hips and lower back were suspended. Edmund held his knees even higher. The black rock spikes erupting over his thighs were much shorter and wider than the ones from his lower legs, yet they caused just as much bleeding. Hectorâs legs twitched and spasmed as he vented his pain, feet flopping against Edmundâs diaphragm. His knees remained untouched by the rocks, merely slathered with the glowing blood-adhesive. âDid the seams on his lower legs close up?â Adira asked loudly, focused on keeping her brother partially suspended in the air.
âThey did,â Edmund confirmed equally loudly.  âGood,â Adira replied. Once Hectorâs legs were covered hip to toe by a flattened layer of the black rocks, she instructed Edmund to gently put him back down, moving in tandem with the king to limit her brotherâs discomfort. Hectorâs wailing was finally reduced to animalistic whimpering and heavy, ragged breaths. He lay with all four limbs splayed on the ground for a few moments, upper legs oozing from their still-open seams. Hectorâs sweat-drenched head flopped in Adiraâs direction, and he gazed up at her through unfocused eyes.  âYouâŚs-said-â His eyes then widened and he sloppily slapped both hands to his abdomen, gripping it desperately. âStop! Stop-stop-stop PLEASE!â Realizing his un-armored hands were going to be impaled, Adira did the one thing she really didnât want to do in this situation. She grabbed his forearms and lifted his hands off his stomach, holding firm as he struggled to escape her grip. âLEMMEâ-!â he demanded, then cut himself off with a strangled, high-pitched scream, louder than any war cry sheâd heard him emit on the battlefield. The shards of black rock that emerged to cover his abdomen were not long or spiked. They were wide, short, and round, akin to scales, and maybe a quarter of Adiraâs palm in size. Their sharp edges gleamed like miniature chakrams as they broke through the blood-adhesive coating Hectorâs belly, traveling in two opposite directions from the centerline of his body. Adira grimaced, seeing tears spill out of her brotherâs eyes and pour down his face, mingling with the sweat dripping from his forehead. He ripped his right arm free and raked his nails across his stomach in an attempt to claw the âscalesâ from his skin. Adira quickly grabbed his wrist and pulled his hand away, letting his left arm slide through her grip before tightening around his other wrist. Hector twisted and thrashed as the black rock scales blossomed over his torso, covering his stomach, pelvis, and chest and leaving pencil thin seams between them. No matter how hard he tried to yank his hands free, Adira refused to let go. The black rocks were relentless, spraying droplets of the glowing, blue blood-adhesive to pepper both their hands and Adiraâs arm guards as they appeared, before laying flat to Hectorâs form. If Hectorâs fingers were trapped beneath his new armor, thenâŚwell, Adira didnât know what would happen then. She was determined not to find out, no matter how many tears she had to watch him cry or how disturbed his screaming and sobbing became. The only thing that could possibly be worse than watching her brother be adapted to the Moondropâs liking - against his will - would be watching that modification process go wrong. Hector tried pulling his wrists close to his mouth so he could sink his fangs into her hands, but Adira shifted and made sure he bit down on her forearm guards instead. He tried in vain to twist his neck and throw her arms aside, biting down multiple times in search of a promising grip while continuing to scream his lungs out. Adira simply shook him off each time. When she saw the black rock scales progress over his shoulders and around his sides, she let him latch onto her arm properly. Using it as a third anchor point, Adira began shuffling backwards on her knees and pulled Hector towards herself, rolling him onto his belly. âGet his legs!â
  At her demand, Edmund carefully grabbed Hectorâs left leg and lifted it over his right leg, pushing gently against the manâs lower back as he did so. Adira waited until Hector was completely overturned to release his wrists and pull her arm from his mouth. Once he was freed from both their grips, Hector pushed himself up into a half-plank, shaking on his elbows and forearms, before falling flat on the floor. He was still screaming, sobbing audibly with his fists clenched by his head, which was turned to face Adira. The womanâs gaze flicked between his tear streaked face and the black rock scales that washed over his back and shoulders. They even extended down to cover his upper arms, stopping just above his elbows. The two waves met at his spine and merged together, and at last, the Moondrop was satisfied.
#I think the biggest difference between this and the final scene#is that this version feels more like watching a character give birth#whereas the final version is a proper body-horror scene#incarnate fic#Incarnate#deleted scenes#behind the scenes#bts#incarnate bts#incarnate deleted scenes#tts hector#tts adira#tts edmund#current wip#fanfic writing#tts fanfic#tangled the series#creative writing#moonstone#moondrop
15 notes
¡
View notes